Next Series

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
HITACHI Oil-Free Rotary Screw Air Compressor
Air-cooled
DSP-45AT6N
DSP-55AT6N
DSP-75AT6N
DSP-55VATN
DSP-75VATN
[Without dryer type]
● This INSTRUCTION MANUAL explains in detail

the important items that require attention;
observed as the following:
Water-cooled ● Always observe instructions of WARNING,
CAUTION and IMPORTANT, as they indicate
DSP-45WT6N considerable risks to safety.
DSP-55WT6N GRAPHIC DESCRIPTIONS:
DSP-75WT6N WARNING : Indicates warnings. If handled improp-
DSP-55VWTN erly, death or severe injury could
result.
DSP-75VWTN CAUTION : Indicates cautions. If handled improp-
[Without dryer type] erly, injury and/or physical damage
could result.
Air-Cooled : Indicates air-cooled type.
Water-Cooled : Indicates water-cooled type.
: Indicates variable speed type.

Prior to operation of this air compressor, ensure that all
operators read and understand this INSTRUCTION MANUAL : Indicates information that needs attention,
IMPORTANT
other than WARNING and CAUTION.
completely, thereby operating it safely and properly.
Place the INSTRUCTION MANUAL near the air compressor to : Indicates a reference page.
make it available at any time, and refer to it as the need arises.
How to Use This Instruction Manual
● This Instruction Manual covers the standard models of HITACHI DSP air compressor.
● This Instruction Manual is intended to assist daily operators and maintenance personnel
in the installation, operation, control and service of the air compressor.
● Prior to operation of this air compressor, ensure that all operators read and understand
this INSTRUCTION MANUAL completely, thereby operating it safely and properly.
Place the INSTRUCTION MANUAL near the air compressor to make it available at any
time, and refer to it as the need arises.
● If there are any questions or comments, please contact the local Hitachi distributor/
master dealer or representative office.
● Fill your compressor’s model name, Serial Number, etc. in Section 13 of this Instruction
Manual. Such information may be helpful when ordering parts, periodic maintenance,
and overhaul.
WARNING
Never remove a protective device from the air compressor or
modify the air compressor.
It is imperative to install an earth leakage (ground) circuit breaker
on the power cable. This prevents a ground fault accident.
DSP air compressors are not designed, intended or approved for
breathing air applications. Hitachi does not approve specialized
equipment for breathing air applications and assumes no
responsibility or liability for compressors used for breathing air
services.
CAUTION
The motor rotor contains a powerful magnetic field. This field can effect the operation of digital devices
such as watches, mobile phones etc. Assembly or handling of the rotor should not be attempted by
personnel with cardiac pacemakers, defibrillators or other implanted electronic medical device.
■ Model Code
D S P - 75 V W T 6 N
NEXTseries
Dry or oil-free rotary Frequency (5: 50 Hz, 6: 60 Hz)
Screw air compressor Two-stage
Packaged Cooing Method (A: air-cooled, W: water-cooled)
V: V type
without V: fixed-speed type
Nominal Output (kW)
● For improvement of the product, contents in this manual are subject to change without notice. Please be forewarned.
● The product drawing in this manual shows DSP-75VWTN as a typical example.
Contents
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ………………………………………………………………………………………… 2
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2.1 Appearance ………………………………………………………………………… 6
2.2 Components ………………………………………………………………………… 8
2.3 Daily Operating Components …………………………………………………… 10
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE 3.1 Instrument Panel …………………………………………………………………… 12
3.2 Start/Stop Operation ……………………………………………………………… 14
3.3 How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) …………………………………… 15
3.4 How to Use the Digital Monitor …………………………………………………… 25
3.5 Daily Operation of Air Compressor ……………………………………………… 32
3.6 Daily Operation of Oil Mist Remover …………………………………………… 34
3.7 Adjustment Procedure …………………………………………………………… 34
4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4.1 Protective Device …………………………………………………………………… 36
4.2 Troubleshooting of Air Compressor ……………………………………………… 40
4.3 Troubleshooting of Oil Mist Remover …………………………………………… 41
5. INSTALLING AND 5.1 Unpacking the Air Compressor …………………………………………………… 42
PIPING THE DSP 5.2 Conveying the DSP Air Compressor …………………………………………… 42
5.3 Installing the DSP Air Compressor ……………………………………………… 43
5.4 Piping the DSP Air Compressor ………………………………………………… 44
5.5 Ventilation of Air Compressor Room …………………………………………… 47
6. STARTUP OPERATION 6.1 Startup Operation of the Air Compressor ……………………………………… 49
6.2 Initial Setting of OMR Regulator ………………………………………………… 52
7. WIRING 7.1 Power Supply Equipment ………………………………………………………… 53
7.2 MIV and WIVM wiring ……………………………………………………………… 53
7.3 Connecting the Power Cable ……………………………………………………… 54
7.4 Wiring Diagram ……………………………………………………………………… 56
7.5 Control panel/LCD Monitor Specifications ……………………………………… 57
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS 8.1 Standard Components …………………………………………………………… 67
AND SUBSYSTEMS 8.2 Air/Oil/Water Flow ………………………………………………………………… 68
8.3 Cooling Water ……………………………………………………………………… 74
8.4 Capacity Control System ………………………………………………………… 75
8.5 Oil Mist Remover System ………………………………………………………… 81
9. MAINTENANCE 9.1 Periodical Maintenance of Air Compressor …………………………………… 82
9.2 Standard Maintenance Schedule ………………………………………………… 83
9.3 Maintenance Schedule for Oil Mist Remover ………………………………… 87
9.4 How to Service the Air Compressor …………………………………………… 88
10. CAUTIONS FOR A LONG TERM OPERATION SUSPENSION …………………………………………… 108
11. PARTS LIST ……………………………………………………………………………………… 109
12. WARRANTY AND 12.1 Limited Warranty ………………………………………………………………… 135
AFTER-SALES SERVICE 12.2 After-Sales and Service ………………………………………………………… 135
13. RELOCATION AND 13.1 Relocation ………………………………………………………………………… 136
DISPOSAL 13.2 Disposal …………………………………………………………………………… 136
14. OPERATION RECORD LOGBOOK ……………………………………………………………………………… 137
15. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ………………………………………………………………………………… 139
1
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
To ensure safe and proper operation of the air compressor, it is indispensable to carefully
read and understand the following warnings and instructions detailed below. These
warnings and instructions are attached to the air compressor as shown in the figure
below.
WARNING
Air-Cooled DSP-45/55/75ATN
Rotating Parts!
DSP-55/75VATN ● Keep hands and rods, etc. away from the rotating
● parts (Cooling fans, etc.)
Use caution at all times, when air compressor is
● powered. The air compressor may be capable of
restarting without hitting the START button.
When the air compressor is operating, do not
remove or open the enclosure panels and doors.
● Before servicing the air compressor, stop it, disconnect
the power, especially when accessing any rotating parts.
WARNING * Inside the enclosure

Rotating Parts!
● Keep hands and rods, etc. away from the rotating parts
(Cooling fans, etc.)
● Use caution at all times, when air compressor is powered.
The air compressor may be capable of restarting without
hitting the START button.
● When the air compressor is operating, do not remove or
open the enclosure panels and doors.
● Before servicing the air compressor, stop it, disconnect the
power, especially when accessing any rotating parts.
WARNING
Hot Surface!
● Do not directly touch any component
inside the air compressor enclosure
when the air compressor is operating
or immediately after it has stopped,
as the components are extremely hot
and can cause severe injury.
● Before servicing the air compressor,
stop it, disconnect the power, then
wait for the air compressor to cool
down.
Discharge Air Pipe

Heated!!
Air End
● Fixed speed type
WARNING WARNING
Electric Shock Hazard!
Hot Surface! ● Before servicing or wiring the air compressor,
● Do not directly touch any component disconnect the power. This will prevent anyone from
inside the air compressor enclosure turning on the power and causing an electric shock
that could lead to severe injury or death.
as the components are extremely hot ● Do not allow any unlicensed person to wire the air
and can cause severe injury. compressor. Always use a licensed electrician.
● Before servicing the air compressor, ● Ground the air compressor.
down. ● Vtype
Discharge Air Pipe WARNING

Air End ● 10 minutes before servicing or wiring the air compressor,
disconnect the power. This will prevent anyone from
turning on the power and causing an electric shock
that could lead to severe injury or death.
Heated!! ● Do not allow any unlicensed person to wire the air
compressor. Always use a licensed electrician.
● Ground the air compressor.
2
● Vtype
WARNING
Strong magnetism
Pay high attention for handling the motor for it has
very strong permanent magnet inside.
Those who have electronic medical devices such as
pace makers must be away from the magnetic rotors.
Do not move electronic devices such as magnetic
cards, watch or measuring equipment closer to the
magnetized motor rotors.
For disassembly, contact the close Hitachi authorized
distributors.
WARNING WARNING
Do Not Breathe Air! High Pressure Air!

Discharge air can contain Carbon Monoxide and ● High pressure air can cause severe injury or death.
other contaminants. Breathing the air can cause Be careful when air compressor is operating.
severe injury or death. Pressurized air can blow out of air relief valves
and etc. at incredibly high velocities.
● When using compressed air to clean equipment,
WARNING use extreme caution and/or wear eye protection.
● Before servicing the air compressor, stop it,
disconnect the power, and relieve pressure before
removing filter, plug, fitting or cover.
WARNING

● Before servicing or wiring the air compressor,
disconnect the power. This will prevent anyone
from turning on the power and causing an electric
shock that could lead to severe injury or death.
● Do not allow any unlicensed person to wire the air Hot Surface!
compressor. Always use a licensed electrician. ● Do not directly touch the air end, discharge air
● Ground the air compressor. pipe,and coolers when the air compressor is
operating and immediately after it has stopped,
CAUTION because these parts are heated then.

● Before servicing the air compressor (especially when
accessing to the heated parts), stop it, disconnect
the power, and wait until it is cooled down.
WARNING
Precaution against Fire!

● Keep any other hazardous materials such as
flammable solvents away from the air compressor.
Also do not use fire nearby it; otherwise a spark
may enter the air compressor and burn it internally.
● Do not remove any protective relay’ s. Also do not Rotating Parts!
make a modification of the control circuit that may
result in impairing the protective relay s function. ● Keep hands and rods, etc. away from the rotating
Remember that the loss of the protective relay s parts (Cooling fans, etc.)
function may cause serious damage. ● Use caution at all times, when air compressor is
● Install an earth leakage circuit breaker between powered. The air compressor may be capable of
the air compressor and the power supply. Do not restarting without hitting the START button.
use a disconnector such as a knife switch ● When the air compressor is operating, do not
because it cannot protect the air compressor and remove or open the enclosure panels and doors.
may cause burnout of the air end if a ground fault ● Before servicing the air compressor, stop it,
has occurred. disconnect the power, especially when accessing
any rotating parts.
3
Water-Cooled DSP-45/55/75WTN
DSP-55/75VWTN
WARNING WARNING
Rotating Parts!
Hot Surface! ● Keep hands and rods, etc. away from the rotating parts
● Do not directly touch any component (Cooling fans, etc.)
inside the air compressor enclosure ● Use caution at all times, when air compressor is
when the air compressor is operating powered. The air compressor may be capable of
or immediately after it has stopped, restarting without hitting the START button.
as the components are extremely hot ● When the air compressor is operating, do not remove or
and can cause severe injury. open the enclosure panels and doors.
● Before servicing the air compressor, ● Before servicing the air compressor, stop it, disconnect the
stop it, disconnect the power, then power, especially when accessing any rotating parts.
down.
Discharge Air
Pipe
Air End
Heated!!
WARNING
Hot Surface!
● Do not directly touch any component
inside the air compressor enclosure
as the components are extremely hot
and can cause severe injury.
● Before servicing the air compressor,
stop it, disconnect the power, then wait
for the air compressor to cool down.
Aftercooler
header
Heated!!
Intercooler
header
● Fixed speed type
WARNING WARNING
Hot Surface! Electric Shock Hazard!
● Do not directly touch any component ● Before servicing or wiring the air compressor,
inside the air compressor enclosure disconnect the power. This will prevent anyone from
when the air compressor is operating turning on the power and causing an electric shock
or immediately after it has stopped, that could lead to severe injury or death.
as the components are extremely hot ● Do not allow any unlicensed person to wire the air
and can cause severe injury. compressor. Always use a licensed electrician.
● Before servicing the air compressor, ● Ground the air compressor.
down. ● Vtype
Air End
WARNING
Discharge Air ● 10 minutes before servicing or wiring the air
pipe compressor, disconnect the power. This will prevent
anyone from turning on the power and causing an
electric shock that could lead to severe injury or death.
Heated!! ● Do not allow any unlicensed person to wire the air
compressor. Always use a licensed electrician.
● Ground the air compressor.
4
● Vtype
WARNING
Strong magnetism
Pay high attention for handling the motor for it has
very strong permanent magnet inside.
Those who have electronic medical devices such as
pace makers must be away from the magnetic rotors.
Do not move electronic devices such as magnetic
cards, watch or measuring equipment closer to the
magnetized motor rotors.
For disassembly, contact the close Hitachi authorized
distributors.
WARNING WARNING
Do Not Breathe Air! High Pressure Air!

Discharge air can contain Carbon Monoxide and ● High pressure air can cause severe injury or death.
other contaminants. Breathing the air can cause Be careful when air compressor is operating.
severe injury or death. Pressurized air can blow out of air relief valves
and etc. at incredibly high velocities.
● When using compressed air to clean equipment,
WARNING use extreme caution and/or wear eye protection.
● Before servicing the air compressor, stop it,
disconnect the power, and relieve pressure before
removing filter, plug, fitting or cover.
WARNING

● Before servicing or wiring the air compressor,
disconnect the power. This will prevent anyone
from turning on the power and causing an electric
shock that could lead to severe injury or death.
● Do not allow any unlicensed person to wire the air Hot Surface!
compressor. Always use a licensed electrician. ● Do not directly touch the air end, discharge air
● Ground the air compressor. pipe,and coolers when the air compressor is
operating and immediately after it has stopped,
CAUTION because these parts are heated then.

● Before servicing the air compressor (especially when
accessing to the heated parts), stop it, disconnect
the power, and wait until it is cooled down.
WARNING
Precaution against Fire!

● Keep any other hazardous materials such as
flammable solvents away from the air compressor.
Also do not use fire nearby it; otherwise a spark
may enter the air compressor and burn it internally.
● Do not remove any protective relay’ s. Also do not Rotating Parts!
make a modification of the control circuit that may
result in impairing the protective relay s function. ● Keep hands and rods, etc. away from the rotating
Remember that the loss of the protective relay s parts (Cooling fans, etc.)
function may cause serious damage. ● Use caution at all times, when air compressor is
● Install an earth leakage circuit breaker between powered. The air compressor may be capable of
the air compressor and the power supply. Do not restarting without hitting the START button.
use a disconnector such as a knife switch ● When the air compressor is operating, do not
because it cannot protect the air compressor and remove or open the enclosure panels and doors.
may cause burnout of the air end if a ground fault ● Before servicing the air compressor, stop it,
has occurred. disconnect the power, especially when accessing
any rotating parts.
5
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2.1 Appearance
This section illustrates and describes the major components of the DSP air compressor. Be familiar with the name,
location and function of each component before using the DSP air compressor.
DSP-55/75VATN
Enclosure
[Front View] Enclosure panels
lower the sound level
Air Exhaust Air Exhaust of the air compressor
(Air Compressor Package) package.
This panel discharges
the hot air generated
in the air compressor.
Instrument Panel
3.1 for the details
Air Intake
(Inlet to the Air End)
Left Door Plate of Operating/

Open the left door only
Servicing Instructions
when servicing the Read carefully the
DSP air compressor. plate before operating
Keep it closed when and servicing the DSP.
operating the DSP air
compressor.
Air Intake
Oil Level Gauge Oil Filling Port

This indicates the Use the port to fill the
quantity of the oil in gear case with oil.
the gear case. Check
the oil level before
starting the DSP and Air Intake
when operating it. Air Exhaust
[Rear View]
OMR
8.5 for the details
Compressed Air Discharge
Sling Fitting
Use the sling fitting
when moving and
installing the DSP air
Power Supply Port
compressor.
Check the
specifications, power
supply and voltage
Air Intake
before connecting the Air Intake
power supply. (Air Compressor Package)
6
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Appearance]
DSP-55/75VWTN
[Front View]
Enclosure
Air Exhaust
Air Exhaust Enclosure panels
(Air Compressor Package) lower the sound level
of the air compressor
This panel discharges
package.
the hot air generated in
the air compressor.
Instrument Panel
3.1 for the details
Air Intake
(Inlet to the Air End)
Plate of Operating /
Left Door Servicing Instructions
Open the left door only Read carefully the
when servicing the plate before operating
DSP air compressor. and servicing the DSP.
Keep it closed when
operating the DSP air
compressor.
Air Intake
Oil Filling Port
Use the port to fill the
Oil Level Gauge gear case with oil.
This indicates the
quantity of the oil in the
gear case. Check the
oil level before starting
the DSP and when
operating it.
Air Exhaust
Air Intake
[Rear View]
OMR
8.5 for the details
Power Supply Port

Check the Sling Fitting
specifications, supply
voltage and frequency Use the sling fitting
before connecting the when moving and
power. installing the DSP air
compressor.
Air Intake
(Air for Package)
(Vtype only) Air Intake
Air Intake (Air Compressor Package)
7
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Components]
2.2 Components
DSP-55/75VATN
[Front View] Discharge pipe
(Compressed air discharge)
Oil cooler
Aftercooler
Enclosure
Intercooler
Instrument panel
Control panel
Check valve
2nd-stage
Airend
Common base
1st-stage
Airend
Oil filter Air intake filter

Oil level gauge
[Rear View]
Air relief valve
Cooling fan
Oil mist remover

(OMR)
Main motor
8
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Components]
DSP-55/75VWTN
[Front View]
Discharge pipe
(Compressed air discharge) Cooling fan
Aftercooler Enclosure
Instrument panel
Intercooler
Control panel
2nd-stage
Airend
Check valve
1st-stage
Airend Common Base
Air intake filter

Oil filter
Oil level gauge
[Rear View]
Air relief valve
Oil mist remover

(OMR)
Oil cooler
Main motor
9
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Daily Operating Components]
2.3 Daily Operating Components
1 Controls on the Instrument Panel 2 Oil Level Gauge

● Indicates the operation control section. ● Verify that the oil stays between the upper and
( 3.1) lower red lines of the oil level gauge during the
● Power ON → The Power light ON. operation.
Oil level might be higher than upper line during air compressor
● Start: Press the START button. → Start light ON.
stopping due to oil returning from the cooler and pipings.
● Stop: Press the UNLOAD STOP button. →
The compressor unloads 5 minutes and then Oil filling port
stops. → Start light OFF.
● Power OFF: → Power light OFF.
RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE
AUTO
REMOTE
MONITOR POWER
ALARM
LOAD
MENU [ × 10h]
AUTO START
FUNC RESET
+/- SHUTDOWN
UP/DO
WN
REMOTE SELECT/WIDE START STOP
STR 1 2
SET
MONITOR
UNLOAD STOP
Oil level gauge
3 Lubricating Oil 4 Aftercooler and Intercooler - Condensate Drain Valve

● Oil: Use genuine Hitachi GL-68 DSP Compressor ● Verify that air containing condensate is discharged
Oil. Replace the oil every 8,000h operating hour or intermittently from the intercooler and aftercooler
every 2-year, whichever comes earlier. drain ports.
The higher the temperature and humidity, the more condensate
is produced. Condensate may not be produced on the
intercooler side during winter.
Control line filter

drain port
Intercooler (fixed-speed type only)
drain port
Aftercooler
drain port
10
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Daily Operating Components]
Water-Cooled
5 Cooling Water Control Line Filter

6 [Fixed speed type]
① Stop the cooling water flow when the DSP has
stopped running. ● Check the sight glass on the control line filter to
② Open the water relief pet cock and the water drain make sure that the condensate discharged
valve at the water drain port to remove the cooling properly.
water from the system.
③ Take care to completely drain the cooling water
during the winter season to prevent freezing in the
cooling water pipes ( 8.3)
Water drain pet cock
Control line filter
Sight Glass
Water drain port
Cooling water discharge valve Water drain port
7 Stopping Operation
● Normally use the UNLOAD STOP button to stop
the air compressor. The air compressor then
unloads for 5 minutes and stops running.
(In the case of an emergency, press the
EMERGENCY STOP button to stop operation.)
AUTO
REMOTE
MONITOR POWER
ALARM
LOAD
MENU [ × 10h]
AUTO START
FUNC RESET
+/- SHUTDOWN
UP/DO
WN
STR 1 2
SET
MONITOR
UNLOAD STOP
IMPORTANT
Keeping the second-stage air end as dry as possible is

essential for preventing it from rusting due to a long
term operation suspension. When stopping the DSP,
therefore, execute an unloading operation and thereby
remove the moisture from the second-stage air end.
11
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE
3.1 Instrument Panel
LCD monitor MONITOR button AUTO light (yellow) RESET button

Displays the operation Switches the monitor ON (glowing) when an Resets SHUTDOWN
data, various settings, display. automatic operation (an and ALARM screens.
shutdown/alarm informa- ( 3.3.1) AUTO operation, a ( 3.3.3)
tion, etc. ( 3.3) scheduling operation, or
lead/lag operation) is
activated. ON (blinking)
when external calendar
or scheduling operation
is abnormal.
( 3.3.3 / 3.3.5 )
AUTO
MENU button MONITOR
Displays the menu

MENU
screen. Also used to
move the cursor. +/-
( 3.3.4) UP/
DOWN
SET
MONITOR
+/- UP/DOWN button SET button Contrast adjustment REMOTE button

Moves the cursor. Saves any adjusted set SET + [△] buttons: Activates or deactivates
( 3.3.4) points. Increases brightness. a remote start/stop
SET + [▽] buttons: operation locally or on
Decreases brightness. the instrument panel.
( 3.3.6 ) ( 3.4.6)
12
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [Instrument Panel]
RUNNING MODE Light

● POWER light (yellow): Lights up when the main
power is turned on.
● REMOTE light (green):
Digital Monitor EMERGENCY STOP button ON (glowing) when the REMOTE button is
pressed in order to activate a remote operation.
Used for basic settings as well Stops for emergency. ON (blinking) when an external remote-operation-
as other various settings in ( 3.2.3) activation switch has been turned on in order to
activate a remote operation. ( 3.4.6)
combination with the LCD monitor.
● LOAD light (yellow): ON (glowing) when the air
( 3.3.6) compressor is loading.
● ALARM light (green): Blinks R GE N C ● AUTO START light (green):
if an alarm failure occurs. ME ON (glowing) while the air compressor is in a stop
E
due to an AUTO operation,lead/lag operation, or
Y
scheduling operation.
ON (blinking) while the air compressor is in a stop
due to a restartable instantaneous power
interruption. ( 3.3.3)
STOP ● SHUTDOWN light (red): Blinks if a shutdown
failure occurs. ( 3.3.3)
REMOTE
POWER
ALARM
LOAD
［× 10h］
AUTO START
FUNC RESET
SHUTDOWN
REMOTE SELECT/WIDE START STOP STOP button

Stops the compressor
STR 1 2 immediately without unloading.
( 3.2.2)
Press this button to stop the air compressor.

The air compressor will stop after removing the
condensate from the air end.
※This stop button is effective while a stand alone operation. UNLOAD STOP
SELECT/WIDE button/light (yellow) START button UNLOAD STOP button

Press to confirm the measurement Starts the air compressor. Stops the compressor in normal state.
values, shutdown history, and The START light turns ON while The compressor stops running
setting status. ( 3.4.1) air compressor is running. after removing the condensate
To set the ECOMODE [Energy
from the air end. ( 3.2.2)
saving mode] (Fixed speed type
only), hold down the SELECT/WIDE
button for at least 7 seconds. The
light blinks and ECOMODE is set.
13
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [Start/Stop Operation]
3.2 Start/Stop Operation

3.2.1 Connecting the Power 3.2.2 Start/Stop
When the power is connected, the POWER light turns When the START button is pressed, the START light
ON and the following Hitachi logo display appears on the turns on and the compressor starts operating.
LCD. After 5 seconds, monitoring display appears; it When the compressor starts running, the asterisk on the
shows operation type, discharge air pressure, total right side of running hours blinks and running time
operating hours, etc. starts to be counted.
To stop the operation, press the UNLOAD STOP button.
Operation stops after 5-minute drying of air end and air
piping.
To stop the compressor immediately without unloading,
press the STOP button.
Note) If the STOP button is pressed during unloading,
the compressor stops immediately.
COMPRESSOR MONITOR
CONTROLLER
IMPORTANT
5 seconds
(1) The air compressor does not start for 10 second after
㻞㻜㻝㻠䠋㻜㻝䠋㻜㻝㻝㻥䠖㻜㻞 power on to secure the safety.
㼀㼅㻼㻱䠖㼂㻿㻰㻭 For , if the START button is pressed within 10 to
㻰㻵㻿䠊㻼㻾㻱㻿㻿䠖㻌㻜㼜㼟㼕 15 seconds after power-on, the AUTO START light will
blink up to 10 seconds for operation preparation and
㻾㼁㻺㻌㻴㻻㼁㻾䠖㻝㻞㻞䡄
then the compressor starts running.
㻸㻻㻭㻰㻌㻴㻻㼁㻾䠖㻡㻠䡄
㻸㻻㻭㻰㼀㻵㻹㻱㻿䠖㻝㻞㻟 (2) Make sure that the door is closed before starting the
㻸㻻㻭㻰㻾㻭㼀㻱䠖㻝㻝䠂 air compressor.
㻸㻻㻭㻰㼀㻵㻹㻱䠖㻞㻠䡏 (3) Buttons, such as START/STOP/RESET function shall
㼁㻺㻸㻻㻭㻰㻌㼀㻵㻹㻱䠖㻝䡏 be pressed for more than 0.3 seconds.
㻯㼁㻾㻾㻱㻺㼀䠖㻡㻜䠝
㻲㻾㻱㻽㼁㻱㻺㻯㼅䠖㻌㻌㻌㻜䠤䡖
㻻㼁㼀㻼㼁㼀䠖㻖㻖㻚㻖䡇䠳
3.2.3 Emergency Stop
※ The asterisk blinks when the clock and total running Pressing EMERGENCY STOP bottom, the DSP
hours are active. compressor immediately stops.
This switch should only be pressed in emergency.
If phase is reversed, "Connection Error: Reverse The compressor can not be restarted until the switch is
Phase" will be displayed on the LCD monitor as a manually reset.
setting/connection check message. In this case, Turn the switch knob clockwise and press the RESET
exchange 2 out of the 3 main power cables. If the air button to reset.
compressor has control transformer in the control panel,
Open Phase is indicated as Reverse Phase. So check the
power cable connection of T Phase.
In case of open phase, “Connection Error: Open
Phase” will be displayed on the LCD monitor. In this
case, check the power cables.
14
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]
3.3 How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)

3.3.1 How to Move between the Various Displays
■ Monitoring Displays ■ Menu Displays
There are three monitoring displays as shown below. Follow the bottom line message on the display.
This monitoring display is the top screen
The monitoring display switches every time the
MONITOR button is pressed.
■ Monitor Screen ( 3.3.2) ■ Menu Screen ( 3.3.4)

Monitor display 1 ■ Function Menu display
㻞㻜㻝㻠䠋㻜㻝䠋㻜㻝㻝㻥䠖㻜㻞
㼀㼅㻼㻱䠖㼂㻿㻰㻭
㻰㻵㻿䠊㻼㻾㻱㻿㻿䠖㻤㻣㼜㼟㼕㼇㻲㼁㻺㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㻹㻱㻺㼁㼉
MENU
㻾㼁㻺㻌㻴㻻㼁㻾䠖㻝㻞㻞䡄㻝䠊㻮㻭㻿㻵㻯㻌
㻿㻱㼀㼁㻼
㻸㻻㻭㻰㻌㻴㻻㼁㻾䠖㻡㻠䡄㻞䠊㻹㼁㻸㼀㻵㻙
㼁㻺㻵㼀
㻸㻻㻭㻰㼀㻵㻹㻱㻿䠖㻝㻞㻟㻟䠊㻯㻭㻼㻭㻯㻵
㼀㼅㻯㻻㻺㼀㻾㻻㻸
㻸㻻㻭㻰㻾㻭㼀㻱䠖㻝㻝䠂㻠䠊㻿㻯㻴㻱㻰㼁
㻸㻱
㻸㻻㻭㻰㼀㻵㻹㻱䠖㻞㻠䡏㻡䠊㻻㻼㻱㻾㻭㼀
㻵㻻㻺㻰㻭㼀㻭
㼁㻺㻸㻻㻭㻰㻌㼀㻵㻹㻱䠖㻝䡏 MONITOR 㻢䠊㻸㻻㻭㻰㻰
㻭㼀㻭
㻯㼁㻾㻾㻱㻺㼀䠖㻡㻜䠝㻣䠊㻭㻸㻭㻾㻹㻴㻵㻿㼀㻻㻾㼅
㻲㻾㻱㻽㼁㻱㻺㻯㼅䠖㻞㻟㻚㻤䠤䡖㻤䠊㻿㻴㼁㼀㻰㻻㼃㻺㻴㻵㻿㼀㻻㻾㼅
㻻㼁㼀㻼㼁㼀䠖㻖㻖㻚㻖䡇䠳
㻿㻱㼀䠖㻻㻼㻱㻺㻹㻻㻺䠖㻮㻭㻯㻷
MONITOR
Monitor display 2
㻼㻾㻱㻿㻿㼁㻾㻱
㻵㻺㼀㻿㼀㻳䠊㻼䠖㻖㻖㼜㼟㼕
㻻㻵㻸㻌㻼㻾㻱㻿䠖㻖㻖㼜㼟㼕
㻯㻸㼀䠊㻼㻾㻱㻿䠖㻖㻖㼜㼟㼕
㼀㻱㻹㻼㻱㻾㻭㼀㼁㻾㻱
㻰㻵㻿䠊㼀㻱㻹㻼㻝䠖㻌㻤㻜䜪㻲 IMPORTANT
㻰㻵㻿䠊㼀㻱㻹㻼㻞䠖㻌㻤㻜䜪㻲
㻻㻵㻸㻌㼀㻱㻹㻼䠖㻖㻖㻖䜪㻲
㻯㻸㼀䠊㼀㻱㻹㻼䠖㻖㻖㻖䜪㻲
㻞㻺㻰㻌㻿㼁㻯㼀䠊㼀䠊䠖㻖㻖㻖䜪㻲 About the LCD Backlight
㻹㻭㻵㻺㼀㻱㻺㻭㻺㻯㻱
㻴㻾䠊㼀㻻㻌㻹㻭㻵㻺㼀䠖㻢㻜㻜㻜䡄 (1) In the event that no button has been used for 10
㻺㻱㼄㼀㻌㻹㻭㻵㻺㼀䠖㻖㻖㻖㻖
minutes, the LCD backlight automatically turns OFF
for protection to the display panel. It comes ON
MONITOR
again if any button is pressed, other than the START
and STOP buttons.
(2) If an event happens while the LCD backlight is off,
the backlight automatically turns ON and stays ON
as long as the event exists. Remote and instant stop
mode can't be set by the LCD monitor. Set after
■ Message Screen ( 3.3.3)
referring to “3.4 How to Use the Digital Monitor.”
Monitor display 3
㻞㻜㻝㻠䠋㻜㻝䠋㻜㻝㻝㻥䠖㻝㻥㻖
㼀㼅㻼㻱䠖㼂㻿㻰㻭㼀㼁
㻰㻵㻿䠊㻼㻾㻱㻿㻿䠖㻢㻣㼜㼟㼕
䠘㻿㻴㼁㼀㻰㻻㼃㻺䠚 ■ Message Display
㻯㻻㻻㻸㻭㻺㼀䠖
㻻㻵㻸䠖 Automatic restart/stop messages after shutdown or
㻞䠪㻰㻌㻿㼁㻯㼀䠊㼀㻱㻹㻼
㻴
㻯
㻵
㻻
㻳
㻺
㻴
㼀㻭
㻌㻰
㻯
㻵
㼀
㻿
㻻
䠊㼀㻱㻹
㻾㻌㻱㻾
㻼䠖
㻾䠖
warning occurrence and inspection/maintenance
messages is preferentially displayed in the Monitor
MONITOR 㻻㼂㻱㻾㻸㻻㻭㻰䠖
㻸㻻㼃㻌㼃䠊㻵㻺㼀㻿㼀㻳㻌㻼䠊
㻰
㻱
㻾
㻸
㼅
㻱
㻱
㻹
㻾
㻱
㻌㻌㻌㻌
㻺㼀
㼃䠋㻻㻌㻿㻱㻼䠊
Display 3.
㻼㼞㼑㼟㼟㻾㻱㻿㻌㼍㼒㼠㼑㼞㻌㻯㻴㻷䠊
By pressing the MONITOR button here, the display
can be switched but is back to the Monitor Display 3
after approximately 10 seconds.
15
3.3.2 Monitoring Displays
■ Monitor Displays during Normal Operation
Monitor Display 1
VSDA ＊ SAVE
㻞㻜㻝㻠䠋㻜㻝䠋㻜㻝㻝㻥䠖㻜㻞㻖 (1)
㼀㼅㻼㻱䠖㼂㻿㻰㻭 (2)
㻰㻵㻿䠊㻼㻾㻱㻿㻿䠖㻤㻣㼜㼟㼕 (3)
Indicates ECOMODE is activated for
㻾㼁㻺㻌㻴㻻㼁㻾䠖㻝㻞㻞䡄㻖 fixed speed type.
㻸㻻㻭㻰㻌㻴㻻㼁㻾䠖㻡㻠䡄 (4) ( 3.4.8)
㻸㻻㻭㻰㼀㻵㻹㻱㻿䠖㻝㻞㻟
㻸㻻㻭㻰㻾㻭㼀㻱䠖㻝㻝䠂
㻸㻻㻭㻰㼀㻵㻹㻱䠖㻞㻠䡏 (5)
㼁㻺㻸㻻㻭㻰㻌㼀㻵㻹㻱䠖㻝䡏
㻯㼁㻾㻾㻱㻺㼀䠖㻥㻞䠝 (6)
㻲㻾㻱㻽㼁㻱㻺㻯㼅䠖㻟㻜㻚㻡䠤䡖 (7)
㻻㼁㼀㻼㼁㼀䠖㻖㻖㻚㻖䡇䠳 (8) Displayed when stop is limited for AUTO
㻹㻭㻿㼀㻱㻾 (9) operation (Standard: no symbol)
Monitor Display 2
INTE : Indicates fixed speed type used the standard, 2-step
㻞㻜㻝㻠䠋㻜㻝䠋㻜㻝㻝㻥䠖㻜㻞䠆 control system.
㻵㻺㼀㻿㼀㻳䠊㻼䠖㻞㻤㼜㼟㼕 AUTO : Indicates fixed speed type used the automatic motor
㻻㻵㻸㻌㻼㻾㻱㻿䠖㻞㻞㼜㼟㼕 stop/restart capacity control system.
㻯㻸㼀䠊㻼㻾㻱㻿䠖㻖䠊㻖㻖㼜㼟㼕
㼀㻱㻹㻼㻱㻾㻭㼀㼁㻾㻱 VSDB : Indicates Vtype without the AUTO capacity control.
㻰㻵㻿䠊㼀㻱㻹㻼㻝䠖㻟㻞㻥䜪㻲 (10)
㻰㻵㻿䠊㼀㻱㻹㻼㻞䠖㻟㻟㻤䜪㻲 VSDA : Indicates Vtype with the AUTO capacity control
㻻㻵㻸㻌㼀㻱㻹㻼䠖㻝㻟㻝䜪㻲
(standard setting for Vtype).
㻯㻸㼀䠊㼀㻱㻹㻼䠖㻖㻖㻖䜪㻲
㻞㻺㻰㻌㻿㼁㻯㼀䠊㼀䠊䠖㻝㻝㻢䜪㻲 EXIT : Indicated the external capacity control is used.
㻴㻾䠊㼀㻻㻌㻹㻭㻵㻺㼀䠖㻜㻜㻜㻜䡄
(11) MR : Indicates multi unit control system through the
communication is used
IMPORTANT
“CURRENT” reading is an approximate S-phase Amp

reading.
“OUTPUT” reading is an approximate calculated power
reading.
(1) Indicates current time. An asterisk blinks. (CURRENT).

(2) Indicates the control state. (7) Indicates the operating frequency of the main motor
(FREQUENCY).
(3) Indicates a discharge pressure (DIS.PRESS)
(8) Indicates “＊＊＊” for this air compressor.
(4) Indicates total running hours (RUN HOUR), total
loaded hours (LOAD HOUR), and total number of (9) Indicates (MASTER), when the air compressor is
loads (LOAD TIMES). master in lead-lag operation.
Blinking asterisk means counting the running hours.
(10) Indicates each pressure and temperature. “＊＊＊”
(5) Indicates a percentage of load to unload of the DSP indicates not in use.
air compressor (LOAD RATE).
(11) Indicates the number of hours until the next
For Vtype, the rate is calculated based on only
maintenance service (HR. TO MAINT), and the
frequency. Indicates “＊＊＊”, if PQ wide mode is
next maintenance type (NEXT MAINT).
selected.
(6) Indicates the amperage current of the package input
16
3.3.3 Message Displays

■ Shutdown Messages
① When the shutdown occurs for the compressor, the SHUTDOWN light and shutdown contents on the LCD monitor
(contents are displays on the left side and details are displayed on the right side) blink and the compressor stops
running. There are 2 types of screens for shutdown: SHUTDOWN and FAILURE.
㻞㻜㻝㻠䠋㻜㻝䠋㻜㻝㻝㻥䠖㻝㻥㻖㻞㻜㻝㻠䠋㻜㻝䠋㻜㻝㻝㻥䠖㻝㻥㻖
㼀㼅㻼㻱䠖㼂㻿㻰㻭㼀㼁㼀㼅㻼㻱䠖㼂㻿㻰㻭㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌
㻰㻵㻿䠊㻼㻾㻱㻿㻿䠖㻠㻢㼜㼟㼕㻰㻵㻿䠊㻼㻾㻱㻿㻿䠖㻠㻢㼜㼟㼕
䠘㻿㻴㼁㼀㻰㻻㼃㻺䠚䠘㻲㻭㻵㻸㼁㻾㻱䠚
㻯㻻㻻㻸㻭㻺㼀䠖
㻻㻵㻸䠖
㻞䠪㻰㻌㻿㼁㻯㼀䠊㼀㻱㻹㻼㻌㻿㼅㻿㼀㻱㻹㻱㻾㻾䠖
㻴㻵㻳㻴㻌㻰㻵㻿䠊㼀㻱㻹㻼䠖㻿㼅㻿㼀㻱㻹㻌㻾㻱㼀㻾㼅
㻯㻻㻺㼀㻭㻯㼀㻻㻾㻌㻱㻾㻾䠖㻼㻯㻮㻌㻱㻾㻾䠖
㻻㼂㻱㻾㻸㻻㻭㻰䠖㻹㻭㻵㻺㻼㻾㻱㻿㻿䠊㻿㻺㻿㻾㻌㻱㻾㻾䠖
㻸㻻㼃㻌㼃䠊㻵㻺㼀㻿㼀㻳㻌㻼䠊㼀㻱㻹㻼䠊㻿㻺㻿㻾㻱㻾㻾䠖㻝
㻰㻾㼅㻱㻾㻌㻌㻌㻌㼃䠋㻻㻌㻿㻱㻼䠊㻰䡅㼟㼏㼛㼚㼚㼑㼏㼠㼜㼛㼣㼑㼞
㻱㻸㻱㻹㻱㻺㼀㼟㼚㼐㼏㼛㼚㼠㼍㼏㼠
㻼㼞㼑㼟㼟㻾㻱㻿㻌㼍㼒㼠㼑㼞㻌㻯㻴㻷䠊㼐㼕㼟㼠㼞䡅㼎㼡㼠㼛㼞
(Example) (Example)
When the air compressor stops running with blinking When the air compressor stops running with blinking FAILURE
SHUTDOWN and OVERLOAD, it indicates the thermal relay and TEMP.SNSR ERR, the temperature sensor 1 is
trip by overload. disconnected
② Take the proper corrective action, and press the RESET button.
For further information, 4.1
NOTE) Malfunction detection of water failure is available for only water cooled single stage compressor. Malfunction
detection of dryer is available for only built-in dryer types. Malfunction detection of oil water separator and
element is not available.
■ Alarm Messages
① When the alarm occurs for the air compressor , the ALARM light and contents / details displayed on alarm screen on
the LCD monitor blink and operation continues. There are 2 types of alarm screens: ALARM and PROBLEM.
㻞㻜㻝㻠䠋㻜㻝䠋㻜㻝㻝㻥䠖㻝㻥㻖㻞㻜㻝㻠䠋㻜㻝䠋㻜㻝㻝㻥䠖㻝㻥㻖
㼀㼅㻼㻱䠖㼂㻿㻰㻭㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㼀㼅㻼㻱䠖㼂㻿㻰㻭㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌
㻰㻵㻿䠊㻼㻾㻱㻿㻿䠖㻠㻢㼜㼟㼕㻰㻵㻿䠊㻼㻾㻱㻿㻿䠖㻠㻢㼜㼟㼕
䠘㻭㻸㻭㻾㻹䠚䠘㻼㻾㻻㻮㻸㻱㻹䠚
㻰㻵㻿䠊㼀㻱㻹㻼䠖䠄㻌㻌㻌䠅㻖㻖㻖䜪㻲
㻻㻵㻸㻌㼀㻱㻹㻼䠖㻖㻖㻖䜪㻲㻯㻻㻺㻺㻱㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㻌㻱㻾㻾䠖㻌㻌㻌
㻸㻻㼃㻌㻻䠊㻼䠊䠖㻖㻖㼜㼟㼕㻾㼑㼏㼛㼚㼚㼑㼏㼠㻌㼜㼛㼣㼑㼞䠊
㻯㻸㼀䠊㼀㻱㻹㻼䠊䠖㻖㻖㻖䜪㻲㻹㼁㻸㼀䠥㻙㼁㻿㻱㼀㻱㻾㻾
㻸㻻㼃㻌㻯㻸㼀䠊㻼䠖㻖㻖㼜㼟㼕㻿㻯㻴㻱㻰㼁㻸㻱㻌㻿㻱㼀㻌㻱㻾㻾
㻞䠪㻰㻙㻿䠊㼀㻱㻹
㻲㻵㻼㻌㻺㻙㼀㻯㻻㻹䠊㻱㻾㻾㻌㻿㼀㻻㻼䠖㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌
㻸㻻㼃㻌㼃䠊㻸㻻㼃㻌㻻㻵㻸㻯㻻㻹䠊㻱㻾㻾㻌㻭㻸㻹䠖㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌
㻰㻾㼅㻱㻾㻭㻵㻾㻌㻲㻵㻸㼀㻱㻾㻮㻭㼀㼀㻱㻾㼅㻌㻻㼁㼀
㻸䠊㻯㻻㼁㻺㼀㻌㻻㼂㻱㻾㻌㼃䠋㻻㻌㻿䠊
㻼㼞㼑㼟䡏㻾㻱㻿㼍㼒㼠㼑㼞㻌㻯㻴㻷䠊㻼㼞㼑㼟㼟㻾㻱㻿㼍㼒㼠㼑㼞㻯㻴㻷䠊
(Example) (Example)
When the ALARM and AIR FILTER blink, it indicates air When the PROBLEM and BATTERY OUT blink, it indicates
intake filter clogs. the battery replacement period.
② Take the proper corrective action, and press the RESET button.
For further information, 4.1
NOTE) Malfunction detection of water failure is available for only water cooled single stage compressor. Malfunction
detection of dryer is available for only built-in dryer types. Malfunction detection of oil water separator and
element is not available.
17
■ Messages of Automatic Stop Display

When the air compressor stops automatically, the AUTO START light glows or blinks and RESTART display appears.
After the air compressor restarts, monitoring display appears again.
● SCHEDULED STOP: Schedule operation setting

<AUTO light glows>
This indicates that the air compressor has been
㻞㻜㻝㻠䠋㻜㻝䠋㻜㻝㻝㻥䠖㻜㻞㻖
automatically stopped by a pre-set time.
㼀㼅㻼㻱䠖㼂㻿㻰㻭㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌 The air compressor starts automatically when the pre-
㻰㻵㻿䠊㻼㻾㻱㻿㻿䠖㻠㻢㼜㼟㼕
set restart time comes.
䠘㻾㻱㻿㼀㻭㻾㼀䠚
● LEAD/LAG OPERATION STOP (option)
㻾㻱㻿㼀㻭㻾㼀㻭㼀䠖䠆䠆䠖䠆䠆
㻾㻱㻿㼀㻭㻾㼀㼃㻭㻵㼀䠖㻌㻞㻣䡏 <AUTO light glows>
㻺㻻㼃䠈㻿㼀㻻㻼㻼㻱㻰䠞䠵䠖 This indicates that the air compressor is waiting for
㻿㻯㻴㻱㻰㼁㻸㻱㻿㼀㻻㻼
㻭㼁㼀㻻㻹㻭㼀㻵㻯㻿㼀㻻㻼
starting as a slave unit in a two-unit-alternate operation
㻰㻾㼅㻱㻾㻼㻾㻱㻿㼀㻭㻾㼀㻱㻰 or a backup operation.
㻰㼁㻭㻸䠋㻮㻭㻯㻷㼁㻼
㻵㻼㻵㻌㻾㻱㻿㼀㻭㻾㼀
㻯㼀㻸㻾䠊㻾㻱㼀㻾㼅 ● DRYER PRESTARTED (Built-in dryer type)
<AUTO light blinks>
This indicates that the dryer has started and air
compressor is waiting for the start. The RESTART
WAIT field shows an expected waiting period until the
air compressor can start in seconds.
● AUTO OPERATION
<AUTO light glows>
This indicates that the air compressor in AUTO
operation has stopped due to the low air demand and
is waiting for restarting when demand is needed. The
RESTART WAIT field shows an expected waiting
period until the air compressor can restart in seconds.
● INSTANT STOP / RETRY (Retry is for only Vtype)

<AUTO light blinks>
For both fixed speed and Vtype, this indicates that the
air compressor has stopped due to an instantaneous
power interruption (IPI). The RESTART WAIT field
shows an expected waiting period until the air
compressor can restart in seconds.
For Vtype, this indicates that the air compressor has
stopped due to the variable speed drive failure and is
waiting for restart as well. The RESTART WAIT field
shows an expected waiting period until the air
compressor can restart in second.
18
■ Maintenance Notice Messages

① Periodical maintenance
A maintenance date is determined by the amount of total operating hours or an elapsed calendar period, whichever
comes first. When the maintenance date or time arrives, the maintenance notice message appears on the display under
the heading of MESSAGE.
This function is only for the notice and is not output externally.
The consumable parts for the suction throttle valve shall be replaced this maintenance notice or L COUNT OVER
appears, whichever comes first.
㻞㻜㻝㻠䠋㻜㻝䠋㻜㻝㻝㻥䠖㻜㻞㻖 0.5 year, 1.5 years,

㼀㼅㻼㻱䠖㼂㻿㻰㻭㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌 2.5 years, 3.5 years, Half-yearly
㻰㻵㻿䠊㻼㻾㻱㻿㻿䠖㻠㻢㼜㼟㼕 4.5 years, 5.5 years
1 year, 5 years Yearly + half-yearly
䠘㻹㻱㻿㻿㻭㻳㻱䠚
2 years, 4 years 2-yearly + yearly + half-yearly
㻹㻭㻵㻺㼀䠊䠖㻝㼅㻱㻭㻾㻌㻌 3 years 3-yearly + yearly + half-yearly

㻹㻭㻵㻺㼀䠊䠯䠟䠤䠡䠠䠱㻸䠡䠖㻭 6 years, overhaul 6-yearly + 3-yearly + 2-yearly + yearly + half-yearly
㻼㼞㼑㼟㼟㻿㻱㼀㻌㼍㼒㼠㼑㼞㻌㻯㻴㻷䠊
㻹㻭㻵㻺㼀䠊㻯㻻㻹㻼㻸㻱㼀㻱㻰 (1)
㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻱㻰㻌㼀㻻㻌㻸㻻㻯㻭㻸 (2)
㻵㻺㻌㻻㼂㻱㻾䠮㻵㻰㻱㻹㻻㻰㻱 (3) A Standard Maintenance Schedule (A) (for yearly 8,000-or-less operating hours)
㻵㻺㻌㼁㻺㻸㻻㻭㻰㻌㻿㼀㻻㻼
㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻱㻰㻌㼁㻌㻹㻻㻰㻱 B Standard Maintenance Schedule (B) (for yearly 4,000-or-less operating hours)
CAUTION
If a message of maintenance notice is displayed, carefully read it and service the air compressor as
instructed by this manual. After servicing the air compressor, press the SET button and hold it down for
more than seven (7) seconds; the MAINT. COMPLETED message appears. After one (1) minute, the
monitor display appears.
Note:
1. MAINTenance can be reset, if the servicing is done earlier than expected and if the remaining operating time to next maintenance is
less than 2,000h in the case of A, 1,000h in the case of B.
2. On the contrary, if the servicing is done after the maintenance notice has appeared, the remaining operating hours to the next
maintenance has been zero until the maintenance is done. After maintenance and resetting the counter, new counting time starts
just after the maintenance notice message has appeared on the display.
② Other Message Displays

(1) SWITCH TO LOCAL (3) IN UNLOAD STOP
If set to local by remote operation following Blinks when the UNLOAD STOP button is used.
shutdown restoration, the compressor will The air compressor unloads for 5 minutes and then
automatically return to local operation in case of a stops.
shutdown, and the message will be displayed for 1
minute. For setting details, see "3.4 How to Use
the Digital Monitor."
(2) IN OVERRIDE MODE.

Indicates that the compressor is in override mode.
19
3.3.4 How to Move within a Menu Display and to Change a Setting

The method and procedure for altering settings is displayed using the following as an example.
1 How to MOVE within a [FUNCTION MENU] Display

① Press the MENU button when the monitor display 1
㼇㻲㼁㻺㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㻹㻱㻺㼁㼉
or 2 is appeared
㻝䠊㻮㻭㻿㻵㻯㻌
㻿㻱㼀㼁㻼
㻞䠊㻹㼁㻸㼀㻵㻙
㼁㻺㻵㼀 ② Press the △ and ▽ buttons to move to the
㻟䠊㻯㻭㻼㻭㻯㻵
㼀㼅㻯㻻㻺㼀㻾㻻㻸 desired item number.
㻠䠊㻿㻯㻴㻱㻰㼁
㻸㻱
㻡䠊㻻㻼㻱㻾㻭㼀
㻵㻻㻺㻰㻭㼀㻭 ③ Press the SET button to open the related setting
㻢䠊㻸㻻㻭㻰㻰
㻭㼀㻭
㻣䠊㻭㻸㻭㻾㻹㻴㻵㻿㼀㻻㻾㼅 display.
㻤䠊㻿㻴㼁㼀㻰㻻㼃㻺㻴㻵㻿㼀㻻㻾㼅
The following explanation uses [MULTI-U SETTING
display] as an example.
㻿㻱㼀䠖㻻㻼㻱㻺㻹㻻㻺䠖㻮㻭㻯㻷
2 How to Select or Change a Setting within a Setting Display

① Press the △ and ▽ buttons to move to the
㪲㪤㪬㪣㪫㪠㪄㪬㩷㪪㪜㪫㪫㪠㪥㪞㪴
desired item number.
㪈㪤㪦㪛㪜䋺㩷㪪㪥㪞㪣
㪉䋮㪛㪬㪘㪣㩷㪫㪠㪤㪜䋺㩷㪏䋮㪇㪿
㪊䋮㪤㪜㪫㪟㪦㪛䋺㪦㪭㪩㪩㪣㪘㪧
㪋䋮㪪㪮㪠㪫㪚㪟㪦㪭㪜㪩䋺㪇㪈㪌㫊 IMPORTANT
㪌䋮㪙㪘㪚㪢㪬㪧䋺㪎㫇㫊㫀
㪍䋮㪬㪥㪣㪦㪘㪛䋺㪊㫇㫊㫀 Item number with a dash “-“ cannot be selected on LCD
㪎㪘㪣㪫䋮㪫㪠㪤㪜䋺㩷㪋㪏㪇㪤㪠㪥 monitor. It can be selected from digital monitor. ( 3.4
㪏㪚㪦㪥㪫㪩㪦㪣㪤㪦㪛㪜䋺㪙 How to Use the Digital Monitor for the detail.)
② Press the button to move to the desired

▽
㪪㪜㪫䋺㪪㪫㪦㪩㪜㩷㪤㪦㪥䋺㪙㪘㪚㪢
setting field.
①
③ Press the △ and ▽ buttons until the desired
㻝㻹㻻㻰㻱䠖㻿㻺㻳㻸
㻞䠊㻰㼁㻭㻸㻌㼀㻵㻹㻱䠖㻌㻤䠊㻜㼔 setting appears.
㻟䠊㻹㻱㼀㻴㻻㻰䠖㻻㼂㻾㻾㻸㻭㻼
㻠䠊㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻻㼂㻱㻾䠖㻜㻝㻡㼟 ④ Press the SET button to return to the item number.
⑤ Press the SET button again to return to the item

②
number 1. This saves the changed setting.
㻞䠊㻰㼁㻭㻸㻌㼀㻵㻹㻱䠖㻌㻤䠊㻜㼔 Press the MONITOR button to retur n to the
㻟䠊㻹㻱㼀㻴㻻㻰䠖㻻㼂㻾㻾㻸㻭㻼 [FUNCTION MENU] display. Press the MONITOR
㻠䠊㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻻㼂㻱㻾䠖㻜㻝㻡㼟
button again to view the monitoring display.
③
㻞䠊㻰㼁㻭㻸㻌㼀㻵㻹㻱䠖㻌㻡䠊㻜㼔
㻟䠊㻹㻱㼀㻴㻻㻰䠖㻻㼂㻾㻾㻸㻭㻼
㻠䠊㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻻㼂㻱㻾䠖㻜㻝㻡㼟
④
㻝㻹㻻㻰㻱䠖㻿㻺㻳㻸㻝㻹㻻㻰㻱䠖㻿㻺㻳㻸
㻞䠊㻰㼁㻭㻸㻌㼀㻵㻹㻱䠖㻌㻡䠊㻜㼔㻞䠊㻰㼁㻭㻸㻌㼀㻵㻹㻱䠖㻌㻡䠊㻜㼔
㻟䠊㻹㻱㼀㻴㻻㻰䠖㻻㼂㻾㻾㻸㻭㻼㻟䠊㻹㻱㼀㻴㻻㻰䠖㻻㼂㻾㻾㻸㻭㻼
㻠䠊㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻻㼂㻱㻾䠖㻜㻝㻡㼟 ⑤ 㻠䠊㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻻㼂㻱㻾䠖㻜㻝㻡㼟
20
3.3.5 [FUNCTION MENU] - Setting Displays
1 Model Setting Confirmation

This display contains software version (VER.), air compressor
㪲㪙㪘㪪㪠㪚㪪㪜㪫㪬㪧㪴 series (SERIES NAME), cooling method (COOLING
㪭㪜㪩䋮䋺㪎䋮㪌㪍䋮㪋 ①
㪪㪜㪩㪠㪜㪪㪥㪘㪤㪜䋺㪛㪪㪧 ② METHOD), number of air compression stages (NO. OF
㪚㪦㪦㪣㪠㪥㪞㪤㪜㪫㪟㪦㪛䋺㪮㪫㪩 ③ STAGE), action against instantaneous power interruption
㪥㪦䋮㪦㪝㪪㪫㪘㪞㪜䋺㩷㪉 ④
㪧㪄㪪㪧㪜㪚䋺㪈㪇㪉㫇㫊㫀 ⑤
(IPI) and etc. “＊＊” means the setting that is not required.
㪧䋮㪛㪘㪫㪘䋺㪍㪏㫇㫊㫀 ⑥ ① Indicates board software version.
䌃䌔䋺㪉㪌㪇䌁 ⑦ ② Indicates compressor type.
㪚㪣㪫䋮㪛㪜㪣㪘㪰䋺㩷㪌㫊 ⑧
㪠㪧㪠䋺㪠㪠㪠 ⑨ ③ Displays cooling type.
㪘㪛㪩㪜㪪㪪㪥㪦䋮䋺㩷㪈 ⑩ ④ Displays the number of compressor stages.
⑤ Displays pressure specification.
㪤㪦㪥䋺㪙㪘㪚㪢 ⑥ Displays interstage pressure.
⑦ Indicates CT setting value.
⑧ Displays water failure detection conditions for water
IMPORTANT
cooled compressor.
When contacting the local Hitachi distributor, inform this ⑨ Displays status of instantaneous power interruption
information as a based setting status. (IPI) restart setting.
⑩ Displays compressor number. (Must be distinguished
by number is using communication function.)
2 Operation Mode Setting

Confirm the settings by lead/lag and multi unit control SNGL Operates a air compressor independently
(option). These options need wiring modification. Item Operates by multi roller EX of exclusive use for NEXT
series using communication function.
number with a dash “-“ cannot be selected on LCD STPR
By this setting RS485 communication port is effective.
monitor. The setting of air compressor number is required.
Operates two air compressors alternately according to
DUAL
a time schedule. The AUTO light comes ON (glowing).
㪲㪤㪬㪣㪫㪠㪄㪬㩷㪪㪜㪫㪫㪠㪥㪞㪴
Operates two air compressors according to a preset
back up pressure. Starts the back up slave unit when
㪈㪤㪦㪛㪜䋺㩷㪪㪥㪞㪣 BKUP
the pressure has dropped to the desired preset back up
㪉䋮㪛㪬㪘㪣㩷㪫㪠㪤㪜䋺㩷㪏䋮㪇㪿
pressure. The AUTO light comes ON (glowing)
㪊䋮㪤㪜㪫㪟㪦㪛䋺㪦㪭㪩㪩㪣㪘㪧
㪋䋮㪪㪮㪠㪫㪚㪟㪦㪭㪜㪩䋺㪇㪈㪌㫊
Slave unit starts, master/slave units overlap in operation
㪌䋮㪙㪘㪚㪢㪬㪧䋺㪎㫇㫊㫀 OVERLAP
㪍䋮㪬㪥㪣㪦㪘㪛䋺㪊㫇㫊㫀 for a preset period, and then master unit stops.
㪎㪘㪣㪫䋮㪫㪠㪤㪜䋺㩷㪋㪏㪇㪤㪠㪥 Master unit stops, a non-operating interval passes, and
INTERVAL
㪏㪚㪦㪥㪫㪩㪦㪣㪤㪦㪛㪜䋺㪙 then slave unit starts.
5. BACKUP: Pressure to start a backup unit in a backup

㪪㪜㪫䋺㪪㪫㪦㪩㪜㩷㪤㪦㪥䋺㪙㪘㪚㪢 operation (cut-in (load) pressure – α)
1- MODE: Operation mode set on the digital monitor. 6. UNLOAD: Pressure to unload both the units in a
backup operation (cut-out (unload) pressure – α)
IMPORTANT
7- ALT. TIME: Displays time remaining until switch for
If using the backup function, switch to the digital
dual / backup operation. Time is not counted down
monitor for setting.
when operating 2 units for backup operation. When
2. DUAL TIME: Alternate operation hours of lead/lag operation is stopped, remaining time is maintained.
operation.(Setting range : 0.1 to 99.9 hours; initial
8- CONTROL MODE: Control mode A or B for Vtype
value: 8.0) ( 3.3.2). “＊＊” is indicated in fixed speed type.
3. METHOD: Switching method (overlap or interval)
of lead/lag operation.
IMPORTANT
4. SWITCHOVER: Switching-over or overlapping
period of lead/lag operation. (Setting range : 5 to 300 The settings can be memorized while the air compressor
is stopped.
seconds; initial value: 15)
21
3 Capacity control
This function sets the pressures and times for capacity 8. TIME: ⑥ Can set the time to use pressure setting 2.
control. Two different combinations (P1 and P2) of When set the value properly, ② is indicated in “ S-A”. If
pressures can be used. Item number with dot “ . ” can be the start and stop time is set at same value, pressure
select from LCD monitor. Item number with a dash “ - “ setting 2 is not in use and ② is indicated in S-1. And
can be selected from digital monitor. ( 3.4 How to pressure setting 1 and 2 can be change by external
Use the Digital Monitor for the detail.) switch. Set the F018 on digital monitor “2”.
( 3.4.2 , 3.4.7)
① ② ③
㪲㪚㪦㪥㪫㪩㪦㪣㪪㪜㪫㪫㪠㪥㪞㪴 IMPORTANT
㪈䋮㪫㪰㪧㪜㪘䋺㪭㪪㪄㪈㪥㪬㪣
㪉䋮䌐㪣㪦䋺㪪㪪㪁㪁㪁㫇㫊㫀 The settings can be memorized while the air compressor
㪊䋮䌐㪠㪚㪁㪘䋺㪁㪁㪁㪁䋮㪁䌭㪊 is stopped.
䋨㪚㪦㪥㪦㪫㪩㪣䋯㪚㪬㪫㪄㪠㪥㪀
㪋㪧㪈䋺㪇㪈㪉䋯㪏㪎㫇㫊㫀
㪌㪧㪉䋺㪇㪈㪉䋯㪏㪎㫇㫊㫀
䋨㪫㪞㪘㪩㪜㪫㩷㪧㪈䋯㪧㪉㪀 ④
㪍㪫㪘㪩㪞䋺㪜㪫 4 Scheduled Operation
㪐㪌䋯㪐㪌㫇㫊㫀
㪎㪫㪠㪤㪜㩷㪣㪠㪤㪠㪫䋺㪇㪊㪇㫊 ⑤ Allows a standard daily scheduling operation.
䋨㪧㪉㪜㪝㪝㪜㪚㪫㪠㪭㪜㪀
㪏䋮㪫㪠㪤㪜䋺㪈㪏䋺㪇㪇㪉㪉䋺㪇㪇 ⑥
㪪㪜㪫䋺㪪㪫㪦㪩㪜㩷㪤㪦㪥䋺㪙㪘㪚㪢㼇㻿㻯㻴㻱㻰㼁㻸㻱㻌㻿㻱㼀㼀㻵㻺㻳㼉
㻝㻥䠖㻜㻣
1. Type: Indicates the setting data for capacity control 㻝䠊㻹㻻㻰㻱䠖㻿㻯㻴㻱㻰㼁㻸㻱
① Type of capacity control (Cannot be changed from LCD 㻿㼀㻭㻾㼀㻿㼀㻻㻼
䠄㻝䠅㻜㻣䠖㻜㻜㻌㼅㻞㻜䠖㻜㻜㻌㼅
monitor) 䠄㻞䠅㻜㻜䠖㻜㻜㻌㻺㻜㻜䠖㻜㻜㻌㻺
Fixed speed type 䠄㻟䠅㻜㻜䠖㻜㻜㻌㻺㻜㻜䠖㻜㻜㻌㻺
䠄㻠䠅㻜㻜䠖㻜㻜㻌㻺㻜㻜䠖㻜㻜㻌㻺
I: Indicates the standard, 2-step control. 䠄㻡䠅㻜㻜䠖㻜㻜㻌㻺㻜㻜䠖㻜㻜㻌㻺
IP: Indicates the optional motor stop/restart capacity
㻞䠊㻾㻱㻯㻻㻾㻰㻝䠖㻝㻜䠖㻜㻜
control to “I”. 㻟䠊㻾㻱㻯㻻㻾㻰㻞䠖㻝㻥䠖㻜㻜
Vtype
㻿㻱㼀䠖㻿㼀㻻㻾㻱㻌㻹㻻㻺䠖㻮㻭㻯㻷
VA: Indicates motor stop/restart capacity control is
This illustration indicates a scheduling operation from 7:00 to
effective. 20:00. TIME field indicates a current time of 19:07.
VB: Indicates motor stop/restart capacity control is
canceled. 1. MODE:
② Pressure setting (Cannot be changed from LCD
OFF Operates without a schedule.
monitor)
S-1: Indicates pressure setting 1 Schedule Operates according to a daily 24- hour calendar.
S-2: Indicates pressure setting 2

(1) to (5) : Five Start/Stop Time Patterns
EXT: Indicates external pressure setting
･ START : Starting Time
S-A : Indicates pressure setting switches by set time
･ STOP : Stopping Time
on ⑥.
･ Y or N : Yes starts or stops as scheduled.
③ Option condition and setting.
NUL: Indicates no option.
IMPORTANT
2. - 3. OPTION: Used for options.
When the schedule is selected, the AUTO light comes ON
4. - 6. Pressure Setting: ④ Indicates cut-in, cut-out (glowing) if the time setting is valid and ON (blinking) if
and target pressure setting 1 and 2 can be confirmed. the time setting is invalid. The settings can be memorized
Target means target pressure for ECOMODE while the air compressor is stopped.
7. TIME LIMIT (Fixed speed type only)

2.-3. RECORD1, 2 : This function allows for the
⑤ Indicates the time limit of load/unload one-cycle time
capability to record data over a desired time in a day. To
for ECOMODE. Load/unload one-cycle time must be 30
view the recorded data, refer to “5. Operation data
second or more. ( 3.4.8)
display” on the next page.
22
5 Operation Data Display 7 Alarm History
㼇㻻㻼㻱㻾㻭㼀㻵㻻㻺㻰㻭㼀㻭㼉㼇㻭㻸㻭㻾㻹㻴㻵㻿㼀㻻㻾㼅㼉
㻝䠊㻝㻝䠋㻜㻝㻝㻜䠖㻜㻜㻝䠊㼍㼍㼍㼍㼍㼍㼍㼍㼍㼍㼍㼍㼍
㻼䠖㻜㻠㻢䚸㻜㻝㻥䚸㻖㻖㻖䚸㻜㻝㻢㻯㻻㻰㻱䠖㻞㻝㻸㻺㻻㻿䠊䠖㻌㻝 ①
㻯䠖㻞㻜㻜㻜㻣䠋㻜㻤䠋㻜㻝㻝㻥䠖㻞㻢
㼀䠖㻝㻣㻜䚸㻝㻤㻜䚸㻡㻜䚸㻖㻖䚸㻠㻜㻞䠊㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖
㻸䠖㻡㻥䚸㻝㻤䠊㻤㻯㻻㻰㻱䠖㻖㻖㻖㻺㻻㻿䠊䠖㻖㻖
㻞䠊㼍㼍䠋㼎㼎㼏㼏䠖㼐㼐㻖㻖䠋㻖㻖䠋㻖㻖㻖㻖䠖㻖㻖
㻼䠖㻖㻖㻖䚸㻖㻖㻖䚸㻖㻖㻖䚸㻖㻖㻖㻟䠊㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖
㻯䠖㻖㻖㻖㻯㻻㻰㻱䠖㻖㻖㻖㻺㻻㻿䠊䠖㻖㻖
㼀䠖㻖㻖㻖䚸㻖㻖㻖䚸㻖㻖䚸㻖㻖䚸㻖㻖㻖㻖䠋㻖㻖䠋㻖㻖㻖㻖䠖㻖㻖
㻸䠖㻌㻣㻡䚸㻖㻖㻖㻖㻖
㻹㻻㻺䠖㻮㻭㻯㻷㻹㻻㻺䠖㻮㻭㻯㻷
Data can be recorded for a maximum of twelve (12) This display shows a maximum of 6 alarms and displays
times. The 13th recorded data is automatically deleted the following information as such: type of alarm, the
and the 1st recorded data is added. The most recent data number of times, and the date and time. If the same
is arranged at the top of the display. If a change to these alarm occurs in a short period of time, the older data is
settings is desired, the sampled data before the settings deleted and the more recent data is stored, and alarm
change will be left as is and the new recorded data will NOS. is updated. The most recent data is arranged at
applied after the change. the top of the display. Press the △ or ▽ button
Press the △ or ▽ button to move within the display.
to move within the display.
1. and 2. : Indicates the MONTH / DAY HOUR: MINUTE.
P - Represents a pressure (psi) and indicates from left to ① Indicates operating condition.
right: Discharge air pressure, Interstage pressure, ＊ L: When loading, U: When unloading, S: When Stopped
＊＊, Oil pressure
C - Represents an amperage current (A)
T - Represents a temperature (° F) and indicates from left 8 Shutdown History
to right: 1st stage discharge air temperature, 2nd stage
discharge air temperature, oil temperature, ＊＊＊, 2nd 㪲㪝㪬㪥㪚㪫㪠㪦㪥㪤㪜㪥㪬㪴
stage suction temperature. 㪈

㪉
䋮
䋮
㪙
㪤
㪘
㪬
㪪
㪣
㪠
㪫
㪚
㪠
㩷
㪄
㪪
㪬
㪜
㪥
㪫㪬㪧
㪠㪫
L - Represents a load ratio percentage (%)

㪊䋮㪚㪘㪧㪘㪚㪠㪫㪰㪚㪦㪥㪫㪩㪦㪣
㪲㪛㪜㪫㪘㪠㪣㪪㪴
㪋䋮㪪㪚㪟㪜㪛㪬㪣㪜
㪌䋮㪦㪧㪜㪩㪘㪈㪠
㪫䋮
㪦㪥㪛㪘㪸㪫㪘㪸㪸㪸㪸㪸㪸㪸㪸㪸㪸㪸㪸
Unavailable fields are filled with asterisks. 㪍
㪎
䋮
䋮
㪣
㪘
㪦
㪣
㪘
㪘
㪛
㪩㪤
㪛㪘
㪟
㪛
㪫
㪠㪠
㪘㪠㪪䋮㪧㪩㪜㪪
㪪㪥㪫㪫㪦㪪㪩㪫
㪰㪞䋮㪧
䋺㪐㪋㫇㫊㫀
䋺㪉㪐㫇㫊㫀
㪏䋮㪪㪟㪬㪫㪛㪦㪮㪥㪟㪠㪪㪫㪦㪩㪰
㪦㪠㪣㪧㪈㪩㪜㪪䋺㪉㪊㫇㫊㫀
6 Load Data Display

㪚㪣㪫䋮㪧㪩㪜㪪䋺㪁䋮㪁㪁㫇㫊㫀
㪛㪠㪪䋮㪫㪜㪤㪧䋮㪈䋺㪊㪊㪏䉙㪝
㪪㪜㪫䋺㪦㪧㪜㪥㪛
㪤㪦㪠㪥㪪䋺䋮㪙㪫
㪘㪚㪜㪢㪤㪧䋮㪉䋺㪊㪌㪍䉙㪝
㪦㪠㪣㪫㪜㪤㪧䋺㩷㪈㪉㪉䉙㪝
㪚㪣㪫䋮㪫㪜㪤㪧䋺㪁㪁㪁䉙㪝
㪲㪣㪦㪘㪛㪛㪘㪫㪘㪴㪉㪥㪛㪪㪬㪚㪫䋮㪫䋺㩷㪈㪋㪇䉙㪝
㪚㪬㪩㪩㪜㪥㪫䋺㪈㪇㪇㪘
㪈䋮㪇㪏䋯㪇㪈㪤㪦㪥䋺㪙㪘㪚㪢
㪘㪭㪞䋮㪧㪩㪜㪪㪪䋺㪎㪌㫇㫊㫀
㪘㪭㪞䋮㪚㪬㪩㪩㪜㪥㪫䋺㪇㪋㪇䌁
㪘㪭㪞䋮㪣㪦㪘㪛㪩㪘㪫㪜䋺㪇㪍㪌䋦 This display shows a maximum of 6 shutdowns and
㪘㪭㪞䋮㪧䌏䌗䌅䌒䋺㪁㪁㪁㪅㪁㫂㪮 displays the following information as such: type of
㪉䋮㪇㪈䋯㪇㪈
㪘㪭㪞䋮㪧㪩㪜㪪㪪䋺㪎㪌㫇㫊㫀 shutdown, the number of times the air compressor has
㪘㪭㪞䋮㪚㪬㪩㪩㪜㪥㪫䋺㪇㪋㪇䌁
㪘㪭㪞䋮㪣㪦㪘㪛㪩㪘㪫㪜䋺㪇㪍㪌䋦
shutdown, and the date and time of the shutdown. The
㪘㪭㪞䋮㪧䌏䌗䌅䌒䋺㪁㪁㪁㪅㪁㫂㪮 shutdown history display also shows the operation data
㪤㪦㪥䋺㪙㪘㪚㪢 (pressure, temperature, current) sampled at the time of
shutdown.
This display shows the averaged load data per day. Data
To view the operation data sampled when the shutdown
can be recorded for a maximum of 6 days; the 7th day of
occurred; in the shutdown history display, move to the
averaged load data is automatically deleted and the 1st or
item number of the targeted shutdown to view. Press the
most recent averaged data is added. The most recent
SET button to open the [DETAILS] display.
data is arranged at the top of the display. Press the △
● How to clear the all alarm and shutdown histories.
or ▽ button to move within the display. Data is
Set the F041 on digital monitor “1”. ( 3.4.2 )
averaged from start to stop every day. If 24h operation is
done, data is averaged at AM0:00.
23
3.3.6. Other Settings

Initial Setting 3-Language Display Switch
The calendar and clock are set by Hitachi prior to The language of the display can be switched to
delivery. To reset the calendar and clock, contact the Japanese, English or Chinese by the dip switch on the
local Hitachi distributor. back of the LCD monitor board. If the language needs
to be changed, consult with the local Hitachi
distributor.
Brightness Adjusting
Adjust the LCD brightness as follows:
Bit 1 2 3 4-8
To brighten:
Japanese OFF OFF OFF
Hold down the SET button and press the
English ON OFF OFF
MONITOR button. Not
Chinese OFF ON OFF
To darken: used
Setting for United States ON OFF ON
Hold down the SET button and press the
Test mode ON ON OFF
FUNCTION button.
Power must be turned off before setting.
Digital Monitor Operation Classification

The following is a table of contents that can be set by
the LCD monitor and digital monitor (next section).
LCD monitor Digital monitor
Function Item Remarks
operation (F mode)
MULTI-U SETTING MODE - ○ F000 Dual, backup, etc
display DUAL TIME ○
METHOD ○
SWITCHOVER ○
-
BACKUP ○ Differential pressure
UNLOAD ○ Differential pressure
ALT.TIME △ (automatic change)
CONTROL MODE ○ (Factory set) V type only
CONTROL SETTING TYPE (left) - ○ F019 Example: I type (load/unload type)
display TYPE (center) ○ F018 Example: Setting 1
TYPE (right) ○ Option (not supported)
P-LOSS ○ - Option (not supported)
PI-CA ○ Option (not supported)
P1 ○ F022 - Setting 1, Setting 2
P2 ○ F022 - Setting 1, Setting 2
-
TARGET - Prohibited to change
TIME LIMIT ○ (Factory set) Energy saving mode decision time
TIME ○
SCHEDULE SETTING MODE ○ Function switching
display -
START/STOP ○
RECORD 1, 2 ○ Operation data measurement
Other settings Air compressor No. ○ F001
IPI ○ F002 -
Remote operation ○ F005 -
Dryer operation ○ F008 -
-
AUTO operation ○ F011 -
ECOMODE ○ Display switch button operation
Reset Shutdown/Alarm ○ Reset button operation
Load count ○ Remote + display switch button
Maintenance ○ - Set button 7 sec. ON
Shutdwon/Alarm history - ○ F041
24
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]
3.4 How to Use the Digital Monitor

3.4.1 How to Display Operation Status, Shutdown History, and Status of Various Settings
All display contents of the digital monitor are linked with the LCD monitor. All of the following display contents can be
confirmed by the LCD monitor.
Use the following operations to display the contents of other operation/setting status on the LCD monitor and readily
confirm operation status and setting status by the digital monitor.
(1) How to Display the Operation Status When the power is turned on, discharge pressure is displayed
on the screen of the digital monitor. Use the following
P: Discharge pressure (psi)
procedure to switch the digital monitor to other display.
SELECT/WIDE 1 Press ① Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Operation time is
Blinks when operation time is added. displayed on the screen.
Total running hour (×10)
② Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Interstage pressure is
displayed on the screen with “b.”
SELECT/WIDE 1 b: Interstage pressure (psi)
Press once to go to ③ Press the SELECT/WIDE button. 1st-stage air end outlet
the next item.
2 C: 1st-stage air end outlet temp (゜
F) temperature is displayed on the screen with “C.”
(320゜ F)
Press once to go to ④ Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Load rate is displayed on
the previous item.
L: Vtype: Not in use the screen with “L.”
RESET Fixed speed type: Load ratio (%)
Return to discharge ⑤ Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Load count is displayed
pressure display on the screen in units of 10,000 times with “U.”
U: Load count (×10,000 times)
Air-Cooled
H: Vtype: Main motor operating frequency (Hz) ⑥ Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Operation frequency of
Fixed speed type: Not in use (display only) the fan motor is displayed on the screen with “d.”
d: Fan motor operating frequency (Hz) To return to one item at a time, press the 2
button. To
Water-cooled type: Not in use (display only)
return to discharge pressure, press the RESET button.
To shutdown history display ● If the alarm or shutdown light is blinking, the shutdown
code is displayed with “E0” ( 4.1).
“E0” indicates the contents of the latest shutdown.
IMPORTANT ● If the alarm or shutdown light is blinking, it indicates that
1. When other than P (Discharge pressure is the alarm or shutdown has not been reset. Check E0.XX
displayed), it automatically returns to P in 3 minutes. and reset.
2. Load ratio is a reference-calculated value.
25
(2) How to Display Shutdown History Use the following procedure to display shutdown history.
Discharge pressure display [Latest shutdown] ① Press the SELECT/WIDE button 8 times. “E0.” is the
SELECT/WIDE
1
displayed with the shutdown code ( 4.1) “0” indicates the
Press 8 times. most recent shutdown. (The display automatically changes to
“E.0” when a shutdown or alarm occurs.)
[Previous shutdown]
② Press the SELECT/WIDE button. “E1.” is displayed along
SELECT/WIDE 1 XX : Shutdown code
with a shutdown code. “1” indicates a shutdown that
Press once to go to
the next item. occurred previously. Six items of data (0 to 5) are recorded.
2 [Oldest shutdown] “E5” indicates the oldest shutdown.
Press once to go to
the previous item. History consists of 6 data items. Air-Cooled
RESET ③ Press the SELECT/WIDE button. “E7.” indicates a
Return to discharge shutdown history of the fan inverter.
pressure display.
Main motor controller
shutdown history
④ Press the RESET button. The screen is return to the
operation status.
Fan inverter IMPORTANT

shutdown history (air-cooled type only)
Water-cooled type - Not used (display only)
If the shutdown code “XX” is “ ,” it indicates that
there is no shutdown history. Also, when anything other
To display of various settings than shutdown history is displayed without shutdown
resetting, the display is return to the latest shutdown
IMPORTANT Air-Cooled history in 3 minutes.
For the shutdown history of fan inverter,only the most
recent shutdown will be recorded. Shutdown history is IMPORTANT
displayed in shutdown codes.
For the shutdown history of controller, only the most
( 4.1 (a)(b))
recent shutdown is recorded. Shutdown history is
displayed in shutdown codes. ( 4.1 (a)(b))
(3) How to Display Various Settings (Perform operation only when confirmation is
necessary.)
Use the following procedure to display capacity control type
Dis. pres. display
SELECT/WIDE
No.0 : Control status and pressure setting values for confirmation.
1
A : Capacity Ctrl system
Press 16 times. ① Press the SELECT/WIDE button 16 times. “0.A ＊＊” is
No.1 : Cut-out pressure 1 displayed on the screen. The content of “＊＊” varies
100 : 100 psi
depending on specifications. “A” may be “L” or “U”
SELECT/WIDE 1
No.2 : Cut-in pressure 1 depending on capacity control specifications.
Press once to go to 085 : 85 psi
the next item.
② Consists of items 0 - 9. Pressure setting status and optional
No.3 : Pres. diff. 1
2
007 : 7 psi pressure setting 2 can be confirmed each time the
Press once to go to
the previous item. SELECT/WIDE button is pressed.
No.4 ： ECOMODE
Cycle time
RESET 30 second ③ Press the RESET button. The screen is return to the usual
Return to discharge No.5 : Cut-out pressure 2 discharge pressure display.
pressure display. 100 : 100 psi
No.6 : Cut-in pressure 2 IMPORTANT

085 : 85 psi
Symbols displayed at No.0 and corresponding capacity

No.7 : Pres. diff. 2
007 : 7 psi control type
A : AUTO function setting
No.8 : IPI setting
000 : Disabled L : Fixed speed type setting (INTE: load/unload
operation)
No.9 : Compressor No. U : Vtype setting (AUTO function canceled
001 : No.1
( 3.3.5 and 8.4)
※ No.3 and 7 are not in use for Vtype.
26
3.4.2 How to Set Control Functions
■ Various settings (instantaneous power interruption (IPI), remote operation, dryer setting,
capacity control setting, pressure setting, etc.)
Switches the display from monitor mode to setting mode (F mode).
RESET
Displays 000th item of F mode.
SELECT/WIDE 1
Hold down the RESET FUNC Switches each time FUNC is pressed.
button and press the
SELECT/WIDE button
for 3 seconds or Displays setting value.
more to change to
the F mode. Perform F000: (0: Sets Stand alone operation.)
same operation to
return.
See the F mode table for more detail.
1 Forward Use 1 2 buttons to change the value.
2 Back ( 3.4.2)
F000: (1: Sets multiple unit control.)
STR Press STR to store the setting.
Back
Setting can be changed and memorized from the digital monitor without opening the control panel.
■ F Mode table
7 segment Precision/
Function Item Range Default Remarks
display unit
0: Stand alone operation,
Multiple unit control
F000 Control setting 0-1 1 0 1: Multiple unit control
setting
(communication supported)
Instantaneous power
F002 0-1 1 0 0: Valid, 1: Invalid
interruption (IPI) setting
Instantaneous power When the IPI function is available,
interruption (IPI) Instantaneous power instantaneous power interruption is
restart setting F003 interruption (IPI) 1-5 1 sec 1 detected between 20 ms and the
detection period setting setting detection period set here, and
air compressor restarts. ( 3.4.5)
0: REMOTE button,
Remote control switch
F005 0-3 1 0 1: Local, 2: Remote,
method
3: Selectable by external contact
Remote operation
Remote operation
setting F006 0-1 1 0 0: Pulse input, 1: Level input
method
Remote shutdown
F007 0-1 1 0 0: Invalid, 1: Valid
recovery
0: Operation, 1: Stop, 2: Link,
F008 Dryer operation type 0-3 1 2
3: Panel
Dryer operation
F009 Dryer prestart 0-1 1 0 0: Invalid, 1: Valid
setting
F010 Dryer shutdown setting 0-1 1 0 0: Shutdown, 1: Alarm
AUTO setting (*2) F011 AUTO operation enabled 0-1 1 0 0: Valid, 1: Invalid
Cut-in/Cut-out pressure 0: Combination 1, 1: Combination 2,

Capacity control F018 0-2 1 0
selection 2: Selectable by external contact
Function setting 0: Built-in sensor, 1: External contact,
F021 Pressure control system 0-2 1 0
(option) 2: Selectable by external contact
27
7 segment Precision/
Function Item Range Default Remarks
display unit
Control pressure 73 ∼ 125 1 psi 125
F022
setting 1 psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.86) (0.01 MPa) (0.86)
Cut-out pressure 1 73 ∼ 128 1 psi 128
Pressure F023 psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.88) (0.01 MPa) (0.88)
setting 1
※2 Cut-in pressure 1 73 ∼ 122 1 psi 120
F024
100 / 125 psi (0.69 / 0.86 MPa) specifications
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.84) (0.01 MPa) (0.83)

Restart pressure 1 73 ∼ 122 1 psi 120
F025
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.84) (0.01 MPa) (0.83) ※Setting can be altered at
V type
Control pressure2 73 ∼ 125 1 psi 125 any time.
F031
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.86) (0.01 MPa) (0.86)
Cut-out pressure 2 73 ∼ 128 1 psi 128
Pressure F032 psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.88) (0.01 MPa) (0.88)
setting 2
※2 Cut-in pressure 2 73 ∼ 122 1 psi 120
F033
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.84) (0.01 MPa) (0.83)
Restart pressure 2 73 ∼ 122 1 psi 120
F034
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.84) (0.01 MPa) (0.83)
Cut-out pressure 1 73 ∼ 100 [125] 1 psi 100 [125]
Pressure F023 psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.69 [0.86]) (0.01 MPa) (0.69 [0.86])
setting 1
※2 Cut-in pressure 1 73 ∼ 86 [110] 1 psi 85 [110]
Fixed F024
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.59 [0.76]) (0.01 MPa) (0.59 [0.76]) ※Setting can be altered at
speed
Cut-out pressure 2 73 ∼ 100 [125] 1 psi 100 [125] any time.
type Pressure F032 psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.69 [0.86]) (0.01 MPa) (0.69 [0.86])
setting 2
※2 Cut-in pressure 2 73 ∼ 86 [110] 1 psi 85 [110]
F033
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.59 [0.76]) (0.01 MPa) (0.59 [0.76])
Shutdown history clear F041 (＊1) History clear 0∼1 1 0 0：Enter, 1：History clear
Note:
※ Setting of the items without ※ in remarks can be memorized while the air compressor is stopped.
＊1: When set to “1”, history is cleared. After clearing, the value is automatically reset to “0”.
＊2: Refer to the below table about the Pressure combination.
Do not change the setting of F items that are not specified in the table above.
● Capacity control pressure setting conditions

Type Setting conditions (Example of Pressure setting 1)
Fixed-speed ① F023 shall be set F024 + 3 or higher, and F025 + 3 or higher.
① F023 shall be set F022 + 3 or higher.

Variable-speed
② F024 shall be set F022 or lower.
Note 2: The same setting condition is applied for Pressure Setting 2 (F031 to F034).
IMPORTANT
1. Pressure setting when minimum air receiver tank is installed ( 5.4.5)

Vtype : Pressure differential between cut-out and cut-in shall be 7 psi (0.05 MPa) or more, and pressure differential between
cut-out and target shall be 3 psi (0.02 MPa) or more.
Fixed speed type : Pressure differential between cut-out and cut-in shall be 15 psi (0.1 MPa) or more.
2. External selection of Cut-in/Cut-out pressure combination 1 or 2 is an option. (F018-2)
28
3.4.3 Change of Pressure Setting Use the following procedure to change the pressure
setting of the capacity control system.
Pres. ① Switch the display from monitor mode to setting

setting 1 mode (F mode).
FUNC Press the button. ② Set Pressure Setting 1 in F mode.

( 3.4.2)
STR Press the button.
IMPORTANT
1 Chvange For operation procedure, refer to the various settings.

2
values. After entering setting values, be sure to press the
STORE button and return to the monitor mode.
Make sure to press the STORE button to memorize
the setting value.
3.4.4 Change of Capacity Control Type AUTO (automatic motor stop/restart function) can be
selected properly.
AUTO setting ① Switch the display from monitor mode to setting mode
(F mode).
Press the button.
FUNC
② Set 0 (valid) or 1(invalid) while the air compressor is
stopped.
Press the button.
STR
Set AUTO OFF. Capacity control type AUTO ON AUTO OFF
(Initial value: 0) F011 0: Valid 1: Invalid
1
Change Digital monitor display 0. AＸX 0. UＸX
values.
2
After setting change, confirm the capacity control type
by checking the settings on the digital monitor
( 3.3.5 ).
( 3.3.5 and 8.4).
3.4.5 Restart for Instantaneous Power In item F018, pressure setting 1 and 2 can be switched.
Interruption ① This function is available for IPI between 20 ms and
the set value (F003: 1 to 5 sec).
② When IPI occurs , the air compressor stops and the
RUNNING MODE START light turns off.
③ After power recovers within F003 set condition, the
REMOTE
POWER
AUTO light blinks and the START light turns ON
(growing) to inform that the air compressor is waiting
LOAD
③
for restarting from IPI.
AUTO START
SHUTDOWN
START STOP ④ The air compressor restarts 15 seconds after power

2
recovers.
IMPORTANT
(1) IPI means that the power voltage drops to zero (0)
instantaneously.
UNLOAD STOP (2) For the IPI time of less than 20 ms, the air compressor
continues to run.
②③ (3) For the IPI time of more than the setting, the air
compressor judges it as a power failure; the air
IPI is standard function. IPI can be canceled by F002. compressor stops but does not restart automatically.
refer to 3.4.2. Press the START button to restart the air compressor.
29
3.4.6 Remote Operation Setting

The REMOTE button on the instrument panel sets
remote operation as (1). In addition, remote operation
On (1) Remote setting by instrument panel
REMOTE
On (2) Remote setting fixed can be set by (2) and (3).
Blink (3) Remote setting by external operation button
Off Local setting (1) To change the Local or remote operation by
REMOTE button on the instrument panel
① Press the REMOTE button.

IMPORTANT ② REMOTE light turns ON (glowing) to indicate the
● When F001 is set to “1:Multi unit control”, remote remote operation is effective.
operation is selected automatically and the REMOTE
light turns ON (blinking). ③ To return to local operation mode, press the REMOTE
● Remote/ local setting change from the setting mode (F button again. REMOTE light turns OFF to indicate
mode) can be memorized while the air compressor is the remote operation is ineffective.
stopped.
● When the remote operation is active, the air
compressor still can be stopped locally by pressing the (2) To fix the remote operation
STOP button on the instrument panel.
① Switch the display from monitor mode to setting mode
(F mode).
② Change the value of F005 to “2: Remote”.

Remote
control FUNC Press the button.
( 3.4.2)
switching
Press the button. ③ REMOTE light turns ON (glowing) to indicate the
STR Set to "Remote
setting fixed."
remote operation is effective.
(Initial value: 1)
1
Alter
values.
(3) To change the Local or remote operation by
2
external contact.
(Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer
or representative office.)
① Connect the external contact wiring. ( 7.4)
② Switch the display from monitor mode to setting mode
(F mode).
③ Change the value of F005 to “3: Selectable by

external contact”. ( 3.4.2)
④ Short the external contact to set the remote

operation.
⑤ REMOTE light turns ON (glowing) to indicate the
remote operation is effective.
30
3.4.7 Pressure Setting Switching Function

Two different combinations of cut-out pressure and cut-in
pressures can be used: Pressure combination 1 and 2.
The Combination 1 is used as the standard daily settings. Energy Saving Effect
Cut-out
The Combination 2 is used for a limited time period press.1
where different settings may be required, and can be set Cut-out
press.2
3.3.5 and 3.4.2 for the detail)
Line pressure
for a certain time (
Cut-in
Load light turns on (glowing) during load and turns off press.1
Load Unload
Cut-in
during unload when pressure combination 1 is selected. press. 2
Load light turns on (blinking) during load and turns off Load light
Glow OFF Glow OFF Glow OFF Blink OFF
during unload when pressure combination 2 is selected. Blink Blink
ECOMODE and PQ wide mode is invalid during pressure External contact (option) OFF ON
combination 2 is activated. Time

External selection of Cut-in/Cut-out pressure combination
1 or 2 is an option. (F018-2). Contact the local HITACHI
distributor/master dealer or representative office.
3.4.8 ECOMODE Function (only for Fixed speed type)

(1) Setting of ECOMODE (Energy Saving Mode)
ECOMODE is set OFF on factory setting. See
RUNNING CONTROL SELECT/WIDE
SELECT/WIDE button in 3.1 to be activated.

This function enables a power saving operation by 1
ALARM
reducing the cut-out pressure to a preset target value,

ON : The light blinks.
based on if the load/unload cycling interval is longer
RESET
FUNC
OFF : The light turns off.

than the set interval. If the cycling interval time is REMOTE SELECT/WIDE
SELECT/WIDE
longer than set interval, the system reduces the STR 1
Press the button for 7 seconds
cut-out pressure to a target so as to make the cycling or more to set.
interval closer to the set value. Minimum cut-out
pressure is cut-in pressure + 7 psi (0.05 MPa).
Minimum cycle time is 30 seconds.
Cut-out is
If the cycle time is 30 seconds or more, SELECT/ Energy Saving Effect automatically
WIDE light tur ns on (blinking) to indicate reduced.
Cut-out
ECOMODE is effective. By setting the ECOMODE pressure
Line pressure
to ON, the display’s TYPE field shows SAVE for a

Cut-in
power saving operation. ( 3.3.2) pressure
Load Unload
(2) Caution for using ECOMODE Time
Larger than standard air receiver tank is required to Factory setting

keep the ECOMODE effective. ( 5.4.5 ③) Pressure differential between cut-in and cut-out pressure: 15 psi (0.1 MPa)
Allowable pressure differential for ECOMODE: 7 psi (0.05 MPa) (unable to change)
Minimum cycle time: 30 seconds
31
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [Daily Operation of Air Compressor]
3.5 Daily Operation of Air Compressor
CAUTION
● When using the air compressor, do not raise the discharge pressure excessively. Operating the air
compressor over the rated pressure can result in main motor overload, shutdown of the airend and/or
damage of parts.
● If the air relief valve has blown or a protective device has shutdown the air compressor, investigate
the cause of and take corrective action. If there are any questions or comments in taking these
actions, contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative office.
3.5.1 Preparing the air compressor

① Connect the power.
② Check the POWER light and LCD, and verify that:
- the POWER light is ON, and the monitor display has
appeared.
③ Check the oil level gauge, and verify that:
② - the oil stays around the upper or lower red lines of the oil
level gauge.
④ Close the petcock and water relief valve.

REMOTE
Water-Cooled
POWER
ALARM
⑤ Open the cooling water valve.

LOAD
AUTO START
RESET
FUNC SHUTDOWN
STR 1 2
IMPORTANT
UNLOAD STOP
Verify that the oil stays between the upper and lower red
③ lines of the oil level gauge while air compressor is
running. Since the oil comes back to the oil case after the
air compressor stops, the oil level during air compressor
running is lower than during air compressor stopping.
3.5.2 Starting the air compressor

① Open the discharge stop valve.
② Press the START button.
- The compressor switches to full load operation within 15
REMOTE
POWER
③④ ALARM
LOAD
seconds for the Fixed speed type and within 10 seconds for
AUTO START
RESET
FUNC SHUTDOWN
１００ｐｓｉ
the V type.
DIS. PRESS：
STR 1 2
INTSTG. P：２２ｐｓｉ
OIL PRESS：２２ｐｓｉ
CLT. PRESS：＊．＊＊ｐｓｉ ③ Check the LCD monitor, and verify that:
UNLOAD STOP
- the oil pressure is 12 psi (0.08 MPa) or more.
② ④ Check the LCD for a gradual rise of the discharge air

pressure, and verify that:
- the maximum discharge air pressure is less than the rated
pressure.
①
[Rear View]
32
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [Daily Operation of Air Compressor]
3.5.3 While Operating the Air Compressor

① Check the LCD monitor for operating pressures and
AUTO
temperatures, and verify that:
- Interstage pressure (INTSTG P), oil pressure (OIL PRES),
REMOTE
MONITOR POWER
ALARM
LOAD
MENU ［× 10h］
+/-
UP/
DOWN
FUNC RESET
SHUTDOWN
AUTO START
1st stage discharge air temperature (DIS. TEMP 1), 2nd stage
REMOTE
STR
SELECT/WIDE
1 2
START STOP
discharge air temperature (DIS. TEMP 2), oil temperature
(OIL TEMP) and 2nd stage suction temperature (2ND SUCT.
SET
MONITOR
T) stays within the normal range. ( 6.1.3)

UNLOAD STOP
② Verify that the intercooler/aftercooler condensate

drain is discharged intermittently when the air
㻼㻾㻱㻿㻿㼁㻾㻱 compressor is loading.
㻵㻺㼀㻿㼀㻳䠊㻼䠖㻞㻤㼜㼟㼕
㻻㻵㻸㻌㻼㻾㻱㻿䠖㻞㻞㼜㼟㼕 Automatic drain Automatic drain
Model
㻯㻸㼀䠊㻼㻾㻱㻿䠖㻖䠊㻖㻖㼜㼟㼕 valve: Open valve: Closed
㻰㻵㻿䠊㼀㻱㻹㻼㻝䠖㻟㻞㻥䜪䠢 45/55 kW 2 sec 45 sec
㻰㻵㻿䠊㼀㻱㻹㻼㻞䠖㻟㻟㻤䜪䠢 75 kW 2 sec 30 sec
㻻㻵㻸㻌㼀㻱㻹㻼䠖㻝㻟㻝䜪䠢
㻯㻸㼀䠊㼀㻱㻹㻼䠖㻖㻖㻖䜪䠢 When the air compressor is unloading, condensate drain is
㻞㻺㻰㻌㻿㼁㻯㼀䠊㼀䠊䠖㻝㻝㻢䜪䠢 discharged one (1) second a five (5) minutes.
㻴㻾䠊㼀㻻㻌㻹㻭㻵㻺㼀䠖㻜㻜㻜㻜䡄
IMPORTANT
● For Vtype, if the ambient temperature is approximately ● For air-cooled type, restart the air compressor 30 seconds
32℉ (0 degree C), air compressor tries to start for 1 to 2 after stopping. If the air compressor restarts just after
seconds and may start at approximately 20 seconds after. stopping, the shutdown may occur with indication
This is not failure but caused by RETLY function of “OVERLOAD SUB” on LCD monitor and E0.53 on digital
controller. In such case, E0.44 appear on the digital monitor.
monitor and AUTO START light turns on (blinking).
3.5.4 When Stopping the Air Compressor

① Press the UNLOAD STOP button to stop the air
compressor.
REMOTE
The air compressor unloads for 5 minutes and stops.
(In the case of an emergency, press the STOP button.)
POWER
ALARM
LOAD
② FUNC
RESET
SHUTDOWN
AUTO START
DIS. PRESS: ００ｐｓｉ

REMOTE
STR
SELECT/WIDE
1 2
START STOP
② Check the pressure after the air compressor stops

INTERSTG P:
OIL PRESS:
００ｐｓｉ
００ｐｓｉ running.
CLT PRESS: ＊＊ｐｓｉ
① UNLOAD STOP
- Both oil pressure and interstage pressure shall be 0 psi.
(The pressures may be 1 psi (0.01 MPa) depending on
operation conditions.)
③ Check the sight glass on the control line filter to

confirm that drain is properly discharged. (Fixed-
speed type)
④
④ Close the valve on the discharge side.
Water-Cooled
[Rear View]
⑤ Close the cooling water stop valve. Open the petcock
and cooling water drain valve to drain the cooling
water from the air compressor. Be careful not to
③ damage the parts, such as coolers and casing, by
cooling water freezing.
33
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [Daily Operation of Oil Mist Remover, Adjustment Procedure]
3.6 Daily Operation of Oil Mist Remover

3.6.1 When Setting 3.6.2 When Stopped
Make sure that the vacuum indicator shows a red mark.
Pressure gauge (psi)

22 to 26
Make sure that the pressure gauge
reads as above.
Make sure that the

condensate is not
collected in the
filter bowl.
If the condensate is
collected, push up
the cock to drain
the condensate.
Make sure that the vacuum

indicator does not show a
red mark.
Condensate Drain Cock
3.7 Adjustment Procedure ① When dust particles accumulate on the valve plate of
the suction throttle valve, the suction vacuum
3.7.1 Adjusting the Suction Bypass Valve
pressure may drop and eventually causing the
(For Fixed-Speed Compressor)
discharge air temperature to rise.
The illustration below is an example of water cooler.
② The first steps to resolve the lower suction vacuum
Suction throttle valve pressure are as following. If the unloaded interstage
pressure drops as low as -12 psi (-0.08 MPa) or
discharge air temperature is gradually increased.
A) Clean or replace the air intake filter.
B) Clean the suction throttle valve’s valve plate.
③ If the air compressor cannot be shutdown to clean
these parts, turn the adjusting bolt (the suction
bypass valve) counterclockwise to open. This will
allow the air intake and increase the discharge air
pressure to be greater than -12 psi (-0.08 MPa) when
running unloaded.
Air Intake filter ④ Replace the consumable parts in the air intake filter
Adjusting Bolt and suction throttle valve with new consumable parts
(Suction Bypass Valve)
Locknut in accordance with the appropriate maintenance
Usually keep the bolt tightened,
Seal washer but not excessively. schedule.( 9. Maintenance the air compressor.)
IMPORTANT
The interstage pressure of as low as -12 psi (-0.08 MPa)

during unloading period may increase the discharge air
temperature.
34
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [Adjustment Procedure]
3.7.2 Regulating the Oil Pressure

The illustration below is an example of water cooler. ① Use the oil relief valve to regulate the oil pressure.
To regulate the oil pressure, open the oil relief valve
cap, loosen the lock nut, and turn the regulating bolt
to keep the oil pressure at the specified 18 psi to 23
psi (0.12 to 0.16 MPa).
a) 18 psi to 23 psi (0.12 to 0.16 MPa) when the
ambient temperature is 68 degree F (20 degree C)
or higher.
b) 20 psi to 26 psi (0.14 to 0.18 MPa) when the
ambient temperature is 68 degree F (20 degree C)
or lower.
(for V type, adjust at the maximum operating
frequency.)
② Turn the regulating bolt clockwise to increase the oil
Oil relief valve pressure and vice versa.
③ Tighten the locknut and replace the cap.
IMPORTANT
If the oil pressure is reduced to the specified or lower, the

oil pressure sensor detects it and shutdown the air
compressor. 4. TROUBLESHOOTING to the specified
value for each type of air compressor
35
4. TROUBLESHOOTING
CAUTION
If a shutdown, alarm, problem or failure occurs, investigate the cause and take proper corrective action
before restarting. If there is any questions or comments, contact the local HITACHI distributor/master
dealer or representative office.
4.1 Protective Device

The air compressor is provided with the protective devices listed below. If shutdowns are detected by these protective
devices, remove the cause with referring to the LCD monitor indication and this manual, and then press the RESET
button to clear the shutdown indication. Depending on the type of shutdown, contact the local HITACHI distributor/
master dealer or representative office.
■ When connecting the power

LCD Indication Failure How to History Error
What and How to Detect Detector Shutdown What Actions to Take
Heading Trouble Description Light Reset code code
Reconnect the power cable tightly, check the
power supply and incoming power for loose
Reversal phase connection CPU
Detected for 3 seconds Yes connections and change the connection 01 E0.01
(Note 3) SHUTDOWN (Note 2)
after connecting the location of 2 of the 3 phases, be sure to follow Press RESET
Blinks all electrical safety procedures. ( 4.2)
button.
power
POWER CPU Reconnect the power cord tightly, check the
Phase-lacking connection Yes 02 E0.02
(Note 2) power supply, and take a corrective remedy.
Instantaneous power Power interruption for
CPU Restart page 39 03 E0.03
interruption 1 to 5 sec.
- -
Brief instantaneous power Power interruption for
CPU Restart page 39 04 E0.04
interruption 1 sec or less.
■ During Operation (Note 1)

1st stage discharge air
About 437 [419]℉ SHUTDOWN Press RESET
temperature Thermistor Yes 4.2 55 E0.55
〈225 [215]℃〉or higher Blinks button.
(HIGH DIS. TEMP. 1)
For working pressure of
100psi 0.69 MPa : About 446 [428]℉
2nd stage discharge air
〈230 [220]〉 ℃ or higher SHUTDOWN Press RESET
temperature For working pressure of
Thermistor Yes 4.2 56 E0.56
Blinks button.
(HIGH DIS. TEMP. 2) 125 psi〈0.86 MPa〉: About 500 [482]℉
〈260 [250]℃〉or higher
For fixed Speed type: 39 psi
Interstage Pressure 〈0.27 MPa〉or higher SHUTDOWN Pressure Press RESET
For Vtype : 44 psi〈0.30 MPa〉or Blinks sensor
Yes 4.2 52 E0.52
(INTSTG. P) button.
higher
2nd stage suction air temperature 163 [158]℉ SHUTDOWN Press RESET
Thermistor Yes 4.2 5B E0.5B
(2ND SUCT. TEMP) 73 [70]℃ or higher Blinks button.
Oil temperature 163 [158]°F SHUTDOWN Press RESET
Thermistor Yes 4.2 58 E0.58
(OIL HIGH TEMP) 73 [70]℃ or higher Blinks button.
For fixed Speed type:
12 psi〈0.08 MPa〉or lower
Oil pressure For Vtype:12 psi〈0.08 MPa〉or SHUTDOWN Pressure Press RESET
lower (operating Freq. 45 Hz or Yes 4.2 5C E0.5C
SHUTDOWN (OIL LOW PRESS) Blinks sensor button.
higher) 6 psi〈0.04MPa〉or lower
(operating Freq. Less than 110Hz)
Overloading (Main motor)
SHUTDOWN Thermal Press RESET
(OVERLOAD: MAIN) Detected during operation Yes 4.2 17 E0.17
Blinks relay button.
[Fixed speed and Vtype]
Overloading (Main motor) 239℉〈115℃〉or more on the Thermostat
SHUTDOWN Press RESET
(OVERLOAD: MAIN) motor surface of load side for Main Yes 4.2 17 E0.17
Blinks button.
[Fixed speed type] bearing. Motor
Overloading (Fan motor) SHUTDOWN Thermal Press RESET
Detected during operation Yes 4.2 53 E0.53
(OVERLOAD: SUB) Blinks relay button.
Overloading (Fan motor)
SHUTDOWN Thermal Press RESET
(CONTACTOR ERR: 52) Detected during operation Yes 4.2 51 E0.51
Blinks relay button.
[Water-cooled type] [Vtype]
Disconnect the power. Check
Answer error of 52 Detected during operation or SHUTDOWN Press RESET
CPU Yes the 52 for proper operation and 51 E0.51
(CONTACTOR ERR: 52) Emergency stop in Y. Blinks button.
the wires for tightness .
Disconnect the power. Check the
Answer error of 42 Detected during operation or SHUTDOWN Press RESET
CPU Yes 6 and 42 for proper operation 16 E0.16
(CONTACTOR ERR: 52) emergency stop in Δ Blinks button.
and the wires for tightness.
36
4. TROUBLESHOOTING [Protective Device]
■ During Operation (Note 1)

Clogging of air intake filter Pressure

Pressure differential of -0.72 psi ALARM Automatically
differential No 9.4 1 21 E0.21
(AIR FILTER) -4.98 kPa or more Blinks reset.
sensor
1st stage discharge air temperature About 428 [410]℉ ALARM Automatically
Thermistor No 4.2 25 E0.25
(DIS. TEMP. 1) 〈220 [210]℃〉or higher Blinks reset.
For working pressure of
100psi 0.69MPa model : About
2nd stage discharge air temperature 437 [419]℉ 225 [215]℃ or higher ALARM Automatically
(DIS. TEMP. 2) For working pressure of Blinks reset.
125psi 0.86MPa model : About
491 [473]℉ 255[245]℃ or higher
2nd stage suction air
154 [149]℉ ALARM Automatically
temperature Thermistor No 4.2 2B E0.2B
68 [65]℃ or higher Blinks reset.
ALARM (2ND-S. TEMP)
Oil temperature 154 [149]℉ ALARM Automatically
(OIL TEMP) 68 [65]℃ or higher Blinks reset.
[Fixed Speed type]
ALARM Pressure Automatically
Oil pressure 15 psi 0.10MPa or lower No 4.2 2C E0.2C
Blinks sensor reset.
(LOW O.P.)
[Built-in dryer type] When set the ALARM for the ALARM Pressure Automatically
No - 2E E0.2E
(DRYER) dryer failure. See page 27 Blinks sensor reset.
Main motor temperature 203℉〈95℃〉or more on the ALARM Automatically
Thermistor No 9.4 14 81 E0.81
(FIN-T) [Vtype] motor cooling fin Blinks reset.
Replace suction throttle valve Hold down the
Load/unload cycle time over ALARM Pressure REMOTE and press the
1,000,000 cycles No consumable parts and Blow off SELECT/WIDE button
51 E0.51
(L COUNT OVER) Blinks sensor
solenoid valves. for 7 seconds or more.
■ Other
Battery out ALARM Disconnect the power and replace the Press RESET
Battery voltage low CPU No 64 E0.64
(BATTERY OUT) Blinks battery with a new one. 9.4 11 . button.
Scheduling operation error Start/stop time not set ALARM Press RESET
CPU No 3.3.5 62 E0.62
(SCHEDULE SET ERR) yet Blinks button.
Lead/lag operation error ALARM Check the wire and the operation Press RESET
PROBLEM Setting error CPU No 61 E0.61
(MULTI-U SET ERR) Blinks setting on the instrument panel. button.
RS-485 port error Wiring connection or SHUTDOWN Press RESET 65, E0.65,
CPU No (Note 4)
(COM.ERR STOP) setting error Blinks button. 66, 67 66, 67
RS-485 port error Wiring connection or ALARM Press RESET E0.63X,
CPU No (Note 4) 63X, 68X
(COM.ERR ALM) setting error Blinks button. 68X
[Vtype] Controller error SHUTDOWN Press RESET 13 E0.13
CPU Yes page 38 (a)
Control device error (SYSTEM ERR) Fan inverter error Blinks button. 57 E0.57
(ROM1)(RAM1) main 43 E0.43
Disconnect the power and then
PCB error board memory error SHUTDOWN Press RESET 47, 48 47, 48
CPU Yes reconnect the power. If problem is
(PCB ERR) (ROM2)(RAM2) LCD Blinks button. 41, E0.41
persists, change the PCB.
board memory error 42 46 42, 46
[Vtype] After reputation of retry SHUTDOWN Check the power line, controller and air Press RESET
CPU Yes 44 E0.44
Controller retry (SYSTEM RETRY) action Blinks end. button.
Interstage pressure sensor error SHUTDOWN Press RESET
PS1 disconnected CPU Yes 33 E0.33
(PRESS.SNSR ERR 1) Blinks button.
Discharge pressure sensor error SHUTDOWN Disconnect the power and check the Press RESET
(PRESS.SNSR ERR 2) Blinks pressure sensor wire for tightness. button.
FAILURE Oil pressure sensor error SHUTDOWN Press RESET
(PRESS.SNSR ERR 4) Blinks button.
2nd stage inlet
temperature sensor error TH2 disconnected CPU Yes 32 E0.32
Blinks button.
(TEMP.SNSR ERR 2)
1st stage outlet
Blinks Disconnect the power and check the button.
(TEMP.SNSR ERR 3)
thermistor sensor wire for tightness.
2nd stage outlet
Blinks button.
(TEMP.SNSR ERR 4)
Oil temperature sensor error SHUTDOWN Press RESET
TH5 disconnected CPU Yes 37 E0.37
(TEMP.SNSR ERR 5) Blinks button.
Notes
(1) If 2-value is indicated, the value in the [ ] is for water-cooled type.
(2) Depends on the specification, reverse phase relay is used.
(3) The air compressor using reverse phase relay, such as for 460 V/60 Hz, indicates a phase-lacking connection as reversal phase.
(4) Communication error details:
Port 1 (65) =Main circuit communication (Vtype), Port 2 (66)=Fan inverter communication (Air-cooled type)
Port 3 (67)= LCD communication, Port 4 (68)= Multiple unit control communication, Port 5 (63)= External communication
(5) If the thermistor is disconnected, override operation is not available. Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative office.
37
■ How to Identify the Failure Cause of E0.13 (DCBL controller Error) and E0.57 (Fan
Inverter Error) and Check the History
Note : DCBL controller is equipped with Vtype.
Fan inverter is equipped with air-cooled type.
① Press the SELECT/WIDE button 14 times. "E6." and "E7."
are shutdown history of DCBL controller.
Discharge pressure display
SELECT/WIDE ② Press the RESET button. The indication on digital monitor
DCBL controller
1
shutdown history
returns to discharge pressure display.
Press 14 times.
a IMPORTANT
SELECT/WIDE 1 If the shutdown code “XX” is “ ,” it indicates that
Press once to go to there is no shutdown history. Also, when anything
the next item.
RESET Air-Cooled Fan inverter other than shutdown history is displayed without
shutdown history shutdown resetting, the display is return to the latest
Return to discharge
pressure display. Water-Cooled Not used shutdown history in 3 minutes.
b (display only)
2
IMPORTANT
Press once to go to
the previous item. To display of various settings
For the shutdown history of controller, only the most
recent shutdown is recorded. Shutdown history is
displayed in shutdown codes.
( See the shutdown code list in this page.)
(a) Controller shutdown code

Code Fault type Detection Probable cause
E01* Software Lock of main motor
Overcurrent Activation of current protection circuit
E02* Hardware Rapid acceleration/deceleration
E05 Overload Activation of electronic thermal Overload of main motor
E07* Overvoltage Excessive voltage of the converter Excessive voltage of power line
E09 Undervoltage Voltage below the specified level Reduction of receiving voltage, IPS
E10 CT error CT error
E20 Temperature trip Controller fan error Reduction of controller fan revolution, disconnection of controller fan wiring
E21 Temperature trip Overheat of cooling fin Cooling fin, air intake hole, clogging of cooler, high ambient temperature
E22* Communication error 1 Communication error in controller Electrical noise
E23* Gate array error Gate array communication error
E24 Phase lacking Phase lacking
E30 IGBT error Occurrence of instantaneous overcurrent
E33 Communication error 2 Communication error between controller and PC board Electrical noise
E35 Main motor overheat Excessive temperature of main motor Cooling fin, air intake hole, clogging of cooler, high ambient temperature
(b) Fan inverter shutdown code Air-Cooled

Code Fault type Detection Probable cause
E01* During constant speed
E02* During deceleration Lock of fan motor
Overcurrent Activation of current protection circuit
E03* During acceleration Rapid acceleration/deceleration
E04* Other
E05 Overload Activation of electronic thermal Overload of fan motor, restart immediately after stop
E07* Overvoltage Excessive voltage of the converter High receiving voltage
E08 EEPROM error Error data of EEPROM Exogenous noise, temperature increase
E09* Undervoltage Voltage below the specified level Low receiving voltage
E11 CPU error Error of built-in CPU
E14 Ground fault Ground fault during power activation Between output and fan motor
E15 Overvoltage Excessive voltage at no output Receiving voltage is higher than specified.
E21 Temperature trip Temperature error Cooling fin, air intake hole, clogging of cooler, high ambient temperature
E23 Gate array error Gate array communication error
E60 Communication error Communication error between inverter and PC board Disconnection of communication line, exogenous noise
* Items subject for retry.
38
■ Details of instantaneous power interruption (IPI) detection

This air compressor detects three types of power failure, brief IPI: less than one seconds, IPI: 1 to 5 seconds and power
interruption: more than 5 seconds.
Vtype detects the IPI by both PC board and DCBL controller. Therefore this is possible to detect the power failure
2 times at once.
History record
No. Item Code Phenomenon Action
Fixed speed type Vtype
Brief instantaneous power
Stop the operation and
1 interruption approx. 1 04 (Note 3) ○ ○ Voltage drop
restart
second or less
Instantaneous power
○ Voltage drop to Restart after power
2 interruption approx. 1 to 5 03 (Note 1) ○
recorded with 04 0V,operation stop recovers.
seconds
Power interruption
Stop the operation and
3 Power failure 04 (Note 2) - ○ for 5 second or
restart
more
(Note 1) Vtype records both 03 and 04.

(Note 2) Fixed speed type does not record the history.
(Note 3) Vtype records 2 times of 04 by PC board and DCBL controller. In addition, if IPI occurs and recovers before DC
power de-energizes, 09 (lack voltage) is indicated in E6 area (for DCBL controller) of digital monitor.
IMPORTANT Air-Cooled
When IPI restart occurs frequently, the air compressor

shutdowns by fan motor overload with indication of
OVERLOAD SUB in LCD monitor and E0.53 in digital
monitor. Reset and restart the air compressor after 30
seconds or more.
39
4. TROUBLESHOOTING [Troubleshooting of Air Compressor]
4.2 Troubleshooting of Air Compressor

■ Most common problems, causes and corrective actions are described below.
Phenomenon LCD indication example Cause Corrective remedies

NOT start 1. Power supply switch - OFF. 1. Check the power supply switch.
＜P R O B L E M＞
2. Power – Failed, or power source 2. Check the power supply.
CONNECTION ERR： REV
voltage - Low. 3. Change 2 of 3 wires of the power
3. Power cable - In a reversal phase cord.
Press RES after CHK.
connection. 4. Reconnect the power cord tightly and
4. Power cable - In a phase-lacking check the power supply.
＜P R O B L E M＞ connection. NOTE: Phase-lacking is detectable only
(Note) See Note (3) ( 4.1) when connecting the power.
CONNECTION ERR： OPEN
Shutdown - 1. 2nd-stage AIR END air intake 1. Clean or change the air intake filter
＜S H U T D O W N＞
1st stage efficiency - Lowered 2. Lower the suction air temperature
discharge air HIGH DIS. TEMP. 1：
2. Air intake filter - Dirty
temperature or 3. Temperature of Suction Air-High
interstage pressure
INTSTG. P：
Shutdown – 1. Check valve – Compressed air 1. Replace the check valve.

2nd stage leaked (from the aftercooler to 2. Clean the Suction throttle valve.
discharge air DIS. TEMP.2：
the air end when unloading) [Fixed speed type]
temperature 2. Suction throttle valve - Dirty Note: For information about the Suction
[Fixed speed type] bypass valve, 3.7.1)
Shutdown – 1. Cooling water pump – failed, or 1. Check the cooling water system
2nd stage suction cooling water temp. – Fluctuating (Water-cooled type).
air temperature HIGH DIS. TEMP. 2：
(Water-cooled type) 2. Clean the intercooler
2. Intercooler – Dirty
Shutdown – 1. Oil cooler – Dirty 1. Check the oil cooler.

Oil temperature 2. Room temperature – High 2. Lower the room temperature.
OIL ： HIGH TEMP
3. Oil temperature control valve – 3. Check the oil temperature control
Failed valve.
Shutdown – 1. Oil strainer and/or oil filter – Dirty 1. Clean the oil strainer
Oil pressure 2. Oil level – Low 2. Replace the oil filter.
OIL ： OIL LOW PRESS
3. Add the oil.
Shutdown – 1. Power supply voltage – Low 1. Rectify the power supply voltage.
Motors overload 2. Discharge air pressure – Too high 2. Check the suction throttle valve
OVERLOAD ： MAIN
3. Power supply - Imbalance [Fixed speed type]
4. Motor Insulation - Failure 3. Check the capacity control system.
4. Check the insulation resistance.
1. Power supply voltage – Low 1. Rectify the power supply voltage.
2. Cooling fan motor – Failed 2. Check the cooling fan motor.
OVERLOAD ： SUB
3. Power supply - Imbalance (Measure insulation resistance etc.)
4. Motor Insulation - Failure
[Water-cooled type] [Vtype]

CONTACTOR ERR ： 52
1. Power supply voltage – Low or in 1. Rectify the power supply voltage.

unbalance 2. Check the capacity control system.
Shutdown – ＜F A I L U R E＞ 2. Discharge air pressure – Too high 3. Measure insulation resistance etc. or
Controller retry
3. Main motor – Overloading check the main motor.
SYSTEM RETRY ：
NOTE: 4th retry action in ten minutes
becomes shutdown failure.
40
4. TROUBLESHOOTING [Troubleshooting of Oil Mist Remover]
4.3 Troubleshooting of Oil Mist Remover

Problems and actions to be taken are as follows.
① The vacuum indicator shows a red mark

YES
The pressure gauges reads zero (0) psi. The control air is not supplied.
NO
YES Reset the regulator to a proper pressure.
Pressure setting of the regulator is lower ?
Clean the filter.
NO
Pressure of a control air is lower than the regulator YES Maintain the pressure of a control air at the regulator
setting value? setting value.
NO
The gear case or gear case vent pipe has a leak YES - Tighten every screw and plug to remove all leaks.
(for example, the oil filling port plug on the gear case is not tight). - Make sure that the OMR relief valve is closed.
NO
The solenoid valve may have problem or the remover
element may be dirty.
If the solenoid valve has no problem replace the element.
② The OMR relief valve opens immediately when starting the air compressor (the control air pressure is still
low) or when the DSP has stopped. This is a normal occurrence.
YES
Disassemble and clean the OMR relief valve.
The OMR relief valve is dirty or stuck open by a foreign object.
Replace if necessary.
NO
Go to the procedure ①. The vacuum indicator shows a
red mark. (Gear case has a positive internal pressure.)
NOTE:
The OMR relief valve opens immediately when starting the air compressor (the control air pressure is still low) or when the DSP
has stopped. This is a normal occurrence.
③ Oil is vented through the ejector’s compressed air outlet (the separated oil is not being recovered).
Accumulated oil is visible in the tube between the YES
Clean the nozzle of the float trap.
element housing and the float trap.
NO
Upper or lower packing is not seated properly on the YES Reinstall the element, seating the packing properly for a
element ? maximum sealing performance.
NO
YES
Control air contains oil ? Check the control air for oil contents.
NO
Element may be dirty.
Inspect the element and replace if necessary.
④ Oil pressure is low (oil pump may be inhaling air).

Problem of compressor (dirty oil filter, low oil pressure due YES Perform necessary adjustment or replacement.
to oil leakage, failure of oil pump or OMR relief valve, etc.)
NO
Foreign matter in float trap nozzle (Check for a large
YES Disassemble and clean the float trap nozzle and the
amount of air sucked from the oil collecting pipe to oil
float trap.
pump suction side.)
NOTE:
The oil mist remover makes the gear case internal pressure negative during operation, reducing the pressure by 0.7 to 1.5 psi
(0.005 to 0.01 MPa). This is not unusual; reset the oil pressure on the OMR relief valve.
41
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING THE DSP
5.1 Unpacking the Air Compressor
■ After unpacking the crate, verify that the product is in accordance with the order, by referring to section 15.
■ Verify that the product is not damaged or deformed during transportation.
Model Nameplate Standard Accessories
Air-cooled Fixed speed type Vtype Water-cooled Fixed speed type Vtype
Output (kW) Foundation bracket, bolts, nuts 1 set Foundation bracket, bolts, nuts 1 set
FORK SLOTS COVER set 1 set FORK SLOTS COVER set 1 set
R-NPT 1/4B FITTING 3 pcs 2 pcs R-NPT 1/4B FITTING 3 pcs 2 pcs
Model
R-NPT 1/2B FITTING 4 pcs 4 pcs R-NPT 1/2B FITTING 4 pcs 4 pcs
HANDLE 1 pc 1 pc HANDLE 1 pc 1 pc
Frequency Motorized Isolation Valve ASSY 1 set R-NPT 1/4B FITTING 3 pcs 2 pcs
GREASE PUMP 1 pc 1 pc R-NPT 1/2B FITTING 4 pcs 4 pcs
(Hz)
RMS GREASE 1 pc 1 pc HANDLE 1 pc 1 pc
R-NPT 3/8B FITTING 1 pc 1 pc
Motorized Isolation Valve ASSY 1 set
GREASE PUMP 1 pc 1 pc
RMS GREASE 1 pc 1 pc
Motorized Water Isolation Valve ASSY 1 set
R-NPT 1 1/2B FITTING 2 pcs 2 pcs
BALL VALVE 1 pc 1 pc
R-NPT 1/2B FITTING 1 pc 1 pc
5.2 Conveying the DSP Air Compressor

■ With a Forklift ■ With a Shop Crane
Pad
Use a pad to protect Use the strong wires.
the enclosure. Adjust the wire length to
keep the balance when
hoisting it.
Keep the distance

of 67 inch (1.7 m)
or more.
Use the attached
tie frame.
Use a pad to
protect the
enclosure panel.
Use the adhesive

tapes to prevent the
front door from
detached during
conveyance.
[Fixed-speed compressor]
Model Total Mass
Lift the unit balanced.
DSP-45/55ATN 3,350 lbs (1,520 kg)
DSP-45/55WTN 3,280 lbs (1,490 kg)
Use the adhesive tapes
DSP-75ATN 3,990 lbs (1,810 kg) to prevent the front door
from detached during
DSP-75WTN 3,660 lbs (1,660 kg) conveyance.
■ After installing the air compressor, plug the fork

slots with the fork slot covers.
Model Total Mass
DSP-55VATN 2,980 lbs (1,350 kg) Common Base
DSP-55VWTN 2,930 lbs (1,330 kg)
DSP-75VATN 3,480 lbs (1,580 kg)
Fork Slot Cover
DSP-75VWTN 3,130 lbs (1,420 kg)
Bolt (M6×15)
42
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING THE DSP [Installing the DSP Air Compressor]
5.3 Installing the DSP Air Compressor

(Selection of a proper installation location is essential to a long service life for the Air Compressor.)
WARNING
1. Keep flammable solvents or any other hazardous chemicals away from the air compressor. Such
chemicals may be ingested into the air compressor and could cause an explosion during the
compression process.
2. Do not use fire near the air compressor; otherwise the sparks may enter the airend and burn it internally.
■ Install the air compressor in a bright, wide, and airy room as follows:
Maintenance Space C ※ Keep spaces of indicated in the

Ventilating fan
If you install the air
table below, or more for daily
compressor in a small room, Foundation operation and periodical
provide a ventilating fan to
keep the room temperature Provide a vibration-absorbing maintenance and for keeping the
at 104℉ (40℃) or lower. mat if the foundation is vibrative. enough cooling air for coolers.
If it is too vibrative, look for
another dequate location.
Maintenance Space
Maintenance Space D Item inch (mm)
Maintenance Space B A Front 39 (1000)
B Right side 47 (1200)
C Rear 39 (1000)
Plug the fork slots with the fork Maintenance Space A D Left side 39 (1000)
slot covers (standard accessory).
■ Install the air compressor in a dry and dust-free room, and avoid the following.
Raindrops, Basements, Steam Metals, Sand, Other Hard Materials Harmful Gases
Toxic gases such as chlorine gas, hydrogen
（ s u l f i d e gas , s u l f u rou s acid g as, hig h

consistency ozone, ammonia gas ）
Causes electric leak, generation of drain/ Causes motor insulation failure, bearing Causes deterioration of oil, wear of cooler,
rust, microcomputer malfunction. damage, microcomputer malfunction. detachment of coating from rotor surface.
■ Install the air compressor on a level floor. ■ Do not install the air compressor near a wall.
To ensure an appropriate amount of oil Do not set the air Doing this may cause the operating noise
Prohibited
To prevent noise and vibration compressor on blocks. to resonate and increase the noise levels.
CAUTION
● Install the air compressor indoors. Installing it outdoors may lead to damage of the airend due to
water vapor, dust, etc.
● The air compressor installation room should have an air intake opening, an air exhaust opening and
have good ventilation. If the room is poorly ventilated, hot air exhausted by the air compressor may
cause the room temperature to rise excessively and lead to damage of the air compressor.
43
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING THE DSP [Piping the DSP Air Compressor]
5.4 Piping the DSP Air Compressor

5.4.1 General Instructions
① Use the degreased pipe as a plant airline pipe. ⑦ If the air compressors discharge pipe is connected to
the main compressed air piping, run the discharge up
② Install an isolation stop valve on the compressed air
above the main compressed air piping and then down
outlet pipe (see figure below). Close the isolation
into the top of the main compressed air piping (see
stop valve when stopping the air compressor.
figure below). This prevents the backflow of
Stop valve
condensate.
Discharge air
Main compressed air pipe
From air compressor
③ Using flange joint to connect the air compressor to an 5.4.2 Parallel piping
existing compressed air piping installation allows for Stop valve
Motorized isolation valve
minimal disassembly of the enclosure panels (see figure Open
above).
④ If the plant compressed air piping installation is Discharge
air
extensive in length, using a larger diameter pipe
assists in lowering pressure drop throughout the
piping system.
Operating
⑤ If there is an area in the compressed air piping that is Air receiver tank
concaved or vertical (see figure below), provide a
condensate drain valve at its bottom as a drip leg.
Stop valve
Discharge valve Motorized isolation valve
Close
Stop
If one air compressor is operated, close the stop valve of
Drain valve the stopped air compressor. For automatic operation,
such as lead/lag and multi unit controlled, replace the
IMPORTANT
stop valve to an optional motorized isolation valve.
Prevent the backflow of condensate from the plant
Ensure that the motorized isolation valve is closed while
compressed air system back to the air compressor.
the compressor is not running. If you use a solenoid
⑥ If the compressed air piping near the air compressor is valve as the automatic stop valve, consult your Hitachi
to be elevated, keep a space of 20 inches (500 mm) distributor or local Service Station given on the rear
between the elevated piping and the enclosure for ease cover.
of maintenance (see figure below) Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or
representative office for more detail.
Approx. 20 inches
(500 mm) or more
IMPORTANT
As shown in the figure above, when one compressor is

operating and the other is stopped with opening the stop
valve, back pressure is applied to the aftercooler and
check valve of the stopped air compressor. This may
cause more condensate going into the air compressor
and more rusting of aftercooler and check valve.
44
5.4.3 How to Install Automatic 5.4.5 Air Receiver Tank

Discharge Valve
Pressure detecting piping
Discharge
Pressure detecting piping air Stop valve
Discharge
air Stop valve
Motorized
isolation valve
Motorized Air receiver tank
Air receiver tank isolation Flange
valve Flange
CAUTION
The air compressor is equipped with AUTO restart/stop
Failure to install an adequately sized air
function as a standard function. The pressure for
receiver tank may cause the air compressor to
capacity control is detected at the secondary side of the
frequently load/unload. This may shorten the
motorized isolation valve. Install the motorized isolation
mechanical life of the air compressor.
valve and pressure detecting piping (standard accessory).
Connect the pressure detecting piping from upper side of ① Install the air receiver tank because this air
main piping to pressure detecting port of the air compressor is equipped with 2-step capacity control
compressor as above. system. To prevent the pressure fluctuation and to
Install the pressure detecting piping as close as maximize the energy saving feature, the minimum size
motorized isolation valve. The operation with NOT of the air receiver tank is indicated in the table blow.
installed pressure detecting piping results in the relief Discharge pressure Minimum capacity of
Model
valve action. psi (MPa) air receiver tank (m3)
DSP-45/55/75ATN 100/125
620 USgal (2.26)
DSP-45/55/75WTN (0.69/0.86)
IMPORTANT DSP-55/75VATN 100/125
400 USgal (1.24)
DSP-55/75VWTN (0.69/0.86)
The motorized isolation valve is closed when the air
compressor is stops. The operation WITHOUT the ② Install the air receiver tank of 620 USgal (2.26m3) of
motorized isolation valve results in the backflow of
condensate from the plant compressed air system. Then
more for the AUTO operation, multi-unit control or
it results in the early damage of check valve, aftercooler lead/lag operation in order to achieve the better energy
and etc by rusting saving effect.
③ Install the air receiver tank of 620 USgal (2.26m3)of
more for using ECOMODE in order to achieve the
5.4.4 Reciprocating Compressor and better energy saving effect on all load ratio.
Parallel Piping IMPORTANT

Stop valve Check valve ・ This is to prevent the reciprocating compressor's air
pulsation from affecting this air compressor.
Discharge air
・ Typical operation is to run this air compressor as long
as possible as the primary and start, and stop the
reciprocating air compressor in parallel as a floating
trim air compressor, as required by the compressed air
demand.
CAUTION
Stop valve Do not install a check valve between this air
compressor and the air receiver tank. This
could result in short cycling (frequent loading
Piping to air receiver and unloading) and operating problems to the
tank outlet
capacity control system.
45
5.4.6 Drain Pipe 5.4.7 Cooling Water Piping Water-Cooled
To
drain pit
Water
outlet
Water
inlet
Cooling drain discharge valve

Drain pipe
① The pipings for water inlet and outlet for coolers are
required.
① Leave the end of any condensate drain line open.
② Mount the water drain valves of the cooling water
② Do not merge the air compressor’s condensate drain outlet and inlet downward facing downward as shown
lines (for the aftercooler, intercooler, control line in the figure. The water drain valves may also be
filter) into one common piping. Do not merge any mounted facing sideways.
condensate drain line into an external condensate
③ Using flange joint to connect the air compressor to
drain line (for example, do not merge a air compressor
condensate drain line with a condensate drain line on the water pipings, allows for minimal disassembly of
an air receiver tank). This could generate a pressure the enclosure panels.
differential, which could result in no draining or
inconsistent draining out of the air compressor.
5.4.8 OMR Control Air Piping
Capability to observe the draining of the air
compressor is also impaired.
Pressure gauge
CAUTION A
Un-drained condensate can backflow to the air

compressor and cause a failure.
Filter Regulator
The Oil Mist Remover needs the pressure of a control

air at the regulator setting value or more. To properly
install the control air line, connect the control air pipe to
the connection marked “A” on the filter/regulator of the
Oil Mist Remover. This piping and compressed air shall
be supplied by customer.
IMPORTANT
The control air must be as dry as possible. Run the

control air pipe from the downstream side of the air dryer.
If an air dryer is not used, run the control air pipe from the
upper section of an air receiver. Installing downstream of
the air dryer or air receiver allows for less moisture
accumulation in the filter bowl of the oil mist remover.
46
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING THE DSP [Ventilation of Air Compressor Room]
5.5 Ventilation of Air Compressor Room
CAUTION
Provide a ventilating system to the air compressor room in the event that the room temperature exceeds
the allowable ambient operating temperature of 104℉ (40℃). Operating the air compressor at an
ambient operating temperature above 104℉ (40℃) may cause a serious problem.
IMPORTANT
● Stop the ventilating fan when the air compressor has stopped.
● The ventilating fan should be running while the air compressor is operating. If the ventilating fan is not running, the loss of air
flow may reduce the performance of the cooler.
● The duct should be detachable for ease of maintenance on the air compressor.
5.5.1 Air-Cooling Type Air-Cooled

Exhaust
① Air intake opening air
Provide the air compressor room with an enough air
intake opening that: Ventilating fan
Fig. A
- is positioned as low as possible on the wall. See “Recommended
fan capacity ①” in
- is located in an environment free of external dust
the table. Air intake
and harmful material. opening
② Ventilation without Duct (Figure A)

For ventilation without an exhaust duct, install a Exhaust
Exhaust
ventilating fan with the specified capacity shown in air duct
the Recommended Ventilation Fan ① or more row
in the table. The specified capacity is based on the Fig. B
allowable room temperature rise of 9℉ (5℃). Ventilating fan
Position of the ventilating fan is as high as possible on Air intake

Shall be opening
the wall. removable.
③ Ventilation with Duct and without Ventilating

Exhaust
Fan (Figure B) air
Exhaust
duct
● For ventilation with an exhaust duct, calculate the
duct’s pressure loss based on information shown in
Fig. C Ventilating fan
the Air Exhaust (Air Compressor) row in the table. If
h
See
“Recommended
the calculated pressure loss is less than 0.08 inchAq
fan capacity ②” in Air intake
(20 Pa), a ventilating fan is not required on the duct. the table. opening
Install the duct with its detachable end directly in
contact with the grilled air exhaust on top of the air
compressor. Technical Data for Room Ventilation
● If the calculated duct’s pressure loss is 0.08 inchAq Model
45ATN
55ATN 75AN
Item/Unit 55VATN 75VATN
(20 Pa) or larger, a ventilating fan is required on the
Heat KBTU 188 233 316
duct. Install the duct, keeping a gap “h” of 8 to 12 generation (MJ/h) (198) (246) (333)
inches (200 to 300 mm) between the duct and the Air compressor cfm 5300 5300 7060
grilled air exhaust on top of the air compressor. On exhaust (m3/min) (150) (150) (200)
the other end of the duct, install a ventilating fan with Exhaust air ℉ Approx. 36 Approx. 45 Approx. 45
temperature rise (℃) (Approx. 20) (Approx. 25) (Approx. 25)
the specified capacity shown in the Recommended
Exhaust duct allowable inchAq 0.08
Ventilation Fan ② or more row in the table. (Fig. C) pressure loss (Pa) (20)
● Pay attention to the duct opening location. Noise may Recommended cfm 18720 22960 31430
be transmitted to outside through the duct. Provide fan capacity ① (m3/min) (530) (650) (890)
the noise absorbing material inside the duct if Recommended cfm 6360 6360 8120
fan capacity ② (m3/min) (180) (180) (230)
required.
47
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING THE DSP [Ventilation of Air Compressor Room]
5.5.2 Water-Cooled Type Water-Cooled
① For the small air compressor room installation, install

CAUTION a ventilating fan and an air intake opening. The
When installing exhaust ducts, install a single position of the ventilating fan is as high as possible
duct for each compressor. Alternatively, when and the position of the air intake opening is as low as
installing a collecting duct for multiple possible on the wall.
compressors, install it as shown in Fig. C. Select a ventilating fan with required capacity
Also, be sure to install a ventilating fan with a specified in the table or higher (Fig. A). Also ensure
capacity of the value of "exhaust air from the that the flow rate at the air intake opening is 2 m/s or
compressor x quantity" or more on the other lower.
end of the duct.
② For the factory installation with enough ventilation
capacity, select a well ventilated area (Fig. B).
Technical Data for Room Ventilation

Model 55WTN 75WTN
45WTN
Item/Unit 55VWTN 75VWTN
Heat KBTU 26 27 35
generation (MJ/h) (27) (28) (37)
Recommended cfm 2650 2830 3530
fan capacity ① (m3/min) (75) (80) (100)
Note
The specified capacity is based on the allowable room
temperature rise of 9℉ (5℃) and stafic pressure os zero (0)
psi (MPa).
Ventilating fan Exhaust

See “Recommended air
fan capacity” in the
table
Air inlet Exhaust air
Fresh
air
Fig. A
Air inlet Exhaust air

Exhaust
air
Fresh
air
Fig. B
48
6. STARTUP OPERATION
The instructions in this chapter should be followed when starting up the air compressor for the first time or after a
long term suspension.
6.1 Startup Operation of the Air Compressor
CAUTION
● Before connecting the power, verify that the air compressor is correctly installed, piped and wired.
● Check the power supply; verify that it is firmly grounded and that the voltage is within an allowable
range (-5% to +10%).
● Remove transport fixtures (3 locations in yellow). If you run the air compressor leaving the transport
fixtures attached, it may break the pipes due to excessive vibration.
● When transporting the unit, tighten All 3 transport fixture
● Ensure that the main motor is properly greased during the start up commissioning. If the air
compressor has not been operated for (3) months, grease before restarting. ( 9.4 13 )
6.1.1 Before Operation ① Remove Front Door(1), Rear Panel (1), Rear Panel (2),
Rear Panel (3). Remove transport fixtures (3 in yellow
painted) which fix cooler frame.
② Fill the oil in the oil filling port until the oil reaches
the upper red line on the oil level gauge. Use the
recommended oil indicated in 2.3 .
④
③ Close the petcock and cooling water drain valve
ＲＵＮＮＩＮＧＣＯＮＴＲＯＬＲＵＮＮＩＮＧＭＯＤＥ and open the manual stop valve for cooling water.
Water-Cooled
④ Verify that the pressure and flow rate of the cooling
ＲＥＭＯＴＥ
ＰＯＷＥＲ
ＡＬＡＲＭ
ＬＯＡＤ
water.
ＲＥＳＥＴＡＵＴＯＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＵＮＣ
ＳＨＵＴＤＯＷＮ
ＲＥＭＯＴＥＳＥＬＥＣＴ／ＷＩＤＥＳＴＡＲＴＳＴＯＰ
１２
⑤ Connect the power, and verify that the POWER light

ＳＴＲ
① is ON. ( 3.2.1)
UNLOAD STOP
⑥ In case of Reverse phase indication on LCD monitor,

refer to 4.1 and take proper action.
IMPORTANT WARNING
If the compressor (Air-cooled type) restart just after Hitachi does NOT fill the air compressor with oil.
stopped, the air compressor shutdowns by fan motor Before startup operation, fill the air compressor
overload with indication of OVERLOAD SUB in LCD
with the oil. If oil is not added and the air
monitor and E0.53 in digital monitor. Reset and restart the
air compressor after 30 seconds or more. compressor is operated, it may burn or fail.
Air-Cooled Water-Cooled
Transport fixture Transport fixtures Transport fixture Transport fixtures

(in the package) (in the package) (in the package) (in the package)
[Front] [Rear] [Front] [Rear]
49
6. STARTUP OPERATION [Startup Operation of the Air Compressor]
6.1.2 Starting
② Verify that the air compressor has proper rotation.
If rotation is not correct (phase reversal), change 2 of
運転管理運転状況
③④
the 3 wires of the power cable.
警報遠方
REMOTE 電源
POWER
ALARM
負荷
LOAD
機能リセット
DIS. PRESS：１００ｐｓｉ FUNC
RESET
故障
起動待ち
AUTO START
③ Verify that the oil pressure rises 18 psi (0.12 MPa) or

SHUTDOWN
INTSTG. P：２２ｐｓｉ遠方

REMOTE
表示切替／
ワイドモード
SELECT/WIDE
運転
START
停止
STOP
OIL PRESS：２２ｐｓｉ記憶
CLT PRESS：＊＊ｐｓｉ

greater within ten (10) seconds after starting the air
STR 1 2
compressor. If pressure has failed to rise, press the

STOP button and clean the oil strainer. And/or
UNLOAD STOP
② regulate the oil pressure by oil relief valve.

( 3.7.2)
④ In the case of the fixed speed type, switch to full load
① operation within 15 seconds, and for the V type,
switch in approx. 10 seconds.
⑤ Raise the pressure step by step as illustrated below.
[Rear View]
100 Pressure Raising Pattern
for the rated
Discharge pressure (psi)
90 discharge pressure
102 psi (0.70MPa)
75
Method of Raising Pattern:
60
① Fully open the discharge stop valve, and press the
During startup operation, raise the discharge pressure by
following these steps. 1.) After starting the air compressor,
45 operate at 30psi (0.20MPa) for 30 minutes with the discharge
START button. 30
stop valve completely open. 2.) Raise the pressure 15 psi
(0.1MPa) (close the discharge stop valve) every 15 minutes
until the pressure reaches the rated pressure. During the
15 startup operation, perform this method without any failures.
0
0.5hr 1hr 1.5hrs 2hrs
Time
6.1.3 During Operation ② Check the LCD for operating pressures and
temperatures. Verify that: Discharge air pressure
(DIS. PRESS), interstage air pressure (INTSTG. P),
AUTO
MONITOR
REMOTE
oil pressure (OIL PRES), 1st stage discharge air
POWER
temperature (DIS. TEMP 1), 2nd stage discharge air

ALARM
［× 10h］ LOAD
MENU
FUNC RESET AUTO START

+/- SHUTDOWN
temperature (DIS. TEMP 2), 2nd stage suction

UP/
DOWN
temperature (2ND SUC. T.) and oil temperature (OIL

STR 1 2
SET
MONITOR
TEMP) are within the normal range, as shown in the

Proper Pressure/ Temperature Indications on LCD
UNLOAD STOP
table below.
㻞㻜㻝㻠䠋㻜㻝䠋㻜㻝㻌㻌㻝㻥㻦㻜㻞㻖 ③ Verify that the condensate is discharged intermediately
㻵㻺㼀㻿㼀㻳㻚㻌㻼㻾㻱㻿㻦㻞㻤㼜㼟㼕 from the intercooler/aftercooler drain port.
㻻㻵㻸㻌㻼㻾㻱㻿㻦㻞㻞㼜㼟㼕
㻯㻸㼀㻚㻌㻼㻾㻱㻿㻦㻖㻖㼜㼟㼕
㻰㻵㻿㻚㻌㼀㻱㻹㻼㻚㻌㻝㻦㻟㻞㻥䢛䠢 CAUTION
㻰㻵㻿㻚㻌㼀㻱㻹㻼㻚㻌㻞㻦㻟㻟㻤䢛䠢
㻻㻵㻸㻌㼀㻱㻹㻼㻦㻝㻟㻝䢛䠢 Ensure that the main motor is properly
㻯㻸㼀㻚㻌㼀㻱㻹㻼㻦㻖㻖㻖䢛䠢
㻞㻺㻰㻌㻿㼁㻯㻚㻌㼀㻚㻦㻝㻝㻣䢛䠢 greased during the start up commissioning. If
㻹㻭㻵㻺㼀㻱㻹㻭㻹㻯㻱
㻴㻾㻚㻌㼀㻻㻌㻹㻭㻵㻺㼀㻦㻜㻜㻜㻜㼔 the air compressor has not been operated for
㻺㻱㼄㼀㻌㻹㻭㻵㻺㼀㻦㻖㻖㻖㻖
(3) months, grease before restarting.
( 9.4 13 )
① Grease the main motor bearing at once. Refer to the

9.4 13 for the detail. WARNING
During inspection of the operation of the air
relief valve, use the appropriate facial
protection. High pressure air containing dust
particles can cause severe injury.
50
6. STARTUP OPERATION [Startup Operation of the Air Compressor]
Proper Pressure/Temperature Indications on LCD

DSP-45/55/75ATN DSP-55/75VATN
LCD Indication Unit
DSP-45/55/75WTN DSP-55/75VWTN
Operating State Working Pressure - Loading Unloading Loading Unloading
100 psi (0.69 MPa) 100 (0.69) or less 85 - 100 (0.59 - 0.69) 103 (0.71) or less
Discharge pressure psi (MPa)
125 psi (0.86 MPa) 125 (0.86) or less 110-125 (0.76 -0.86) 128 (0.88) or less
Interstage pressure psi (MPa) 25 - 38 (0.17 -0.26) -11 - 0 (0.08-0) 25 - 42 (0.17 -0.29) 3 - 15 (0.02 -0.1)
＊ 13 - 26 (0.09 - 0.18)
100 psi (0.69 MPa)
(op. freq.: 110 Hz or more)
Oil pressure psi (MPa) ＊ 19 - 26 (0.13 - 0.18)
7 - 23 (0.05 - 0.16)
125 psi (0.86 MPa)
(op. freq.: 110 Hz or less)
DSP-45/55/75ATN DSP-55/75VATN
LCD Indication Unit
DSP-45/55/75WTN DSP-55/75VWTN
Operating State Working Pressure - Air-cooled Water-cooled Air-cooled Water-cooled
1st-Stage Discharge 100 psi (0.69 MPa) 426 (219) or less 408 (209)or less 426 (219) or less 408 (209 or less)
°F (°C)
Air Temperature 125 psi (0.86 MPa) 426 (219) or less 408 (209) or less 426 (219) or less 408 (209) or less
2nd-Stage Discharge 100 psi (0.69 MPa) 435 (224) or less 417 (214) or less 435 (224) or less 417 (214) or less
°F (°C)
Air Temperature 125 psi (0.86 MPa) 489 (254) or less 471 (244) or less 489 (254) or less 471 (244) or less
Oil temperature °F (°C) 153 (67) or less 147 (64) or less 153 (67) or less 147 (64) or less
2nd-Stage Suction
°F (°C) 153 (67) or less 147 (64) or less 153 (67) or less 147 (64) or less
Air Temperature
Note) ＊ The oil pressure may exceed 26 psi (0.18 MPa) temporarily when starting. The oil pressure may exceed 26 psi (0.18 MPa) temporarily
when PQ wide mode ON for Vtype. These are normal.
6.1.4 Stopping ① Press the UNLOAD STOP button to stop the air
compressor. Operation stops when the air end and the
運転管理運転状況
②
air piping have dried for 5 minutes. To stop the
遠方
compressor immediately without unloading, press the

警報
REMOTE 電源
POWER
ALARM
DIS. PRESS: ０ｐｓｉ機能リセット

負荷
LOAD
STOP button.
起動待ち
RESET
FUNC 故障 AUTO START
SHUTDOWN
INTSTG P: ０ｐｓｉ表示切替／

OIL PRES: ０ｐｓｉ遠方
REMOTE
ワイドモード
SELECT/WIDE
運転
START
停止
STOP
CLT PRES: ＊. ＊＊ｐｓｉ記憶
② Check the LCD for pressures, and verify that:

STR 1 2
① Oil pressure, interstage air pressure, 0 psi (0 MPa) or

UNLOAD STOP
1 psi (0.01 MPa) depending on your operating
conditions).
③ Check the condensate drain discharge from the
control line filter by checking the sight glass on the
④
control line filter. (Fixed speed type)
④ Close the stop valve.
[Rear View] ⑤ Open the water drain valve. Do not fail to drain the
cooling water specifically winter season because the
Water-Cooled
remaining water may be frozen inside and as a result
③ the casing and/or coolers may be burst.
51
6. STARTUP OPERATION [Initial Setting of OMR Regulator]
6.2 Initial Setting of OMR Regulator

① Set a control air pressure to a maximum level. ④ Make sure that the vacuum indicator does not show a
Example: If a control air pressure varies between red mark.
80 psi (0.55 MPa) and 95 psi (0.65 MPa),
⑤ Make sure that there is no leak of the control air pipe
maintain it at its maximum 95 psi
joints.
(0.65 MPa).
⑥ Press down the regulator knob to lock.
② Pull up the regulator knob, and then the regulator is
unlocked or settable. ⑦ The oil mist remover makes the gear case internal
Turn the regulator knob so that the pressure gauge pressure negative during operation reducing the oil
reads as follows: pressure by 0.7 psi to 1.5 psi (0.005 to 0.01 MPa).
This is not abnormal. Reset the oil pressure on the
③ The pressure gauge readings may increase/decrease
OMR relief valve.
by 4 psi (0.03 MPa) as the control air pressure
decreases/increases by 15 psi (0.10 MPa), ⑧ Stop the air compressor. Make sure that the solenoid
respectively. Due to the regulator’s characteristics, valve is de-energized to the closed position and the
the pressure gauge reading rises as the control air vacuum indicator shows a red mark.
pressure drops.
Standard Setting of Regulator Air Flow Rate
psi (MPa) cfm (liter/min)
Approx. 1.8
22 - 26 (0.15 - 0.18)
(Approx. 50)
CAUTION
1. Maintain the pressure of a control air at the regulator setting value or more. If a control air pressure
of this level cannot be obtained, the ejector cannot operate and as a result, the gear case internal
pressure rises.
When the gear case internal pressure reaches approximately 196 Pa (20 mmH2O), the OMR relief
valve opens to atmosphere to prevent excessive rise. This results in the venting of oil fume to
atmosphere.
Therefore, if a control pressure cannot be maintained at the regulator setting, value, take
precautions to keep the air compressor from inhaling the oil fume back into the air intake.
2. If two or more air compressors are in parallel, the system may force a specific unit to unload for a
long period of time. The unloaded air compressors oil mist remover ejector may seldom operate,
thus opening its OMR relief valve frequently and venting oil mists to atmosphere. To solve this
problem, connect the unloaded air compressors control air pipe to an area in the plant air piping
system where pressure is consistently available, minimizing the amount of time the OMR relief valve
opens.
3. The OMR relief valve shortly opens when the air compressor starts and stops, even when control air
pressure is high. After repeated starts and stops, the OMR relief valve may ooze a slight amount of
oil. This is not unusual.
4. The oil mist remover consumes compressed air of approximately the value indicated above table.
The exact air consumption depends on the setting of the regulator.
5. Take precautions if the air compressor is used in AUTO operation mode, as the air compressor may
not stop automatically, due to the uninterrupted consumption of the compressed air by the oil mist
remover.
52
7. WIRING
WARNING
1. Always use a licensed electrician. Do not allow an unlicensed person to wire the compressor. An
unlicensed person may wire the air compressor wrongly, and a wrong wiring may cause an electric shock.
2. Do not remove any protective relays on the air compressor. Also, do not make a modification of the
control circuit that may result in impairing the protective relay's function. Remember that the loss of the
protective relay's function may cause serious damage to the air compressor such as a burning of the air
end. In the event that you need to modify the control circuit, consult your distributor.
3. Before opening the control panel to service or wire the air compressor, disconnect the power; otherwise
you may receive an electric shock. Even when the power is disconnected, the controller (V-type only)
and the fan inverter (air-cooled type only) are still charged. Be sure to wait approximately 10 minutes
after power-off and check that the charge lamp of the controller or the fan inverter is completely off
before starting the procedure. In addition, attach a notice on the power supply stating “Under the
maintenance work. Keep the switch off.” to prevent someone from carelessly turning the switch on.
7.1 Power Supply Equipment

Use a power supply transformer with adequate kVA and power cable in the table shown below. Lower
capacity and a power cable with adequate thickness and thickness values are based on the power cable length of
length. If properly sized transformers and cables are not less than 394 inch (10 m). In the event that the power
used, excessive voltage drop could occur when the cable is longer than 394 inch (10 m), employ a thicker
START button is pressed, it results in 1.) Motors failing power cable. Provide intermediate terminals to keep the
to fully accelerate and/or, 2.) An inefficiently energized power cable thickness lower than the maximum values at
control circuit; thus shutting down the air compressor. the air compressor terminal block. The maximum
To keep a starting voltage drop within an allowable range voltage imbalance between the phases shall be within
(5% of the rated voltage), use the power supply transformer 1%.
Model 45/55ATN 75ATN 55VATN 75VATN
Item/Voltage 45/55WTN 75WTN 55VWTN 75VWTN
Power transformer capacity
460 V 100 or more 150 or more 100 or more 150 or more
(kVA)
Power cable thickness AWG 1 to 3/0 2/0 to 300 1 to 3/0 2/0 to 300
460 V
(mm2) (60 to 100) (80 to 150) (60 to 100) (80 to 150)
Capacity values are reference data; some power supplies may require a larger-capacity transformer.
7.2 MIV and WIVM wiring

① Electrical wiring of Motorized Isolation Valve (MIV),
WIRING FOR MIV
and Motarized Water Isolation Valve (WIVM) shall be
WIRING No. 'DA' install on side. Refer to the drawing.
1
WIRING No. '44'
2 (WIVM is only for water-cooled.)
3
WIRING No. '43'
4
5 CABLE FROM TB3 IN THE CONTROL PANEL
TERMINAL BOX OF MIV
WIRING FOR WIVM

WIRING No. 'DA'
BLACK
WIRING No. '46'
WHITE
WIRING No. '45'
RED
GREEN CABLE FROM TB3 IN THE CONTROL PANEL
YELLOW
TERMINAL BOX OF WIVM
53
7. WIRING [Connecting the Power Cable]
7.3 Connecting the Power Cable

① Wiring inside the air compressor is completed prior to Do not use simple disconnect such as knife switch in
shipment by Hitachi. wiring.
Refer to “Wiring Diagram” on 7.4. The type and sizing not supplied by Hitachi is the
responsiblitiy of the customer.
② Ground resistance requirements are required when
NOTE: Use the earth leakage circuit breaker that is
connected the power cable and grounding cable. The
sensitivity-current-switchable (selectable,either
ground resistance requirements are shown in the
100 mA or 200 mA) and set its earth leakage
table below:
sensitivity current to 200 mA
Power Supply Voltage Ground Resistance Type Ground Resistance Value
460V Type C 10Ω or less ⑤ Disconnect the power and verify that it is safe before
1.) Overhauling the DSP, 2.) Adding oil to the DSP
③ For service accessibility to the air compressor, install and/or 3.) Servicing the starter/control box.
the power cable away from the enclosure.
⑥ Field wiring connections must be made by UL and
④ Both main disconnect means and branch circuit CSA certificated ring lug terminal connectors sized
protection shall be provided. In addition, main for the wire gauge being used. The connector must
disconnect means shall be provided on the line side of be fixed using the crimping tool specified by the
the branch circuit protection. connector manufacturer.
The type (Fuse disconnect, Circuit breaker, or Earth
leakage (ground) circuit breaker) and its sizing must
be selected in accordance with national or local
electric code requirements. (Recommendation type:
(“ 7.4 Wiring Diagram”)
Remove the control panel cover and connect the power

cables as illustrated below.
CAUTION
Protect the power cables with using attached
rubber bush, conduits and/or protective tubes.
An unprotected power cable can come into
direct contact with the steel plates on the
power cable holes with a slight amount of
vibration. This could damage the cover over
time and result in a short circuit accident.
CAUTION
● Install an earth leakage circuit breaker at the right primary side of the air compressor.
Do not install a disconnect switch such as a knife switch in the wiring, as it is not protect the air
compressor and may result in the burning of motors if a ground fault occurs.
● Ground the air compressor to prevent electric shock or an air compressor failure. Ground
independently and directly to the earth (Do not use the steel skeleton of the building as a ground, as it
could cause an operational failure).
54
7. WIRING [Connecting the Power Cable]
■ Other Operating Precautions Description

55 kW 75kW
Functions
Model Model
(1) A thermal relay is not provided on the main motor
Zero phase Reduces the radio frequency
circuit. Instead, the electronics-type thermal relay is 460V ZCL-A
reactor interference, etc.
equipped in the controller to protect the main motor Capacitive Reduces the conductive
Filter on 460V CFI-H noise in the power cable
overload. Input Line wiring by the inverter.
(2) Phase failure is only enabled immediately after Reduces radiated noise
EMI Filter 460V NF-H150 NF-H200
from the power cable.
connecting the power. If a phase failure occurs during
operation, it is not detected and eventually causes the
controller to overheat. Tightly fasten the cables/
wires during installing. Recommended AC reactor
(3) Do not install a power-factor enhancing capacitor on Model AC reactor
the motor side. This may cause the excessive current 55 kW (460 V class) ALI-75H2
of the controller, and result in a failure of the controller. 75 kW (460 V class) ALI-120H2
(4) In the cases that a phase advance capacitor installed

between power and the air compressor opens and
closes, a surge voltage may be generated in the
controller input side, which may cause a controller
failure. In such cases, install an AC reactor shown in
the right table between power and the air compressor.
(5) If radios, TV sets, or any other electronics devices

are located around the air compressor, install the
HITACHI noise filters as specified in the right table
on the primary side of the air compressor.
55
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]
7.4 Wiring Diagram

1. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-45/55ATN, 460V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 58
2. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-75ATN, 460V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 59
3. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-55VATN, 460V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 60
4. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-75VATN, 460V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 61
5. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-45/55WTN, 460V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 62
6. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-75WTN, 460V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 63
7. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-55VWTN, 460V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 64
8. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-75VWTN, 460V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 65
9. Wiring Diagram 2 (DSP-45/55/75AWTN, 55/75VAWTN, 460V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 66
56
7. WIRING [Control panel/LCD Monitor Specifications]
7.5 Control panel/LCD Monitor Specifications
Power of
460 V (60 Hz)
control circuit
Motor
Fixed-speed compressor… - △ (three contactor) Vtype…Soft start
starting method
Operating (1) Unload Stop (2) Restart for IPI (3) Remote Start/Stop
functions (4) Dryer prestart (5) Lead/lag (option) (6) Scheduling
(7) ECOMODE
Supported (1) POWER light (2) START light (3) SHUTDOWN light
indication (4) LOAD light (5) REMOTE light (6) AUTO light
(lights) (7) AUTO START light
Setting and (1) Capacity control setting and each function setting
indication (1) Discharge pressure (2) Operating hours (3) Discharge temperature
(4-digit digital (4) Load light (5) Alarm/shutdown code (6) Alarm/shutdown history
monitor) (7) Pressure setting
Setting and (1) Monitor display
display - Clock - Capacity control setting - Discharge pressure
(LCD) - Oil pressure - Interstage pressure - Operating hours
- Loading hours - No. of loading times - Discharge air temperature 1
- Discharge air temperature 2 - Oil temperature - Amperage Current
- 2nd stage suction air temperature - Hours to a next maintenance
- Next maintenance item - Load ratio - Scheduled time
(2) Message display
- Inspection/maintenance - Under automatic stop - Restart
- IPI/retry - Unload stop - Other message
(3) Alarm/shutdown
- Alarm check - Setting/connection check - Power check
- Abnormal stop - Device shutdown
(4) Function menu
- Function setting - Operation type - Capacity control
- Scheduled operation - Operation data recording - Load date recording
- Alarm history - Shutdown history - Shutdown history details
Dry contacts (1) Operation signal output : a contact × 1
(2) Alarm signal output : a contact × 1
(3) Shutdown signal output : a contact × 1
Less than 20 ms Air compressor continues to operate.
Instantaneous Power Interruption
Air compressor stops, blows off and automatically
and Restarting For 20 ms to setting (1)
restarts in setting (2).
For setting (1) or more Air compressor stops.
Note) Setting (1): Time selected on the instrument panel (1 - 5 sec)
Setting (2): 15 - 60 sec
Unload Stop: Operated by the Unload Stop button located lower on the operating monitor.
57
58
㹀㹍㹒㹆ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㹃㸿㹌㹑ࠉ㸿㹌㹂ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒㹂㸿㸯㹂㸿
㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹔㹇㹂㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬㹲㹭㹲㹭㹲㹭㹲㹭ࠉ
㹇㹌ࠉ㸿㹂㹂㹇㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㹃㸿㹌㹑ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹔㹇㹂㹃㹂㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸷㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹁㹌㸯㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹁㹌㸰㹒㹀㸱㹒㹀㸱
㹍㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹌㹃ࠉ㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌㸬ࠉ 㹁㹌
㸱ȭ 㹂㸿㸯㹂㸿㸱㸰㸱㸱㹓㹑㹎㸲㸱㸰㸯
Air-Cooled
㸯㸰
ࠉ㸿㹁㸲㸴㸮㹔ࠉ㸴㸮㹆㹸
㹐㹎㸲㸴㸮㹔㸯㸯㸳㹔㹁㹀㸯ࠉ㸵㸿㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹐㹑㹒㹐㸰㹑㹕㹊
㹐㹑㹓㹑㹎
㹑㹎㹑㹌
㹑㹎㹁㹃㹑㸰
㹒㹐㹑㸰㹑㸰㹐㸰㹓㹑㹎ࠉ㹑㹕
㹐㸰㸿㹐㸰㸲㸴㸲㸰
㸳㸮㸮㹔㸿㸦㹅㸧㹊㹄㹒㸰㹑㹓㹁㹄㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸲㸯㸷㸯㸯㸱㸯㸶㸯㸳
㹒㸰㸿㸱㸰
㹁㹂㹑㸯㸫㸯㸿㹁㹌㸯㸶㹁㹌㸯㸵㹁㹌㸰㸳㹁㹌㸯㸷㹁㹌㸰㸮㹁㹌㸰㸯㹁㹌㸰㸱㹁㹌㸰㸯ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊㸯
㹗㸳㸰㸿
㹑㸰㹐㸰㸯㹍㹎㹃㸰㹍㹎㹃㸯㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸦㸩㸧
㹃㹄㸳㸫㸴㹁㹌㸯㸰㸰
㹁㹌㸰㸲㸰㸱㸱㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒
㹀㹁㹆㹅㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒㹁㹌㸯㸰㸱㹂㹓㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪
㸲㸿㹃㹑㹒㹀㸰㸴㸱㹑㹔㹂㹑㸯㸫㸰㸿㹉
㸦㹐㸧㹎㹑㸰㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㸲㹂㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹔㹃ࠉ㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹃㹑㸬
㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅
㹑㸰㹐㸰㸦㹕㸧㹁㹌㸯㸴㸳
㸰㹎㹕㹀㸯㸦㹆㹁㸳㸳㸧㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔
㹎㹑㸰
㹒㹀㹅㹐㹑㹒㹒㹀㸮㸱㹑㹕㸰㹑㹕㸯㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸰㸲㹊㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹃㹑㸦㹀㸧
㸲㹑㹒㹍㹎㸰㸳㸮㸮㹫㹱ࠉ㹍㹐ࠉ㹋㹍㹐㹃
㹐㸰㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒㸱㹍㹌㹃㸫㹑㹆㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒
㸦㹐㸧㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒
㸯
㸦㹕㸧㹎㹑㸯㹂㹐㹗㹃㹐ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐㹁㹍㹋㸯㸲
㹑㸰㸰㹁㹌㸯㸯㹗㸯㸳㹗㸯㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㹎㹑㸯
㸦㹅㸧㹁㹒㹑㸰㸱
㸦㹉㸧㹐㸰㹐㸰㸦㹀㸧㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐㹁㹍㹋㸰㸴
㹑㸰㸲
㸯㸮㹕㸴㸮㹕㸷㸮㹕㹗㸰㸵㹗㸰㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㸦㹊㸧㹒㹆㸱
㹒㹆㸱㸯㹁㹌㸯㸱㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹑㹓㹀㸧㹗㸱㸶㹗㸱㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧

㹃㹄㸵㹃㹄㸶㹃㹄㸷㸿㹔㹐㸱㸿㹔㹐㸯㸰㹓㹌㹊㸷
㸯㸮㸿㸯㸮㸿㸯㸮㸿㸦㹅㸧㸦㹅㸧㸦㹅㸧㸿㹔㹐㸰㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹋㸿㹇㹌㸧㹐㹃㹋㸯㸮 ࠉ
㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㹒㹆㸰㹒㹆㸰㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㸰㸲㹃㸮㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㹂㸿㸮㸯㹁㹌㸯㸮
㹁㹌㸯㸰㸲㹔㸮㹁㸮㹁㸰㹒㹀㸯
㹃㹄㸯㹃㹄㸰㹃㹄㸱㹃㹄㸲㹒㹆㸯
㸱㸰㸯㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㸯㸬㸴㸿㸯㸬㸴㸿㹐㸯㹁㹌㸷
㹐㸯㸿㹎㹕㹀㸱㸰㹗㸲㸰㹗㸲㸰Ș 㹗㸰㸯㹗㸳㸰㹁㹁㹌㸯㸳㹁㹃㹒㹀㸰
㹑㸰
㹲㹭ࠉ㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹒㸿㹀㸰
㹲㹭ࠉ㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹒㸿㹀㸯
㹗㸴㹗㸰㸮㸯㹗㸳㸰㸿
㹁㹃㹗㸳㸰㹒㸰㸲㸯㸲㸯
㸲㸴㹃㹄㸯㸮㹃㹄㸯㸯㸯㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃㸱
㹁㹃㸰㸲㹔㸯㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃㹐㸰㹁㹃㸲㸰㸲㸰㹁
㸯㸿㸯㸿㸰㸳
㹐㹑㹒
㸰㸮㹓㹋
㹁㹃㹁㹂㸿㸱㹂㹑㸿㸵㹑㸰
㸵㹔㸿
㸳㸰㸲㸰㹁㹃㹍㹔㹊㹂㸿㹌㹑㹁㹃
㹇㹌㹔㹁㹃㸲
㹁㹃㸰㸲㹔㸰㸲㹃㹁㹃㸳
㸰㸲㹔㸰㹁㹌㸴㹁㹌㸶㹁㹌㸲㹁㹌㸵㸦㹅㸧
㹗㹘㹖㸦㹄㸿㹌㸧㹁㹌㸳㹁㹌㸱
㹓㹔㹕㹁㹌㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯㸳㸱㸯㸱㸯㸵㸳㸱㸯㸳㸱㸯㸳㸱㸯㸱㸯
㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹌㸯㸲㹁㹌㸰
㸲㸳㹩㹕ࠉ㸳㸳㹩㹕㸲㸷㹋㸯㹁㹃
㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸳㸵㸿㹐㹗㹒㹀㸱
㹕㸰㹓㸰㹔㸰㹐㸲㸯㸵㹁
㹁㸱㸶㸱㸷㸱㸲㸳㸿㸯㸯㹑㸱㸴㹑㸱㸰㸯㹖
㹓㹔㹕㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸱㸲㸱㹂
㹇㹋㸯㹓㹔㹕㸱㸷㸱㸳㹑㸱㹁㹃㹑
㹁㸯㸰㸱㸯㸯㸮㸯㸶㹑㸱㹉
㹁㸲㸲㸲㸲
㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖㹖
㸰㸮㸿
㹕㸯㹔㸯㹓㸯㹇㹋㸰㹖㹑㹂㸿
㹂㸿
㸯㸳㸬㸴㹔㸿
㸴㹲㹭㸳㸰㸳㸰㹉㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸳㸲㸳
ࠉ㸯㸬㸳㹩㹕㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸵㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹑㹉㸲㸴㸲㸴
㸦㸲㸳㹩㹕ࠉ㸳㸳㹩㹕㸧
ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸱㸬㸳㸿㹂㸿
㸲㸳㹩㹕ࠉ㸳㸳㹩㹕㹁㹃㹁㹃
㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸷㸰㸿㹑㹉㹑㸱㸱㸳㸴㹂㸿
㹌㹍㹒㹃㹑㸸㸲㸿
㸯㸬㹑㹇㹘㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹇㹁㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹑㹓㹎㹎㹊㹇㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹆㹇㹒㸿㹁㹆㹇ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹑㹎㹍㹌㹑㹇㹀㹇㹊㹇㹒㹗
ࠉࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬㹒㹀㸰
㸰㸬㹐㸿㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹐㹗ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㸿㹁㸯㸰㸮㹔ࠉ㸮㸬㸳㸿㸦㹋㸿㹖㸧㹒㹀㸰
㸲㸷㹋㸯
㹑㸱
㸯㸶
㹑㸱
㸱㸳
㹑㸱
㹑㸰
㹐㸱
㸳㸿㸲㸿
ࠉ㸴
㸱㸬㹑㹇㹅㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔
㸲㸬㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸰㸮㸮㸿㸦㸲㸳㸭㸳㸳㹩㹕㸧ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㸬
ࠉࠉ㹓㹊ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹋㹃㹌㹒ࠉࠉ㹒㹇㹋㹃ࠉ㹂㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹄㹓㹑㹃㹑㸬㸲㸿㹁
㸳㸬㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹀㸮ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸯ࠉ㸿㹕㹅㸬㸳㸿㸴㸲㸰
㸴㸬㹓㹑㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐㹑ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹆ࠉ㸿㹑ࠉ㸿ࠉ㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹀㸮㸭㹒㹀㹅㸭㹒㹀㸰㸭㹒㹀㸱㸬
㸵㸬㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㹇㹋㹓㹋ࠉ㸱ࠉ㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹍㹌㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹇㹒㸬㹁㹌㹆㹐
㸯㸴㸯㸳
㸯㸱
㹁㹊㸿㹑㹑ࠉ㸰ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒
㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑㹌㸿㹋㹃㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑㹌㸿㹋㹃

㹇㹋㸯㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹁㹒㹁㹓㹐㹐㹃㹌㹒ࠉ㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐㸰㸯
㹑㸱㸯㸶㹑㸱㸯㸶㹑㸱㸱㸳㹑㸱㸴㹑㸱㸴㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱
㹇㹋㸰㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹃㹄㸯㸫㸷㹄㹓㹑㹃
㹑㹋㹍㹆㹐㹁㹑㹑
㸳㸰㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐㸲㸴㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃ࠉ㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㸳㸰㸲㸰㸴
㹉㹉㹉㹁㹌㸱㸰㹁㹌㸱㸳㹁㹌㸱㸵㹁㹌㸱㸮㹁㹌㸱㸯㹁㹌㸱㸱㹁㹌㸱㸴
㸲㸰㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉǼ 㹒㹐㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐
㸴㹃㹊㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹗㹁㹀㸯㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹀㹐㹃㸿㹉㹃㹐㹁㹃㹁㹃
㸱㸰㸯㸱㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯
㹇㹌㹔㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹇㹌㹔㹃㹐㹒㹃㹐㹊㹄㹊㹇㹌㹃ࠉ㹄㹇㹊㹒㹃㹐
1. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-45/55ATN, 460V)

㸲㸷㹋㸯㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㸿㹊ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㸿㹔㹐㸯㸫㸰㸿㹓㹒㹍㹋㸿㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹔㹍㹊㹒㸿㹅㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹅㹓㹊㸿㹒㹍㹐㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒
㹃㹑㹃㹋㹃㹐㹅㹃㹌㹁㹗ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹂㹃㹑㹁㹐㹇㹎㹒㹇㹍㹌㸿㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌
㹎㹕㹀㸯㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂㹓㹑㹎㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎ࠉ㹀㹓㹒㹒㹍㹌
㹎㹕㹀㸰㹂㹇㹑㹎㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂㹑㹉㹑㹓㹐㹅㹃ࠉ㸿㹀㹑㹍㹐㹀㹃㹐㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸰㸮㹓㸱㸰㸮㹓㸲㸰㸮㹓㹑㸰㸮㹓㸯㸰㸮㹓㸰㸰㸮㹂㸯㸰㸮㹂㸰
㹗㸯㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㸦㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㸿㹓㹒㹍ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎㸧
㹎㹕㹀㸱㹇㹌㹔㸦㹄㸿㹌㸧ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂㹁㹌㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿
㹊㹁㹂㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹋㹍㹌㹇㹒㹍㹐㹁㹃㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㹗㸰㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹁㹃㸸
㸰㸮㹓㸯㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㹂㹑㹎㹊㹓㹅ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㹗㸱㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹇㹌㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㸿㹒ࠉ㸿㹐㹃
㸰㸮㹓㸰㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㹋㹍㹆㹐㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹍㹑㹒㸿㹒ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹃㸿㹐㹇㹌㹅
㹁
㸿㹇㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹍㹐㸪㹀㹓㹒ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ
㹂㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㸿㹇㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹍㹐
㹗㸳㸰㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㸿㹌㹃㹊㹎㸿㹁㹉㸿㹅㹃
㸰㸮㹓㸱㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒㹐㹐㹃㹑㹇㹑㹒㸿㹌㹁㹃
㸰㸮㹓㸲㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒㹗㸳㸰㸿㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹗㸴㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹗㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅㸦㹗㸧ࠉ
㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹂㹇㸿㹅㹐㸿㹋ࠉ㸰
㸰㸮㹓㹑㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒㸭㹑㹒㹍㹎㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹗㸲㸰㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉǼ 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅㸦Ǽ㸧ࠉ
㸰㸮㹂㸯㸫㸰㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃㸿㹌㹑㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ
㹗㸰㸮㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㸦㸰ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉǼ㸧
㸰㸮㹓㹋㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹍㹋㹐㹁㹆㹅㹁㹆㸿㹐㹅㹃ࠉ㹊㸿㹋㹎
㸴㸱㹑㹔㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹂㹇㹄㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹒㹇㸿㹊ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆㹂㸯㹂㹇㹍㹂㹃
㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ
㹎㹑㸯㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㸯㹑㹒ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧㹂㹑㸿㹊㹇㹅㹆㹒㹌㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㸿㹐㹐㹃㹑㹒㹃㹐㹗㸲㸰Ș 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉǼ 㸦㸳ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉǼ㸧
㹎㹑㸰㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧㹍㹔㹊㹂㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒㸭㸿㹓㹖㹇㹊㹇㸿㹐㹗ࠉ㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒
㹒㹆㸰㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌㸧㹑㹕㸯㸫㸰㹂㹇㹎ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆㹍㹌
㹗㸰㸯㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹆㸿㹐㹅㹃
㹒㹆㸱㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒
㹒㹀㸮㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㹗㸳㸰㸿㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅
㹒㹀㹅㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㸰㸮㸿㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㸿㹇㹐㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂㹑ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐
㹒㹀㸯㸫㸱㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉 ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
ࠉ㸿㹁㸲㸴㸮㹔ࠉ㸴㸮㹆㹸㸯㸰 Air-Cooled
㹐㹎㸲㸴㸮㹔㸯㸯㸳㹔
㹁㹀㸯ࠉ㸵㸿㹁㹃㹁㹃㹐㸰
㹐㹑㹒㹑㹕㹊㹓㹑㹎
㹐㹑㹑㹎㹑㹌
㹑㹎㹁㹃㹑㸰
㹒㹐㹑㸰㹑㸰㹐㸰㸲㸴㸲㸰㹓㹑㹎ࠉ㹑㹕
㹐㸰㸿㹐㸰
㸳㸮㸮㹔㸿㸦㹅㸧㹊㹄㹒㸰㹑㹓㹁㹄㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸲㸯㸷㸯㸯㸱㸯㸶㸯㸳
㹒㸰㸿㸱㸰
㹗㸳㸰㸿
㹃㹄㸳㸫㸴㹁㹌㸯㸰㹁㹌㸰㸲㸰
㸱㸱㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒
㸰㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒㹁㹌㸯㸰
㸲㸿㹃㹑㹒㹀㸰㸴㸱㹑㹔㹂㹑㸯㸫㸰㸦㹐㸧㹀㹁㹆㹅㸱㸿㹉㹂㹓㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪
㸯㹎㹑㸰㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㸲㹂㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹔㹃ࠉ㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹃㹑㸬
㹑㸰㹐㸰㸦㹕㸧㸳
㸰㹁㹌㸯㸴㹎㹕㹀㸯㸦㹆㹁㸳㸳㸧㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔
㹎㹑㸰
㹒㹀㹅㹐㹑㹒㹒㹀㸮㸱㹑㹕㸰㹑㹕㸯㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸰㸲㹊㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹃㹑㸦㹀㸧
㸯㹁㹍㹋㸯㸲
㸦㹕㸧㹎㹑㸯㹂㹐㹗㹃㹐ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐
㹑㸰㹑㸰㸰㹁㹌㸯㸯
㹗㸯㸳㹗㸯㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㹎㹑㸯
㸦㹅㸧㹁㹒㸱
㸦㹉㸧㹐㸰㹐㸰㸦㹀㸧㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐㹁㹍㹋㸰㸴
㹑㸰㸲
㸦㹊㸧㹒㹆㸱㹗㸱㸶
㹒㹆㸱㸯㹁㹌㸯㸱㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹑㹓㹀㸧㹗㸱㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㹃㹄㸵㹃㹄㸶㹃㹄㸷㸿㹔㹐㸱㸿㹔㹐㸯㸿㹔㹐㸰㸰㹓㹌㹊㸷
㸦㹅㸧㸦㹅㸧㸦㹅㸧㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹋㸿㹇㹌㸧㹐㹃㹋㸯㸮 ࠉ
㸯㸮㸿㸯㸮㸿㸯㸮㸿㹒㹆㸰㹒㹆㸰㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㹂㸿㸮㸯㹁㹌㸯㸮
㹁㹌㸯㸰㸲㹔㸮㸰㸲㹃㸮㹁㸮㹁㸰㹒㹀㸯
㸱㸰㸯㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㸯㸬㸴㸿㸯㸬㸴㸿㹐㸯㹁㹌㸷
㹎㹕㹀㸱㸰㹗㸲㸰㹗㸲㸰Ș 㹗㸰㸯㹗㸳㸰㹁㹁㹌㸯㸳㹁㹃㹒㹀㸰
㹐㸯㸿㹑㸰
㹗㸴㹗㸰㸮㸯㹗㸳㸰㸿
㹁㹃㹗㸳㸰㹒㸰㸲㸯㸲㸯
㹃㹄㸯㸮㹃㹄㸯㸯㸯㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃㸱
㸲㸴㹁㹃㸰㸲㹔㸯㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃㹐㸰㹁㹃㸲㸰㸲㸰㹁
㸯㸿㸯㸿㸰㸳
㹐㹑㹒
㸰㸮㹓㹋
㹁㹃㹁㹂㸿㸱㹂㹑㸿㸵㹑㸰
㸵㹔㸿
㸳㸰㸲㸰㹁㹃㹍㹔㹊㹂㸿㹌㹑㹁㹃
㹇㹌㹔㹁㹃㸲
㹁㹃㸰㸲㹔㸰㸲㹃㹁㹃㸳
㸰㸲㹔㸰㸦㹅㸧
㸦㹄㸿㹌㸧㹁㹌㸴㹁㹌㸶㹁㹌㸲㹁㹌㸵㹁㹌㸳㹁㹌㸱
㹗㹘㹖
㹓㹔㹕㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹌㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯㸳㸱㸯㸱㸯㸵㸳㸱㸯㸳㸱㸯㸳㸱㸯㸱㸯
㸵㸳㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸵㸷㸿㸲㸷㹋㸯㹁㹌㸯㸲㹁㹌㸰㹁㹃㹒㹀㸱
㹓㹔㹕㹐㹗
㹕㸰㹓㸰㹔㸰㹁㹐㸲㸯㸵㹁
㹁㸱㸶㸱㸷㸱㸲㸳㸿㸯㸯㹑㸱㸴㹑㸱㸰㸯㹖
㹓㹔㹕㹇㹋㸰㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸱㸲㸱㹂
㹇㹋㸯㸱㸷㸱㸳㹑㸱㹁㹃㹑
㸯㸰㸱㸯㸯㸮㸯㸶㹑㸱㹉
㹁㸲㸲㸲㸲
㹖㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖㹖
㸰㸮㸿
㹕㸯㹔㸯㹓㸯㸰㸬㸰㹩㹕㸦㸵㸳㹩㹕㸧㹑㹂㸿
㹂㸿
㸯㸳㸬㸴㹔㸿
ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸲㸬㸶㸿㸳㸰㸳㸰
㸴㹲㹭㹉㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸳㸲㸳
㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸵㹁㹃㹁㹃㸲㸴㸲㸴
㹑㹉
㹂㸿
㸵㸳㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸰㸵㸿㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹑㸱㸱㸳㸴㹂㸿
㹌㹍㹒㹃㹑㸸㹑㹉
㸯㸬㹑㹇㹘㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹇㹁㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹑㹓㹎㹎㹊㹇㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹆㹇㹒㸿㹁㹆㹇ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹑㹎㹍㹌㹑㹇㹀㹇㹊㹇㹒㹗
ࠉࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬㹒㹀㸰
㸰㸬㹐㸿㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹐㹗ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㸿㹁㸯㸰㸮㹔ࠉ㸮㸬㸳㸿㸦㹋㸿㹖㸧㸲㸿㹒㹀㸰
㹑㸱
㸯㸶
㹑㸱
㸱㸳
㹑㸱
㹑㸰
㹐㸱
㸳㸿㸲㸿
ࠉ㸴
㸲㸬㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸰㸳㸮㸿㸦㸵㸳㹩㹕㸧ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㸬㸲㸷㹋㸯
ࠉࠉ㹓㹊ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹋㹃㹌㹒ࠉࠉ㹒㹇㹋㹃ࠉ㹂㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹄㹓㹑㹃㹑㸬㸲㸿㹁
㸳㸬㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹀㸮ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸰㸭㸮ࠉ㸿㹕㹅㸬㸳㸿㸴㸲㸰
㸵㸬㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㹇㹋㹓㹋ࠉ㸱ࠉ㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹍㹌㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹇㹒㸬㹁㹌㹆㹐
㸯㸱㸯㸴㸯㸳
㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑㹌㸿㹋㹃㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑㹌㸿㹋㹃

㹇㹋㸯㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹁㹒㹁㹓㹐㹐㹃㹌㹒ࠉ㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐㸰㸯
㹑㸱㸯㸶㹑㸱㸯㸶㹑㸱㸱㸳㹑㸱㸴㹑㸱㸴㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱
㹑㹋㹍㹆㹐㹑㹑
㸳㸰㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐㸲㸴㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃ࠉ㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㸳㸰㹁㸲㸰㸴
㹉㹉㹉㹁㹌㸱㸰㹁㹌㸱㸳㹁㹌㸱㸵㹁㹌㸱㸮㹁㹌㸱㸯㹁㹌㸱㸱㹁㹌㸱㸴
㸲㸰㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉǼ 㹒㹐㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐
㹁㹃
2. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-75ATN, 460V)

㸴㹃㹊㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ< 㹁㹀㸯㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹀㹐㹃㸿㹉㹃㹐㹁㹃
㸱㸰㸯㸱㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯
㹇㹌㹔㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹇㹌㹔㹃㹐㹒㹃㹐㹊㹄㹊㹇㹌㹃ࠉ㹄㹇㹊㹒㹃㹐
㹃㹑㹃㹋㹃㹐㹅㹃㹌㹁㹗ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹎㹕㹀㸱㹇㹌㹔㸦㹄㸿㹌㸧ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂㹁㹌㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿
㸰㸮㹓㸯㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㹂㹑㹎㹊㹓㹅ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㹗㸱㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㸿㹒ࠉ㸿㹐㹃
㹁㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹇㹌㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃
㹒㹀㸮㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㹗㸳㸰㸿㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅
㹒㹀㹅㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㸰㸮㸿㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㸿㹇㹐㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂㹑ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐
㹒㹀㸯㸫㸱㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉 ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
59
60
ࠉ㸿㹁㸲㸴㸮㹔ࠉ㸴㸮㹆㹸㸯㸰
㹐㹎㸲㸴㸮㹔㸯㸯㸳㹔㹁㹀㸯ࠉ㸵㸿㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹐㸰

㹐㹑㹑㹎㹑㹌
㹁㹃㹁㹃㹑㸰
㹑㹎㹒㹐㹑㸰㸦㹅㸧㹑㸰㹐㸰㹐㸰㹓㹑㹎ࠉ㹑㹕
㹐㸰㸿㹐㸰㸲㸴㹑㸰 Air-Cooled
㸳㸮㸮㹔㸿㹊㹄㹒㸱㹑㹓㹁㹄㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸲㸯㸷㸯㸯㸱㸯㸰㸶㸯㸳㸱㸰
㹗㸳㸰㸿
㹑㸰㹐㸰㹁㹌㸱㸶㸯㹍㹎㹃㸰㹍㹎㹃㸯㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸦㸩㸧
㹃㹄㸳㹃㹄㸴㹁㹌㸯㸰㸰
㸰㸯㹀㹁㹆㹅㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒㹁㹌㸯㸰㸱㹂㹓㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪
ࠉ㸲㸿 ࠉ㸲㸿㹃㹑㹒㹀㸰㸴㸱㹑㹔㹂㹑㸯㸫㸰㸦㹐㸧㸿㹉
㸯㹎㹑㸰㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㸲㹂㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹔㹃ࠉ㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹃㹑㸬
㸰㹎㹕㹀㸯㸦㹆㹁㸳㸮㸧㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔
㹎㹑㸰
㹒㹀㹅㹐㹑㹒㹒㹀㸮㹁㹃㹁㹃㸱㹑㹕㸰㹑㹕㸯㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸰㸲㹊㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹃㹑㸦㹀㸧
㹐㸰㹄㹋㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒㸱㹍㹌㹃㸫㹑㹆㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒
㹒㸯㸯
㹑㸯㹑㸰㸰㹁㹌㸯㸯㹗㸯㸳㹗㸯㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㹎㹑㸯
㸦㹅㸧㹁㹒㹐㸯㹑㸰㸱
㸦㹉㸧㹐㸰㸦㹀㸧㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐㹁㹍㹋㸰㸴
㹑㹌㹑㹎㹑㸰㹐㸰㸲
㸦㹊㸧㹒㹆㸱㹒㹆㸱
㸯㹁㹌㸯㸱㹗㸱㸶㹗㸱㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧

㸦㹅㸧㸦㹅㸧㸦㹅㸧㹐㹃㹋㸯㸮 ࠉ
㸯㸮㸿㸯㸮㸿㸯㸮㸿㹒㹆㸰㸯
㹒㹆㸰㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㹁㹌㸯㸮
㹁㹌㸯㸰㸲㹔㸮㸰㸲㹃㸮㹁㸮㹂㸿㸮㹁㸰㹒㹀㸯
㸱㸰㸯㹐㸯㹁㹌㸷
㹐㹑㹒㹎㹕㹀㸱㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㸯㸬㸴㸿㸯㸬㸴㸿㸰㹗㸰㸯㹗㸳㸰㹁㹁㹌㸯㸳㹁㹃
㹐㸯㸿㹑㸰㹗㸳㸰㸿㹒㹀㸰
㹒㹆㹄㹒㹆㹄㹗㸳㸰㹗㸰㸮㸯㸲㸯㸲㸯
㸲㸴㹃㹄㸯㸮㹃㹄㸯㸯㸯㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃㸱㹒㸱
㹁㹌㸱㸲㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃㹁㹃㸲㸰㸲㸰㹁
㹂㹁㹊㸯㹁㹒㹐㸯㸿㸯㸿㸰㸳㹐㸰
㹐㹑㹒
㸰㸮㹓㹋
㹎㹂㹁㹃㹁㹂㸿㹒㹆㹋㹒㹆㹋㹂㹑㸿㸵㹑㸰
㸵㹔㸿
㸯㸿㹌㹑
ࠉ㹇㹌㹔㹁㹃㹁㹌㸱㸯㹁㹃
㹎㸰㸲㹔㸰㸲㹃㹁㸰
㹓㹔㹕㸦㹄㸿㹌㸧㹁㹃㹎㸫㹌㹁㹌㸴㹁㹌㸶㹁㹌㸵㹁㹌㸳㹁㹌㸱㸦㹅㸧
㹂㹁㹊㸰㸲㸱㸰㸯㹈㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯㸱㸯㸳㸱㸯㸱㸯
㹓㹔㹕㹁㹃㹁㹃㸱㸯㸱㸯
㹁㹌㸯㸲㹁㹌㸰㹑㸰㹐㸰
㹓㹔㹕㹒㹀㸱
㹓㹔㹕㹒㹀㹋㹁㸵㹑㸱㹁
㹁㸯㸱㸱㸵
㹇㹋㸰㸶㸯㸵㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸱㸲㸱㹂
㸯㸰㹑㸱㹑㸱㹁㹃
㹓㹕㸷㹁㸲㸲㸲㸲
㹔㹖
㸰㸮㸿
㹁㸯㸬㸳㹩㹕㸦㸳㸳㹩㹕㸧㹑㹂㸿
㹖㹂㸿
㸯㸳㸬㸴㹔㸿
㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸱㸬㸳㸿㹲㹭㹖㸳㸰㹖㸳㸰㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖

㹋㹑㸯㹉㹖㸳㸰㹁㹃㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸳㸲㸳
㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸵㹐㹗
㸱㹼㸳㸳㹩㹕㸲㸴㸲㸴
㹁㹃㹁㹃㸰㸯㹖
㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸷㸶㸿㹑
㹂㸿
㹄㹊㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㸿㹀㹊㹃㹑㹑㹉㹂㸿
㹌㹍㹒㹃㹑㸸㹉㹉
㸯㸬㹑㹇㹘㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹇㹁㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹑㹓㹎㹎㹊㹇㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹆㹇㹒㸿㹁㹆㹇ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹑㹎㹍㹌㹑㹇㹀㹇㹊㹇㹒㹗㹁㹃㹁㹃
ࠉࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬
㸰㸬㹐㸿㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹐㹗ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㸿㹁㸯㸰㸮㹔ࠉ㸮㸬㸳㸿㸦㹋㸿㹖㸧
㸲㸬㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸰㸮㸮㸿㸦㸳㸳㹩㹕㸧ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㸬㹓㹊ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹋㹃㹌㹒㹒㹀㸰
ࠉࠉ㹁㹊㸿㹑㹑ࠉ㹈ࠉ㸴㸮㸮㹔ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹄㹓㹑㹃㹑㸬
㹑㸱
㸱㸵
㹑㸰
㹑㸰
㹑㸰
㹐㸱㹔
㹐㸱㹔
㹐㸱㹂
㸳㸬㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹀㸮ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸯㸿㹕㹅㸬
㸴㸬㹓㹑㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐㹑ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹆ࠉ㸿㹑ࠉ㸿ࠉ㹐㹇㹌㹅㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹀㸮㸭㹒㹀㹅㸭㹒㹀㸰㸭㹒㹀㸱㸬
㸵㸬㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㹇㹋㹓㹋ࠉ㸱ࠉ㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹍㹌㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹇㹒㸬㹁
㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃

㹋㹑㸯㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹁㹒㹁㹓㹐㹐㹃㹌㹒ࠉ㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐
㹁㹒㹐㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊㹊㹃㹐㸲㸴㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃ࠉ㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹑㸱㸱㸵㹑㸱㸱㸵㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱
㹂㹁㹊㸯㸫㸰㹂㹁ࠉ㹐㹃㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐㹒㹐㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐㹁㹌㸲㸮㹀㹁㹌㸲㸮㸿㹁㹌㸱㸱㹁㹌㸱㸴
㹁㹌㸲㸯㹀㹁㹌㸲㸯㸿
㹇㹌㹔㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹇㹌㹔㹃㹐㹒㹃㹐㹁㹀㸯㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹀㹐㹃㸿㹉㹃㹐
3. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-55VATN, 460V)

㹊㹄㹊㹇㹌㹃ࠉ㹄㹇㹊㹒㹃㹐㸰㸯㸰㸯㸱㸯㸱㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯
㸿㹔㹐㸯㸫㸰㸿㹓㹒㹍㹋㸿㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹔㹍㹊㹒㸿㹅㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹅㹓㹊㸿㹒㹍㹐
㹃㹑㹃㹋㹃㹐㹅㹃㹌㹁㹗ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹎㹕㹀㸰㹂㹇㹑㹎㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂㹑㹉㹑㹓㹐㹅㹃ࠉ㸿㹀㹑㹍㹐㹀㹃㹐
㸰㸮㹔㸯㹀㸰㸮㹔㸯㸿㸰㸮㹔㸰㹀㸰㸮㹔㸰㸿㸰㸮㹂㸯㸰㸮㹂㸰
㹎㹕㹀㸱㹇㹌㹔㸦㹄㸿㹌㸧ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂㹁㹌㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐
㹊㹁㹂㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹋㹍㹌㹇㹒㹍㹐㹁㹃㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸶㹔㸿㸯㸶㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿
㸰㸮㹔㸯㸿㸭㹀㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹕㸫㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㹂㹑㹎㹊㹓㹅ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹁㹃㸸
㸰㸮㹔㸰㸿㸭㹀㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹕㸫㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹇㹎㹇㹄㹋㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹇㹌㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㸿㹒ࠉ㸿㹐㹃
㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㹁
㸰㸮㹂㸯㸫㸰㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃㹐㹐㹃㹑㹇㹑㹒㸿㹌㹁㹃㹗㸯㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㸦㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㸿㹓㹒㹍ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎㸧㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㸿㹌㹃㹊㹎㸿㹁㹉㸿㹅㹃
㸰㸮㹓㹋㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹍㹋㹐㹗㸳㸰㸿㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗
㸴㸱㹑㹔㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹂㹇㹄㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹒㹇㸿㹊ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹗㸰㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹂㹇㸿㹅㹐㸿㹋ࠉ㸰
㹎㹑㸯㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㸯㹑㹒ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧㹖㸳㸰㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹗㸱㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌
㹎㹑㸰㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧㸿㹌㹑㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒㹗㸳㸰㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅
㹒㹆㸰㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌㸧㹁㹆㹅㹁㹆㸿㹐㹅㹃ࠉ㹊㸿㹋㹎
㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㸦㸯㸮ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂㹑
㹒㹆㸱㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧㹂㸯㹂㹇㹍㹂㹃㹗㸰㸮㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 ࠉࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸧
㹒㹆㹄㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㹄㹇㹌㸧㹂㹑㸿㹊㹇㹅㹆㹒㹌㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㸿㹐㹐㹃㹑㹒㹃㹐
㹒㹆㹋㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㸧㹑㹕㸯㸫㸰㹂㹇㹎ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆㹍㹌
㹒㹀㸮㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒
㹒㹀㹅㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㹗㸳㸰㸿㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅
㹒㹀㸯㸫㸱㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㸰㸮㸿㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㸿㹇㹐㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂㹑ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐
㹒㹀㹋㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉 ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㸯㸰
ࠉ㸿㹁㸲㸴㸮㹔ࠉ㸴㸮㹆㹸
㹐㹎㸲㸴㸮㹔㸯㸯㸳㹔㹁㹀㸯ࠉ㸵㸿㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹐㹑㹓㹑㹎
㹑㹎㹑㹌
㹁㹃㹁㹃㹑㸰
㹑㹎㹒㹐㹑㸰㸦㹅㸧㹑㸰㹐㸰㸲㸴㹐㸰㹓㹑㹎ࠉ㹑㹕
㹐㸰㸿㹐㸰㹑㸰
Air-Cooled
㸳㸮㸮㹔㸿㹊㹄㹒㸱㹑㹓㹁㹄㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸲㸯㸷㸯㸯㸱㸯㸰㸶㸯㸳㸱㸰
㹗㸳㸰㸿
㹑㸰㹐㸰㹁㹌㸱㸶㸯㹍㹎㹃㸰㹍㹎㹃㸯㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸦㸩㸧
㹁㹌㸯㸰㹁㹌㸰㸲㸰㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒
㹃㹄㸳㹃㹄㸴㸰㸯㸰㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒㹁㹌㸯㸰㸱㸱
㹃㹑㹒㹀㸰㹀㹁㹆㹅㸱㸿㹉㹂㹓㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪
ࠉ㸲㸿 ࠉ㸲㸿㸴㸱㹑㹔㹂㹑㸯㸫㸰㸦㹐㸧
㹎㹑㸰㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㸲㹂㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹔㹃ࠉ㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹃㹑㸬
㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅
㸰㹎㹕㹀㸯㸦㹆㹁㸳㸮㸧㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔
㹎㹑㸰
㹒㹀㹅㹐㹑㹒㹒㹀㸮㹁㹃㹁㹃㸱㹑㹕㸰㹑㹕㸯㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸰㸲㹊㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹃㹑㸦㹀㸧
㹐㸰㹄㹋㸦㹐㸧
㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒㸱㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒㹍㹌㹃㸫㹑㹆㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒
㹒㸯㸯
㹑㸯㹑㸰㸰㹁㹌㸯㸯㹗㸯㸳㹗㸯㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㹎㹑㸯
㸦㹅㸧㹐㸯㹑㸰㸱
㹁㹒㹑㹎㹐㸰㸦㹀㸧㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐㹁㹍㹋㸰㸴
㸦㹉㸧㹑㸰㸲
㹐㸰㹗㸰㸵㹗㸰㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㹑㹌㸯㸮㹕㸴㸮㹕㸷㸮㹕㹒㹆㸱㹒㹆㸱
㸦㹊㸧㸯㹁㹌㸯㸱㹗㸱㸶㹗㸱㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㸦㹅㸧㸦㹅㸧㸦㹅㸧㹐㹃㹋㸯㸮 ࠉ
㸯㸮㸿㸯㸮㸿㸯㸮㸿㹒㹆㸰㸯
㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㹁㹌㸯㸮
㹁㹌㸯㸰㸲㹔㸮㸰㸲㹃㸮㹁㸮㹂㸿㸮㹁㸰㹒㹀㸯
㸱㸰㸯㹐㸯㹁㹌㸷
㹐㹑㹒㹎㹕㹀㸱㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㸯㸬㸴㸿㸯㸬㸴㸿㸰㹗㸰㸯㹗㸳㸰㹁㹁㹌㸯㸳㹁㹃㹒㹀㸰
㹐㸯㸿㹑㸰㹗㸳㸰㸿
㹒㹆㹄㹒㹆㹄㹗㸳㸰㹗㸰㸮㸯㸲㸯㸲㸯
㸲㸴㹃㹄㸯㸮㹃㹄㸯㸯㸯㹁㹌㸱㸲㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃㸱㹒㸱
㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃㹐㸰㹁㹃㸲㸰㸲㸰㹁
㹁㹒㹐㸯㸿㸯㸿㸰㸳
㹐㹑㹒
㸰㸮㹓㹋
㹎㹂㹁㹃㹁㹂㸿㹒㹆㹋㹒㹆㹋㹂㹑㸿㸵㹑㸰
㸵㹔㸿
㸯㹁㹌㸱㸯㸿㹌㹑
㹇㹌㹔㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹎㹁㸰
㸦㹄㸿㹌㸧㹁㹃㸰㸲㹔㸰㸲㹃㹁㹌㸴㹁㹌㸶㹁㹌㸵㹁㹌㸳㹁㹌㸱㸦㹅㸧
㹓㹔㹕㹎㸫㹌
㹓㹔㹕㹁㹃㹁㹃㸲㸱㸰㸯㹈㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯㸱㸯㸱㸯㸱㸯㸳㸱㸯㸱㸯
㹂㹁㹊㸯㹁㹌㸯㸲㹁㹌㸰㹑㸰㹐㸰
㹓㹔㹕㹒㹀㸱
㹎㹂㹎㹓㹔㹕㹒㹀㹋㹁㸵㹑㸱㹁
㸯㸱㸱㸵
㹇㹋㸰㸶㸯㸵㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸱㸲㸱㹂
㹓㸯㹓㹔㸯㹔㹕㸯㹕㸯㸰㹑㸱㹑㸱㹁㹃
㹂㹁㹊㸰㸷㹁㸲㸲㸲㸲
㹓㸴㹔㸴㹕㸴㹖
㸰㸮㸿
㸰㸬㸰㹩㹕㸦㸵㸳㹩㹕㸧㹑㹂㸿
㹖㹂㸿
㸯㸳㸬㸴㹔㸿
ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸲㸬㸶㸿㹲㹭㹖㸳㸰㹖㸳㸰㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖

㹉㹖㸳㸰㹁㹃㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸳㸲㸳
㹋㹑㸯㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸵㹐㹗
㹁㸵㸳㹩㹕㸲㸴㸲㸴
㸱㹼㹁㹃㹁㹃㸰㸯㹖
㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸱㸯㸿㹑㹂㸿
㹁㹄㹊㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㸿㹀㹊㹃㹑㹑㹉㹂㸿
㸰㸬㹐㸿㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹐㹗ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㸿㹁㸯㸰㸮㹔ࠉ㸮㸬㸳㸿㸦㹋㸿㹖㸧
㸲㸬㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸰㸳㸮㸿㸦㸵㸳㹩㹕㸧ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㸬㹓㹊ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹋㹃㹌㹒㹒㹀㸰
㹑㸱
㸱㸵
㹑㸰
㹑㸰
㹑㸰
㹐㸱㹔
㹐㸱㹔
㹐㸱㹂
㸳㸬㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹀㸮ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸰㸭㸮㸿㹕㹅㸬
㸵㸬㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㹇㹋㹓㹋ࠉ㸱ࠉ㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹍㹌㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹇㹒㸬㹁
㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃

㹋㹑㸯㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹁㹒㹁㹓㹐㹐㹃㹌㹒ࠉ㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐
㹁㹒㹐㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊㹊㹃㹐㸲㸴㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃ࠉ㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹑㸱㸱㸵㹑㸱㸱㸵㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱
㹇㹌㹔㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹇㹌㹔㹃㹐㹒㹃㹐㹁㹀㸯㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹀㹐㹃㸿㹉㹃㹐
4. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-75VATN, 460V)

㸿㹔㹐㸯㸫㸰㸿㹓㹒㹍㹋㸿㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹔㹍㹊㹒㸿㹅㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹅㹓㹊㸿㹒㹍㹐
㹃㹑㹃㹋㹃㹐㹅㹃㹌㹁㹗ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹎㹕㹀㸯㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂㹓㹑㹎㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎ࠉ㹀㹓㹒㹒㹍㹌㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹎㹕㹀㸱㹇㹌㹔㸦㹄㸿㹌㸧ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂㹁㹌㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐
㸰㸮㹔㸯㸿㸭㹀㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹕㸫㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㹂㹑㹎㹊㹓㹅ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹁㹃㸸
㸰㸮㹔㸰㸿㸭㹀㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹕㸫㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹇㹎㹇㹄㹋㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹇㹌㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㸿㹒ࠉ㸿㹐㹃
㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㹁
㸰㸮㹂㸯㸫㸰㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃㹐㹐㹃㹑㹇㹑㹒㸿㹌㹁㹃㹗㸯㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㸦㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㸿㹓㹒㹍ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎㸧㹎㸿㹁㹉㸿㹅㹃
㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㸿㹌㹃㹊
㸰㸮㹓㹋㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹍㹋㹐㹗㸳㸰㸿㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗
㸴㸱㹑㹔㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹂㹇㹄㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹒㹇㸿㹊ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹗㸰㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹂㹇㸿㹅㹐㸿㹋ࠉ㸰
㹎㹑㸯㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㸯㹑㹒ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧㹖㸳㸰㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹗㸱㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌
㹒㹀㹅㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㹗㸳㸰㸿㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅
㹒㹀㸯㸫㸱㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㸰㸮㸿㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㸿㹇㹐㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂㹑ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐
㹒㹀㹋㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉 ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
61
62
㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹔㹇㹂㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬
㹇㹌ࠉ㸿㹂㹂㹇㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㹃㸿㹌㹑ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹔㹇㹂㹃㹂㹒㹀㸱
㹍㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹌㹃ࠉ㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌㸬ࠉ 㹲㹭㹲㹭㹲㹭㹲㹭ࠉ 㹁㹌
㸱ȭ 㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸷㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹁㹌㸯㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹁㹌㸰㹒㹀㸱㹂㸿㸯㹂㸿㸱㸰㸱㸱㹓㹑㹎㸲㸱㸰㸯
ࠉ㸿㹁㸲㸴㸮㹔ࠉ㸴㸮㹆㹸㹒㹐㸯㸯㸳㹔
Water-Cooled
㸵㸳㸮㹔㸿㸦㸳㸮㸮㹔㸿㸧㹁㹀㸯ࠉ㸵㸿㹁㹃㹁㹃㸯㸰
㹐㹑㹓㹑㹎
㹐㹎㸲㸴㸮㹔㹁㹃㹑㸰
㹑㸰㸦㹅㸧㹑㸰㹐㸰㸲㸴㸲㸰㹓㹑㹎ࠉ㹑㹕
㹐㸰㸿㹐㸰
㹊㹄㹒㸰㹑㹓㹁㹄㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸲㸯㸷㸯㸯㸱㸯㸶㸯㸳
㹑㹎㹒㸰㸿㸱㸰
㹗㸳㸰㸿
ࠉ㸰㸱㸮㹔㹁㹌㸯㸰㹁㹌㸰㸲㸰㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒
㸰㹁㹌㸯㸰㸱㸱
㸲㸴㸦㸰㸳㸮㹔㸿㸧㹁㹀㸰㹃㹑㹒㹀㸰㹁㹆㹅㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒㸱㸿㹉㹂㹓㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪
㹐㹎㸯㸿
㸴㸱㹑㹔㹂㹑㸯㸫㸰㸦㹐㹀㸧
㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㸲㹂㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹔㹃ࠉ㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹃㹑㸬
㹒㸯㸯㹎㹑㸰㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅
㹑㹎㹑㸰㹐㸰㸦㹕㸧㸳
㸰㹁㹌㸯㸴㹎㹕㹀㸯㸦㹆㹁㸳㸳㸧㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔
㹎㹑㸰
㹒㹀㹅㹐㹑㹒㹒㹀㸮
㹃㹄㸳㸫㸵㸱㹑㹕㸰㹑㹕㸯㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸰㸲㹊㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㸦㹅㸧㹃㹑㸦㹀㸧
㸲㸿㸲㹑㹒㹍㹎㸰㸳㸮㸮㹫㹱ࠉ㹍㹐ࠉ㹋㹍㹐㹃
㸯㹁㹍㹋㸯㸲
㹑㸰㸰㹁㹌㸯㸯
㹎㹑㸯
㸶㸶㹄㸱
㸦㹅㸧㹑㸰㸦㹀㸧㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐㹁㹍㹋㸰㸴
㸲㹗㸰㸵㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㸴㸮㹕㹐㸰㸷㸮㹕㹒㹆㸱㹗㸰
㹒㹆㸱㸯㹁㹌㸯㸱㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹑㹓㹀㸧㹗㸱㸶㹗㸱㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧

㸿㹔㹐㸯㸿㹔㹐㸰㸰㹓㹌㹊㸷
㸦㹅㸧㸦㹅㸧㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹋㸿㹇㹌㸧㹐㹃㹋㸯㸮 ࠉ
㹒㹆㸰㹒㹆㸰㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㹁㹒㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㹁㸯㹁㹌㸯㸮
㸦㹉㸧㸰㹒㹀㸯
㸰㹁㸯㸯㸰㹁㸰㸯㸰㸲㹔㸮㸰㸲㹃㸮㹃㹄㸰㹁㸮㹂㸿㸮
㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㹒㹆㸯
㸦㹊㸧㹐㸯㹁㹌㸷
㹃㹄㸯㹃㹄㸱㹃㹄㸲㸰㹗㸲㸰㹗㸲㸰Ș 㹗㸰㸯㹗㸳㸰㹁㹁㹌㸯㸳㹁㹃㹒㹀㸰
㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㹗㸴㹗㸰㸮㸯㹑㸰㹗㸳㸰㸿
㹁㹌㸰㸵㹁㹌㸰㸶㸯㸬㸴㸿㸯㸬㸴㸿㹁㹃㹗㸳㸰㸲㸯㸲㸯
㸯㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃㸱㹒㸰
㸲㸱㸰㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯㹁㹃㹁㹃㸰㸳
㸰㸮㹓㹋
㸱㹂㹑㸿㸵㹑㸰
㸵㹔㸿
㸳㸰㸲㸰㹁㹂㸿㹁㹃㹍㹔㹊㹂㸿㹌㹑㹁㹃
㸲
㸰㸲㹔㸰㸲㹃㹁㹃㸰㸲㹔㸰㸦㹅㸧
㸳㹁㹌㸴㹁㹌㸶㹁㹌㸲㹁㹌㸵㹁㹌㸳㹁㹌㸱
㹗㹘㹖㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹁㹌㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯㸳㸱㸯㸱㸯㸵㸳㸱㸯㸳㸱㸯㸳㸱㸯㸱㸯
㸲㸳㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸳㸵㸿㹁㹌㸯㸲㹁㹌㸰
㹍㹐㸿㹌㹅㹃
ࠉ㹐㹃㹂
㹕㹆㹇㹒㹃
㹀㹊㸿㹁㹉
㹍㹐㸿㹌㹅㹃
ࠉ㹐㹃㹂
㹕㹆㹇㹒㹃
㹀㹊㸿㹁㹉
㸲㸷㹋㸯㹁㹃
㸳㸳㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸳㸵㸿㸯㸰㹐㹗㹒㹀㸱
㹕㸰㹓㸰㹔㸰㹐㸲㸯㸵㹁
㹁㸱㸶㸱㸵㸱㸲㸳㸿㹑㸱㸯㸯㹑㸱㸴㹑㸱㸰㸯㹖
㹓㹔㹕㹇㹋㸰㸫㸯㹇㹋㸰㸫㸰㹲㹭㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸱㸲㸱㹂
㹇㹋㸯㸱㸴㸱㸳㸯㸮㹁㹃㹑
㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸵㸱㸷㸱㸯㸯㸶㹑㸱㹉
㹁㸲㸲㸲㸲
㸴㸳㸮㹕㸳㸮㹕㹖㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖㹖
㸰㸮㸿
㹕㸯㹔㸯㹓㸯㸳㸰㸶㸶㹄㸳㸰㹑㹂㸿㹂㸿
㹁㹉㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸳㸲㸳
㸲㸿㹁㹃㹁㹃㸲㸴㸲㸴
㹑㹉
㸰㸮㹕
㹂㸿
㸯㸳㸬㸴㹔㸿㸯㸳㸬㸴㹔㸿
㸲㸳㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸷㸰㸿㹒㹀㸰㹁㹃㹁㹃
㸳㸳㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸷㸰㸿㸯㸱㹑㸱㸱㸳㸴㹂㸿
㹌㹍㹒㹃㹑㸸㸯㸱㹀㹑㹉
㸯㸬㹑㹇㹘㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹇㹁㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹑㹓㹎㹎㹊㹇㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹆㹇㹒㸿㹁㹆㹇ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹑㹎㹍㹌㹑㹇㹀㹇㹊㹇㹒㹗㸳㸿㸲㸿
ࠉࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬㹁㹌㸲㸱㹁㹌㸲㸲㹒㹀㸰
㸰㸬㹐㸿㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹐㹗ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㸿㹁㸯㸰㸮㹔ࠉ㸮㸬㸳㸿㸦㹋㸿㹖㸧㸲㸿
㹑㸱
㸯㸶
㹑㸱
㸱㸳
㹑㸱
㹑㸰
㹐㸱
ࠉ㸴
㸱㸬㹑㹇㹅㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸰㸯㸰㸯㸳㸿
㸲㸬㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸰㸮㸮㸿㸦㸲㸳㸭㸳㸳㹩㹕㸧ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㸬
ࠉࠉ㹓㹊ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹋㹃㹌㹒ࠉࠉ㹒㹇㹋㹃ࠉ㹂㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹄㹓㹑㹃㹑㸬㹁㹌㹆㹐㹁
㸳㸬㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹀㸮ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸯ࠉ㸿㹕㹅㸬㸲㸷㹋㸯㸴㸲㸰
㸯㸲㸯㸱㹀
㸴㸬㹓㹑㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐㹑ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹆ࠉ㸿㹑ࠉ㸿ࠉ㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹀㸮㸭㹒㹀㹅㸭㹒㹀㸰㸭㹒㹀㸱㸬㹁㹃㹁㹃㸰㸯
㸵㸬㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㹇㹋㹓㹋ࠉ㸱ࠉ㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹍㹌㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹇㹒㸬㸯㸲㸯㸱㹀
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㸯㸱㸿㸯㸴㸯㸳
㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑㹌㸿㹋㹃㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑㹌㸿㹋㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹋㹍㹆㹐
㹇㹋㸯㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹁㹒㹁㹓㹐㹐㹃㹌㹒ࠉ㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐㸯㸱
ȟࠉ㸼 ȟࠉ㸼㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱
㹑㸱㸯㸶㹑㸱㸯㸶㹑㸱㸱㸳㹑㸱㸴㹑㸱㸴
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹇㹋㸰㸫㸯㸫㸰㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹃㹄㸯㸫㸷㹄㹓㹑㹃㹑㹑㹑㹑
㸶㸶㹄㸳㸰㹁㸲㸷㹄㹁㸰㸲㸷㹄㹁㸯㸲㸰㸴

㸳㸰㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐㸲㸴㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃ࠉ㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹉㹉㹉㹉
㹁㹌㸱㸰㹁㹌㸱㸳㹁㹌㸱㸵㹁㹌㸱㸮㹁㹌㸱㸯㹁㹌㸱㸱㹁㹌㸱㸴
㸲㸰㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉǼ 㹒㹐㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃
㸴㹃㹊㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ< 㹁㹀㸯㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹀㹐㹃㸿㹉㹃㹐㸱㸰㸯㸱㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯
㸶㸶㹄㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㸿㹌㹊㹄㹊㹇㹌㹃ࠉ㹄㹇㹊㹒㹃㹐
5. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-45/55WTN, 460V)

㸲㸷㹄㹁㸯㸫㸰㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㹃㹑㹃㹋㹃㹐㹅㹃㹌㹁㹗ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹁㸯㸫㸰㹁㸿㹎㸿㹁㹇㹒㹍㹐㹁㹌㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿
㹒㹀㸮㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㸰㸮㸿㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㸿㹇㹐㹗㸳㸰㸿㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅
㹒㹀㹅㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂㹑ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐
㸰㸮㹕 ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹒㹀㸯㸫㸱㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹍㹊㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹕㸿㹒㹃㹐
㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹔㹇㹂㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬
㹇㹌ࠉ㸿㹂㹂㹇㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㹃㸿㹌㹑ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹔㹇㹂㹃㹂㹒㹀㸱
㹍㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹌㹃ࠉ㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌㸬ࠉ 㹲㹭㹲㹭㹲㹭㹲㹭ࠉ 㹁㹌
㸱ȭ 㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸷㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹁㹌㸯㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹁㹌㸰㹒㹀㸱㹂㸿㸯㹂㸿㸱㸰㸱㸱㹓㹑㹎㸲㸱㸰㸯
ࠉ㸿㹁㸲㸴㸮㹔ࠉ㸴㸮㹆㹸㹒㹐㸯㸯㸳㹔 Water-Cooled
㸵㸳㸮㹔㸿㸦㸳㸮㸮㹔㸿㸧㹁㹀㸯ࠉ㸵㸿㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㸯㸰
㸲㸴㸮㹔㹐㹑㹓㹑㹎
㹐㹎㹁㹃㹁㹃㹑㸰
㹑㸰㸦㹅㸧㹑㸰㹐㸰㹓㹑㹎ࠉ㹑㹕
㹐㸰㸿㹐㸰㸲㸴㹑㸰㹐㸰㸲㸰
㹊㹄㹒㸰㸿㹒㸰㹑㹓㹁㹄㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸲㸯㸷㸯㸯㸱㸯㸶㸯㸳
㹑㹎㸱㸰
㹗㸳㸰㸿
㹐㸰㹁㹌㸱㸶㸯㹍㹎㹃㸰㹍㹎㹃㸯㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸦㸩㸧
ࠉ㸰㸱㸮㹔㹁㹌㸯㸰㹑㸰㸰
㸦㸰㸳㸮㹔㸿㸧㸰㸯㹀㹁㹆㹅㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒㹁㹌㸯㸰㸱㹂㹓㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪
㸲㸴
㹁㹀㸰㹃㹑㹒㹀㸰㸿㹉
㹐㹎㸯㸿
㸴㸱㹑㹔㹂㹑㸯㸫㸰㸦㹐㸧
㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㸲㹂㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹔㹃ࠉ㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹃㹑㸬
㹒㸯㸯㹎㹑㸰㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅
㹑㹎㹑㸰㹐㸰㸦㹕㸧㸳
㸦㹅㸧㸰㹁㹌㸯㸴㹎㹕㹀㸯㸦㹆㹁㸳㸳㸧㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔
㹎㹑㸰
㹒㹀㹅㹐㹑㹒㹒㹀㸮㹃㹄㸳㸫㸵㹁㹃㹁㹃㸱㹑㹕㸰㹑㹕㸯㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸰㸲㹊㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹃㹑㸦㹀㸧
㸶㸶㹄㹄㹋㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒㸱㹍㹌㹃㸫㹑㹆㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒
㸯
㸰㹁㹌㸯㸯
㹎㹑㸯
㹐㸰㸱
㸦㹅㸧㹑㸰㹑㸰㸦㹀㸧㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐㹁㹍㹋㸰㸴
㹐㸰㸲
㸴㸮㹕㸷㸮㹕㹗㸰㸵㹗㸰㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㹒㹆㸱㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹑㹓㹀㸧㹗㸱㸶
㹒㹆㸱㸯㹁㹌㸯㸱㹗㸱㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㸰
㹁㸯㸯㸰
㹁㸰㸯㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㸦㹅㸧㸦㹅㸧㹒㹆㸰㹒㹆㸰㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹋㸿㹇㹌㸧㹐㹃㹋㸯㸮 ࠉ
㹁㹒㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㸯㹁㹌㸯㸮㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㸦㹉㸧㹁㸮㹂㸿㸮
㹁㸰㹒㹀㸯
㹁㹌㸰㸵㹁㹌㸰㸶㸰㸲㹔㸮㸰㸲㹃㸮㹃㹄㸰㹒㹆㸯
㸦㹊㸧㹃㹄㸯㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㹐㸯㹁㹌㸷
㸲㸱㸰㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㹃㹄㸱㹃㹄㸲㸰㹗㸲㸰㹗㸲㸰Ș 㹗㸰㸯㹗㸳㸰㹁㹁㹌㸯㸳㹁㹃㹒㹀㸰
㸯㸬㸴㸿㹗㸴㹗㸰㸮㸯㹑㸰㹗㸳㸰㸿
㸯㸬㸴㸿㹁㹃㹗㸳㸰㹒㸰㸲㸯㸲㸯
㸯㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃㸱
㸰㸳
㸰㸮㹓㹋
㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㸱㸵㹑㸰
㹂㹑㸿
㸵㹔㸿
㸳㸰㸲㸰㹁㹂㸿㹁㹃㹍㹔㹊㹂㸿㹌㹑㹁㹃
㸲
㸰㸲㹔㸰㸲㹃
㹍㹐㸿㹌㹅㹃
ࠉ㹐㹃㹂
㹕㹆㹇㹒㹃
㹀㹊㸿㹁㹉
㹍㹐㸿㹌㹅㹃
ࠉ㹐㹃㹂
㹕㹆㹇㹒㹃
㹀㹊㸿㹁㹉
㹁㹃㸳
㸰㸲㹔㸰㹁㹌㸵㸦㹅㸧
㹁㹌㸴㹁㹌㸶㹁㹌㸲㹁㹌㸳㹁㹌㸱
㹗㹘㹖㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹁㹌㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯㸳㸱㸯㸱㸯㸵㸳㸱㸯㸳㸱㸯㸳㸱㸯㸱㸯
㸵㸳㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸵㸷㸿㸲㸷㹋㸯㹇㹋㸰㸫㸯㹇㹋㸰㸫㸰㹁㹌㸯㸲㹁㹌㸰
㸯㸰㹁㹃㹒㹀㸱
㹕㸰㹓㸰㹔㸰㹐㸲㸯㸵
㹐㹗㹁
㹁㸳㸮㹕㸳㸮㹕㸱㸶㹑㸱㸰㸯㹖
㹓㹔㹕㸱㸵㸱㸲㸳㸿㹑㸱㸯㸯㹑㸱㸴㹂
㹲㹭㸱㸴㸱㸳㸯㸮㹁㹃㹑
㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸱㸲㸱
㹇㹋㸯㹁㸱㸯㹁
㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸵㸱㸷㸯㸶㹑㸱㹉㹖㸲㸲㸲㸲
㸴㹖㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖
㸰㸮㸿
㹕㸯㹔㸯㹓㸯㸳㸰㸶㸶㹄㸳㸰㹑㹂㸿㹂㸿
㹉㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸳㸲㸳
㹑㹉㹁㹃㹁㹃㸲㸴㸲㸴
㸰㸮㹕
㸲㸿㹂㸿
㸵㸳㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸰㸵㸿㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹑㸱㸱㸳㸴㹂㸿
㹌㹍㹒㹃㹑㸸㹒㹀㸰㹑㹉
㸯㸱
㸯㸬㹑㹇㹘㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹇㹁㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹑㹓㹎㹎㹊㹇㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹆㹇㹒㸿㹁㹆㹇ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹑㹎㹍㹌㹑㹇㹀㹇㹊㹇㹒㹗㸯㸱㹀
ࠉࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬㸳㸿㸲㸿
㸰㸬㹐㸿㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹐㹗ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㸿㹁㸯㸰㸮㹔ࠉ㸮㸬㸳㸿㸦㹋㸿㹖㸧㹁㹌㸲㸱㹁㹌㸲㸲
㹒㹀㸰
㹑㸱
㸯㸶
㹑㸱
㸱㸳
㹑㸱
㹑㸰
㹐㸱
ࠉ㸴
㸱㸬㹑㹇㹅㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸲㸿
㸲㸬㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸰㸳㸮㸿㸦㸵㸳㹩㹕㸧ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㸬㸰㸯㸰㸯㸳㸿
ࠉࠉ㹓㹊ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹋㹃㹌㹒ࠉࠉ㹒㹇㹋㹃ࠉ㹂㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹄㹓㹑㹃㹑㸬㹁
㸳㸬㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹀㸮ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸰㸭㸮㸿㹕㹅㸬㹁㹌㹆㹐
㸴㸬㹓㹑㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐㹑ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹆ࠉ㸿㹑ࠉ㸿ࠉ㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹀㸮㸭㹒㹀㹅㸭㹒㹀㸰㸭㹒㹀㸱㸬㸲㸷㹋㸯㸴㸲㸰
㸯㸲㸯㸱㹀
㸵㸬㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㹇㹋㹓㹋ࠉ㸱ࠉ㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹍㹌㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹇㹒㸬㹁㹃㹁㹃㸰㸯
㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑㹌㸿㹋㹃㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑㹌㸿㹋㹃㸯㸲㸯㸱㹀
㸯㸱㸿
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㸯㸴㸯㸳
㹇㹋㸯㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹁㹒㹁㹓㹐㹐㹃㹌㹒ࠉ㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐㸯㸱㹁㹃㹁㹃㹋㹍㹆㹐㹁㹑㸱㸯㸶㹑㸱㸯㸶㹑㸱㸱㸳㹑㸱㸴㹑㸱㸴㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱
㹇㹋㸰㸫㸯㸫㸰㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹃㹄㸯㸫㸷㹄㹓㹑㹃 ȟࠉ㸼 ȟࠉ㸼
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㸳㸰㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐㸲㸴㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃ࠉ㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹑㸶㸶㹄㸳㸰㹑㹑㸲㸰㹑㸴
㹉㹉㸲㸷㹄㹁㸰㸲㸷㹄㹁㸯㹁㹌㸱㸰㹁㹌㸱㸳㹁㹌㸱㸵㹁㹌㸱㸮㹁㹌㸱㸯㹁㹌㸱㸱㹁㹌㸱㸴
㸲㸰㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉǼ 㹒㹐㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐㹉㹉
㸴㹃㹊㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉY 㹁㹀㸯㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹀㹐㹃㸿㹉㹃㹐㹁㹃㹁㹃
6. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-75WTN, 460V)

㹁㹃㸱㸰㸯㸱㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯㸰㸯
㸶㸶㹄㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㸿㹌㹊㹄㹊㹇㹌㹃ࠉ㹄㹇㹊㹒㹃㹐
㸲㸷㹄㹁㸯㸫㸰㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㹃㹑㹃㹋㹃㹐㹅㹃㹌㹁㹗ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹁㸯㸫㸰㹁㸿㹎㸿㹁㹇㹒㹍㹐㹁㹌㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿㸯㸳㹔㸿
㹒㹀㸮㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㸰㸮㸿㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㸿㹇㹐㹗㸳㸰㸿㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅
㹒㹀㹅㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂㹑ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐
㹒㹀㸯㸫㸱㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹍㹊㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹕㸿㹒㹃㹐
63
64
㹒㹐
㸵㸳㸮㹔㸿㸯㸯㸳㹔㹁㹀㸯ࠉ㸵㸿㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃
㸲㸴㸮㹔㹐㹑㹓㹑㹎
㹐㹎
㹁㹃㹁㹃㹑㸰
㹑㸰㹑㸰㹐㸰㹐㸰㹓㹑㹎ࠉ㹑㹕
㸦㹅㸧㹐㸰㸿㹐㸰㸲㸴㹑㸰
㹊㹄㹒㸱㹑㹓㹁㹄㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸲㸯㸷㸯㸯㸱㸯㸰㸶㸯㸳
㹑㹎㸱㸰
㹗㸳㸰㸿
㹑㸰㹐㸰㸯㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸦㸩㸧
Water-Cooled
ࠉ㸰㸱㸮㹔㹁㹌㹁㹌㸱㸶㹁㹌㸰㸲㹍㹎㹃㸰㹍㹎㹃㸯㸰㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒
㸰㸯㸰㹁㹌㸯㸰㸱㸱
㹐㹎㸲㸴㸦㸰㸳㸮㹔㸿㸧㹁㹀㸰㹃㹑㸯㸰㹒㹀㸰㸴㸱㹑㹔㹂㹑㸯㸫㸰㸦㹐㸧㹀㹁㹆㹅㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒㸱㸿㹉㹂㹓㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪
㸯㸿㸯㹎㹑㸰㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㸲㹂㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹔㹃ࠉ㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹃㹑㸬
㹑㹎㹒㸯㸦㹕㸧㹁㹌㸯㸴
㹑㸰㹐㸰㸰㹎㹕㹀㸯㸦㹆㹁㸳㸮㸧㸳
㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔
㹎㹑㸰
㹒㹀㹅㹐㹑㹒㹒㹀㸮㹃㹄㸳㸫㸵㸦㹅㸧㹁㹃㹁㹃㸱㹑㹕㸰㹑㹕㸯㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸰㸲㹊㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹃㹑㸦㹀㸧
㹐㸰㹄㹋㸦㹐㸧
㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒㸱㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒㹍㹌㹃㸫㹑㹆㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒
㸯㹁㹍㹋㸯㸲
㹎㹑㸯
㸦㹅㸧㹁㹒㸶㸶㹄㸱
㸦㹉㸧㹑㸰㸦㹀㸧㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐㹁㹍㹋㸰㸴
㹐㸰㸲㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌
㸴㸮㹕㸷㸮㹕㹗㸰㸵㹗㸰㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㹒㹆㸱㹒㹆㸱

㸦㹅㸧㸦㹅㸧㹐㹃㹋㸯㸮 ࠉ
㹒㹆㸰㸯
㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㹁㹌㸯㸮
㸰㸲㹔㸮㸰㸲㹃㸮㹁㸮㹂㸿㸮㹁㸰㹒㹀㸯
㸰㹁㸯㸯㸰㹁㸰㸯
㹐㸯㹁㹌㸷
㹐㹑㹒㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㸯㸬㸴㸿㸯㸬㸴㸿㸰㹗㸰㸯㹗㸳㸰㹁㹁㹌㸯㸳㹁㹃
㹑㸰㹗㸳㸰㸿㹒㹀㸰
㹁㹌㸰㸵㹁㹌㸰㸶㹒㹆㹄㹒㹆㹄㹗㸳㸰㹗㸰㸮㸯㸲㸯㸲㸯
㸯㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃㸱㹒㸱
㹁㹒㹐㸲㸱㸰㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯
㸰㸳㹐㸰
㹂㹁㹊㸯
㸰㸮㹓㹋
㹎㹂㹁㹂㸿㹒㹆㹋㹒㹆㹋㹂㹑㸿㸵㹑㸰
㸵㹔㸿
㸯㹁㹌㸱㸯㸿㹌㹑㹁㹃
㹎㹁㸰
㸰㸲㹔㸰㸲㹃㹁㹌㸴㹁㹌㸶㹁㹌㸵㹁㹌㸳㹁㹌㸱㸦㹅㸧
㹓㹔㹕㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹎㸫㹌
㹂㹁㹊㸰㹁㹃㹁㹃㸲㸱㸰㸯㹈㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯㸱㸯㸱㸯㸱㸯㸳㸱㸯㸱㸯
㹀㹊㸿㹁㹉
㹀㹊㸿㹁㹉
㹍㹐㸿㹌㹅㹃
ࠉ㹐㹃㹂
㹕㹆㹇㹒㹃
㹍㹐㸿㹌㹅㹃
ࠉ㹐㹃㹂
㹕㹆㹇㹒㹃
㹒㹀㸱
㹓㹔㹕㹒㹀㹋㸵㹑㸱㹁
㹁㹇㹋㸰㸫㸯㹇㹋㸰㸫㸰㸯㸱㸱㸵
㸯㸵㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸱㸲㸱㹂
㸯㸰㹑㸱㹑㸱㹁㹃
㹓㹔㹕㸷㸶㹁㸲㸲㸲㸲
㸳㸮㹕㸳㸮㹕㹖
㸰㸮㸿
㹁㹲㹭㹖㹂㸿㹂㸿
㹖㸳㸰㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖㹖㸳㸰㹁㹃㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸳
㹋㹑㸯㹁㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸵㸲㸳
㹐㹗
㸱㹼㸳㸳㹩㹕㸲㸴㸲㸴
㹁㹃㹁㹃㸰㸯㹖
㸰㸮㹕
㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸷㸶㸿㹂㸿
㹑
㹄㹊㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㸿㹀㹊㹃㹑㹑㹉㹂㸿
㸰㸬㹐㸿㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹐㹗ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㸿㹁㸯㸰㸮㹔ࠉ㸮㸬㸳㸿㸦㹋㸿㹖㸧㸶㸿㹁㹃㸶㹀
㸱㸬㹑㹇㹅㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸶㹀
㸲㸬㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸰㸮㸮㸿㸦㸳㸳㹩㹕㸧ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㸬㹓㹊ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹋㹃㹌㹒㹁㹌㸲㸱㹁㹌㸲㸲㹒㹀㸰
㹑㸱
㸱㸵
㹑㸰
㹑㸰
㹑㸰
㹐㸱㹔
㹐㸱㹔
㹐㸱㹂
㸳㸬㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹀㸮ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸯㸿㹕㹅㸬㸶㹀
㸴㸬㹓㹑㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐㹑ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹆ࠉ㸿㹑ࠉ㸿ࠉ㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹀㸮㸭㹒㹀㹅㸭㹒㹀㸰㸭㹒㹀㸱㸬㸰㸯㸰㸯㸶㸶㹄
㸵㸬㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㹇㹋㹓㹋ࠉ㸱ࠉ㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹍㹌㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹇㹒㸬㸶㹁
㹁
㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃㸶㸶㸿
㹋㹑㸯㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹁㹒㹁㹓㹐㹐㹃㹌㹒ࠉ㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐㹁㹃㹁㹃㹑㹑
㹇㹋㸰㸫㸯㸫㸰㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹃㹄㸯㸫㸷㹄㹓㹑㹃㸶㸿㸶㸶㹄㹖㸳㸰
㸶㹀
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹉㹉
㹁㹒㹐㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊㹊㹃㹐㸲㸴㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃ࠉ㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹑㸱㸱㸵㹑㸱㸱㸵㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱
ȟࠉ㸼 ȟࠉ㸼
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹂㹁㹊㸯㸫㸰㹂㹁ࠉ㹐㹃㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐㹒㹐㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐
㹁㹌㸲㸮㹀㹁㹌㸲㸮㸿㹁㹌㸱㸱㹁㹌㸱㸴
㸶㸶㹄㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㸿㹌㹁㹀㸯㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹀㹐㹃㸿㹉㹃㹐㹁㸲㸷㹄㹁㸰㸲㸷㹄㹁㸯㹁㹃
7. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-55VWTN, 460V)

㸲㸷㹄㹁㸯㸫㸰㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㸿㹔㹐㸯㸫㸰㸿㹓㹒㹍㹋㸿㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹔㹍㹊㹒㸿㹅㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹅㹓㹊㸿㹒㹍㹐
㹁㸯㸫㸰㹁㸿㹎㸿㹁㹇㹒㹍㹐㹃㹑㹃㹋㹃㹐㹅㹃㹌㹁㹗ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹎㹕㹀㸯㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂㹓㹑㹎㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎ࠉ㹀㹓㹒㹒㹍㹌㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹁㹌㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐
㸰㸮㹔㸯㸿㸭㹀㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹕㸫㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㹂㹑㹎㹊㹓㹅ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹂㹃㹑㹁㹐㹇㹎㹒㹇㹍㹌㸿㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹁㹃㸸
㸰㸮㹔㸰㸿㸭㹀㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹕㸫㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹇㹎㹇㹄㹋㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㸿㹒ࠉ㸿㹐㹃
㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹇㹌㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃
㹁㹂
㸰㸮㹂㸯㸫㸰㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃㹐㹐㹃㹑㹇㹑㹒㸿㹌㹁㹃㹗㸯㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㸦㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㸿㹓㹒㹍ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎㸧㸿㹇㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹍㹐㸪㹀㹓㹒ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ 㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㸿㹇㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹍㹐
㸰㸮㹓㹋㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹍㹋㹐㹗㸳㸰㸿㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㸿㹌㹃㹊㹎㸿㹁㹉㸿㹅㹃
㸴㸱㹑㹔㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹂㹇㹄㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹒㹇㸿㹊ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹗㸰㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌
㹎㹑㸯㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㸯㹑㹒ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧㹖㸳㸰㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹗㸱㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌㹀㹓㹒ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㸿㹌㹃㹊
㹒㹀㹅㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㸰㸮㸿㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㸿㹇㹐㹗㸳㸰㸿㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅
㹒㹀㸯㸫㸱㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂㹑ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐
㹒㹀㹋㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹍㹊㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹕㸿㹒㹃㹐
㹒㹐
㸵㸳㸮㹔㸿㸯㸯㸳㹔㹁㹀㸯ࠉ㸵㸿㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹐㸰
㸲㸴㸮㹔㹐㹑
㹐㹎
㹁㹃㹁㹃㹑㸰
㹑㸰㹑㸰㹐㸰㹐㸰㹓㹑㹎ࠉ㹑㹕
㸦㹅㸧㹐㸰㸿㹐㸰㸲㸴㹑㸰
㹊㹄㹒㸱㹑㹓㹁㹄㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸲㸯㸷㸯㸯㸱㸯㸰㸶㸯㸳
㹑㹎㸱㸰
㹗㸳㸰㸿
㹑㸰㹐㸰㸯㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸦㸩㸧
Water-Cooled
ࠉ㸰㸱㸮㹔㹁㹌㸯㸰㹁㹌㸱㸶㹁㹌㸰㸲㹍㹎㹃㸰㹍㹎㹃㸯㸰㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒

㸰㸯㸰㹁㹌㸯㸰㸱㸱
㸦㸰㸳㸮㹔㸿㸧㹁㹀㸰㹃㹑㹒㹀㸰㹀㹁㹆㹅㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒㸱㸿㹉㹂㹓㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪
㹐㹎㸲㸴㸴㸱㹑㹔㹂㹑㸯㸫㸰㸦㹐㸧
㹎㹑㸰㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹂㸯
㸯㸿㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅㸲㹐㹃㹋㹍㹔㹃ࠉ㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹃㹑㸬
㹑㹎㹒㸯㸦㹕㸧㹁㹌㸯㸴
㹑㸰㹐㸰㸰㹎㹕㹀㸯㸦㹆㹁㸳㸮㸧㸳
㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔
㹎㹑㸰
㹒㹀㹅㹐㹑㹒㹒㹀㸮㹃㹄㸳㸫㸵㸦㹅㸧㹁㹃㹁㹃㸱㹑㹕㸰㹑㹕㸯㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸰㸲㹊㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹃㹑㸦㹀㸧
㹐㸰㹄㹋㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒㸱㹍㹌㹃㸫㹑㹆㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒
㸯
㹎㹑㸯
㸦㹅㸧㹁㹒㸶㸶㹄㸱
㹑㸰㸦㹀㸧㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐㹁㹍㹋㸰㸴
㸦㹉㸧㸲
㹐㸰㹗㸰㸵㹗㸰㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㸴㸮㹕㸷㸮㹕㹒㹆㸱㹒㹆㸱
㸦㹅㸧㸦㹅㸧㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㹒㹆㸰㹒㹆㸰㹐㹃㹋㸯㸮 ࠉ
㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㸦㸩㸧㸦㸫㸧㸯㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㹁㹌㸯㸮㹒㹀㸯
㸰㸲㹔㸮㸰㸲㹃㸮㹁㸮㹂㸿㸮㹁㸰
㸰
㹁㸯㸯㸰
㹁㸰㸯
㹐㸯㹁㹌㸷
㹐㹑㹒㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿㸯㸬㸴㸿㸯㸬㸴㸿㸰㹗㸰㸯㹗㸳㸰㹁㹁㹌㸯㸳㹁㹃
㹑㸰㹗㸳㸰㸿㹒㹀㸰
㹁㹌㸰㸵㹁㹌㸰㸶㹒㹆㹄㹒㹆㹄㹗㸳㸰㹗㸰㸮㸯㸲㸯㸲㸯
㸯㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃㸱㹒㸱
㹁㹒㹐㸲㸱㸰㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯
㸰㸳㹐㸰
㸰㸮㹓㹋
㹎㹂㹁㹂㸿㹒㹆㹋㹒㹆㹋㹂㹑㸿㸵㹑㸰
㸵㹔㸿
㸯㸿㹌㹑
㹁㹌㸱㸯㹁㹃
㹎㸰㸲㹔㸰㸲㹃㹁㸰
㹓㹔㹕㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹎㸫㹌㹁㹌㸴㹁㹌㸶㹁㹌㸵㹁㹌㸳㹁㹌㸱㸦㹅㸧
㹁㹃㹁㹃㸲㸱㸰㸯㹈㸯㸲㸱㸰㸯㸱㸯㸱㸯㸱㸯㸳㸱㸯㸱㸯
㹍㹐㸿㹌㹅㹃
ࠉ㹐㹃㹂
㹕㹆㹇㹒㹃
㹀㹊㸿㹁㹉
㹍㹐㸿㹌㹅㹃
ࠉ㹐㹃㹂
㹕㹆㹇㹒㹃
㹀㹊㸿㹁㹉
㹂㹁㹊㸯
㹒㹀㸱
㹎㹂㹎㹓㹔㹕㹒㹀㹋㸵㹑㸱㹁
㹇㹋㸰㸫㸯㹇㹋㸰㸫㸰㸯㸱㸱㸵
㸯㸵㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸱㸲㸱㹂
㹓㸯㹓㹔㸯㹔㹕㸯㹕㸯㸰㹑㸱㹑㸱㹁㹃
㹂㹁㹊㸰㸷㸶㹁㸲㸲㸲㸲
㹓㸴㹔㸴㹕㸴㸳㸮㹕㸳㸮㹕㹖
㸰㸮㸿
㹲㹭㹖㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖㹂㸿㹂㸿
㹖㸳㸰㹖㸳㸰㹁㹃㹗㸳㸰㸿㸲㸳㸲㸳
㹋㹑㸯㹁㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸵㹐㹗
㹁㸵㸳㹩㹕㸲㸴㸲㸴
㸱㹼㹁㹃㹁㹃㸰㸯㹖
㸰㸮㹕
㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸱㸯㸿㹂㸿
㹑
㹁㹄㹊㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㸿㹀㹊㹃㹑㹑㹉㹂㸿
㸰㸬㹐㸿㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹐㹗ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㸿㹁㸯㸰㸮㹔ࠉ㸮㸬㸳㸿㸦㹋㸿㹖㸧㸶㸿㹁㹃㸶㹀
㸱㸬㹑㹇㹅㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸶㹀
㸲㸬㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸰㸳㸮㸿㸦㸵㸳㹩㹕㸧ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㸬㹓㹊ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹋㹃㹌㹒㹁㹌㸲㸱㹁㹌㸲㸲㹒㹀㸰
㹑㸱
㸱㸵
㹑㸰
㹑㸰
㹑㸰
㹐㸱㹔
㹐㸱㹔
㹐㸱㹂
㸳㸬㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹀㸮ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸰㸭㸮㸿㹕㹅㸬㸶㹀
㸴㸬㹓㹑㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐㹑ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹆ࠉ㸿㹑ࠉ㸿ࠉ㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹀㸮㸭㹒㹀㹅㸭㹒㹀㸰㸭㹒㹀㸱㸬㸰㸯㸰㸯㸶㸶㹄
㸵㸬㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㹇㹋㹓㹋ࠉ㸱ࠉ㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹍㹌㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹇㹒㸬㸶㹁
㹁
㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃㸶㸶㸿
㹋㹑㸯㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹁㹒㹁㹓㹐㹐㹃㹌㹒ࠉ㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐㹁㹃㹁㹃
㸶㸿㹑㸶㸶㹄㹑㹖㸳㸰
㹇㹋㸰㸫㸯㸫㸰㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹃㹄㸯㸫㸷㹄㹓㹑㹃㸶㹀
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹉㹉
㹁㹒㹐㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊㹊㹃㹐㸲㸴㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃ࠉ㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹑㸱㸱㸵㹑㸱㸱㸵㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱㹑㸰㹐㸱
ȟࠉ㸼 ȟࠉ㸼
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㸶㸶㹄㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㸿㹌㹁㹀㸯㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹀㹐㹃㸿㹉㹃㹐㹁㸲㸷㹄㹁㸰㸲㸷㹄㹁㸯㹁㹃
8. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-75VWTN, 460V)

㸲㸷㹄㹁㸯㸫㸰㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㸿㹔㹐㸯㸫㸰㸿㹓㹒㹍㹋㸿㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹔㹍㹊㹒㸿㹅㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹅㹓㹊㸿㹒㹍㹐
㹁㸯㸫㸰㹁㸿㹎㸿㹁㹇㹒㹍㹐㹃㹑㹃㹋㹃㹐㹅㹃㹌㹁㹗ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃㹁㹃
㹁㹌㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐
㸰㸮㹔㸯㸿㸭㹀㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹕㸫㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㹂㹑㹎㹊㹓㹅ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹂㹃㹑㹁㹐㹇㹎㹒㹇㹍㹌㸿㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹁㹃㸸
㸰㸮㹔㸰㸿㸭㹀㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹕㸫㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹇㹎㹇㹄㹋㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐
㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹇㹌㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㸿㹒ࠉ㸿㹐㹃
㸰㸮㹂㸯㸫㸰㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃㹐㹐㹃㹑㹇㹑㹒㸿㹌㹁㹃㹗㸯㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㸦㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㸿㹓㹒㹍ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎㸧
㹁
㸰㸮㹓㹋㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹍㹋㹐㹗㸳㸰㸿㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㸿㹌㹃㹊㹎㸿㹁㹉㸿㹅㹃
㸴㸱㹑㹔㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹂㹇㹄㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹒㹇㸿㹊ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹗㸰㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌
㹎㹑㸯㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㸯㹑㹒ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧㹖㸳㸰㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹗㸱㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌㹀㹓㹒ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㸿㹌㹃㹊
㹒㹀㹅㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㸰㸮㸿㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㸿㹇㹐㹗㸳㸰㸿㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅
㹒㹀㸯㸫㸱㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂㹑ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐
㹒㹀㹋㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹍㹊㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹕㸿㹒㹃㹐
65
66
㹁㹊㸿㹑㹑ࠉ㸰ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒㹒㹀㸱
㹁㹌㹁㹁
㹂㸿㸯㹓㹑㹎
㸯
㹂㸿㹂㸿㸯㹂㸿㸯
㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㸰
㹁㹓㹑㹎㹂㸿
㹒㹆㸲㹒㹆㸳㸱㸰㸳㸮㸮㹫㹱ࠉ㹍㹐ࠉ㹋㹍㹐㹃
㸱
㹐㹑㹒㹊㹃㹂㸱㸰㹍㹌㹃㸫㹑㹆㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒
㸲
㹎㹑㸲
㸱㸱㸱㸱
㸦㹐㸧㸦㹕㸧㸦㹀㸧㹁
㸯㸰㸱㸲㸯㸰㸱㸲㸯㸰㸯㸰
㹁㹌㸯㸯㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹋㹍㹂㹃

㹀㹒㹎㹑㸱ࠉ㹁㹌㸯㹎㹑㸲ࠉ㹁㹌㸰㹒㹆㸲㹁㹌㸱㹒㹆㸳㹁㹌㸲
㸯
ͤ㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒
㸰㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃
㹎㹍㹕㹃㹐㹂㹓㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹊㹃㸿㹂㸫㹊㸿㹅ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪
㹒㹀㹅㹒㹀㸮㸿㹓㹒㹍㸿㹊㸿㹐㹋
㹂㹁ࠉ㹅㹌㹂㸦㹂㸿㸧
㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸦㹁㸧
㹐㹑㹒㹒㸿㹀㸯㹊㹍㸿㹂㹐㹃㹋㹍㹔㹃ࠉ㹒㹕㹍ࠉ㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹃㹑ࠉ
㹙㸯㸮㹦㹛㸿㹓㹒㹍
㹋㹍㹌㹇㹒㹍㹐
㹄㹓㹌㹁㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌 ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒㹄㹐㹍㹋ࠉ㹃㹇㹒㹆㹃㹐ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹒㹕㹍ࠉ㹓㹌㹇㹒㹑㸬
㹐㸯㹑㸯㹒㸯㹒㸿㹀㸰㹐㹃㹑㹃㹒
㹋㹃㹌㹓
㹊㹁㹂㹑㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒
㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃 ࠉ㸭㹕㹇㹂㹃㹂㹐㹗㹃㹐㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒㹑㹒㹍㹎㹒㹀㸱㹒㹀㸱
㹁㹌㸵㸩㸭㸫
㹓㹎㸭㸦㹋㸿㹑㹒㹃㹐㸧㸦㹑㹊㸿㹔㹃㸧
㸦㹅㸧㹎㹍㹕㹃㹐㹂㹍㹕㹌㹑㹒㹐㸯㸰㹁㹁
㸯㹂㸿㹂㸿
㸦㹉㸧
㸰㹑㹃㹒㹂㸯㹂㸯
㸦㹊㸧㸯㸷㸯㸯㸱
㹁㹌㸯㸮㹁㹌㸷㹁㹌㸶㹎㹕㹀㸰㹂㸰㹂㸰
㹁㹒㹁㹌㸯㹁㹌㸰
㸱㸰㸯㸯㸰㸱㸯㸳
㹂㸱㹂㸱
㹂㸲㹂㸲
㹃㹄㸯㹂㸳㹂㸳
㸰㸲㹔
㹂㸴㹂㸴
㹃㹄㸰㹐㹑㸩
㹐㹑㸲㸶㸳㸦㸩㸧
㸰㸲㹃㹐㹑㸫
㹐㹑㸲㸶㸳㸦㸫㸧
㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹀㹃㹒㹕㹃㹃㹌ࠉ㹃㸿㹁㹆ࠉ㹓㹌㹇㹒
㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㹑㹆㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹁㸿㹀㹊㹃㸬ࠉ
㹃㹄㸱㸦㸩㸧㹁
㹃㹄㸲㹁㹊㸿㹑㹑ࠉ㸰ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒
㸦㸫㸧㹂㸿
㹂㸯㹂㸰㹂㸱㹂㸲㹂㸳㹂㸴
㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸯㸰㸱㸲㸯㸷㸯㸯㸱㸯㸳㸯㸰㸱㸲㸳㸴㸵㸶
㹁㹌㸯㸶㹁㹌㸯㸵㹁㹌㸰㸳㹁㹌㸯㸷㹁㹌㸰㸮㹁㹌㸰㸱㹁㹌㸰㸯
㸲㸶㸳㹂㹎㸲㸶㸳㹃㹖㸲㸶㸳㹄㹁㹍㹎㹃㸰㹍㹎㹃㸯㹂㹓㸿㹊
㹎㹕㹀㸯㹎㹇㹂ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㸦㸮㸫㸳㹔㸧
㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒㸦㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸧
㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒㸦㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸧
㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㸦㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㸧
㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㸦㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㸧
㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃
㹎㹕㹀㸯㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂
9. Wiring Diagram 2 (DSP-45/55/75AWTN, 55/75VAWTN, 460V)

㹎㹕㹀㸰㹂㹇㹑㹎㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹁㹃㸸
㹊㹁㹂㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹋㹍㹌㹇㹒㹍㹐㹁㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹇㹌㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃
㹎㹑㸲㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㹍㹇㹊㸧㸿㹇㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹍㹐㸪㹀㹓㹒ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃
㹒㹆㸲㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㸯㹑㹒ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㸿㹌㹃㹊
㹒㹆㸳㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㹍㹇㹊㸧
㹒㹀㸮㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹐㹍㹁㹉
㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹂㹇㸿㹅㹐㸿㹋ࠉ㸯
㹒㹀㸰㸪㸱㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹐㹍㹁㹉
㹁㹒㹁㹓㹐㹐㹃㹌㹒ࠉ㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐
㹓㹑㹎㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆
㹀㹒㹀㸿㹒㹒㹃㹐㹗
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS
8.1 Standard Components
⑴ Airend ⑷ Intercooler
A rotor assembly rotates while the timing gear keeps Air-Cooled
a precise clearance between the male and female The air-cooled intercooler is made of aluminum. The
rotors. This non-contacting, high speed rotation of intake air is compressed up to 29 psi (0.20MPa) (and
the rotor assemblies compresses the intake air. consequently heated) by the 1st stage airend. The
There is no oil injected into the rotor assemblies intercooler cools the heated air to an atmospheric
during the compression process, allowing the air temperature + approx. 27°F (15℃) and separates the
compressor to discharge oil free compressed air. water vapor from the discharge air before the air
⑴ Rotors: The surfaces of the rotors are finished enters the 2nd stage airend in the process.
with a special heat-resistant PTFE-free
coating designed to precisely limit the Water-Cooled
clearances between the male and female The water-cooled intercooler is shell and tube type.
rotors and prevent rust. The intake air is compressed up to 29 psi (0.20MPa)
⑵ Bearing: The heavier male rotors are supported (and consequently heated) by the 1st stage airend.
by bearings that are larger in diameter, thus The intercooler cools the heated air to cooling water
increasing service life. temperature + approx. 27°F (15℃) and separates the
⑶ Case: The jackets for oil (air-cooled type) or for water vapor from the discharge air before the air
cooling water (water-cooled type) are enters the 2nd stage airend in the process.
provided on the case to absorb the heat of
compression.
⑸ Hi-Precooler 125 psi (0.86 MPa type)
⑷ Timing gears: A pair of precision finished timing Air-Cooled
gears is mounted on the ends of the rotor The air-cooled Hi-precooler is located between the
shafts to keep a precise clearance between the 2nd stage airend and the intercooler, and has the
rotors and prevent contact during rotation. following functions: -Primarily cool the hot
⑸ Shaft seal: The sealing mechanism consists of compressed air discharged by the airend.
both 1.) Air seals and 2.) Visco-type seals.
⑹ Aftercooler
Air seals prevent the compressed air from
Air-Cooled
leaking out of the compression chamber.
Visco-type seals prevent the oil in the gear The air-cooled aftercooler is made of aluminum. It is
case from entering the compression chamber. located downstream of the check valve and reduces
the discharge air temperature down to an atmospheric
⑵ Compressor Drive Train temperature + 27°F (15℃) or lower and separates the
The air compressor employs a high efficient, 2-pole water vapor from the discharge air in the process.
for fixed speed type or 6-pole for Vtype, totally
enclosed, fan cooled (TEFC) motor. The rotation Water-Cooled
speed of both the 1st and 2nd stage airends are The water-cooled intercooler is shell and tube type.
increased to a properly rated level by a set of step-up It is located downstream of the check valve and
gears in the gear case. reduces the discharge air temperature down to
cooling water temperature +23°F (13℃) and separates
⑶ Capacity Control System
the water vapor from the discharge air in the process.
[Fixed-speed type]
When the demand of compressed air decreases, the ⑹ Check valve
system closes the suction throttle valve and exhausts The check valve is located downstream of the 2nd
the internal compressed air to atmosphere at the stage airend and prevents backflow of the discharge air.
same time, thus unloading the air compressor.
⑺ Lubricating system
The lubricating subsystem consists of the oil pump,
When demand of the compressed air decreases, the oil strainer, oil filter, oil cooler and oil relief valve.
system reduces the motor speed. And When demand The oil pump circulates the oil in the gear case oil
of the compressed air decreases more, purges the sump through the lubrication subsystem, keeping the
compressed air to atmosphere. bearings, gears, etc. lubricated.
67
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Standard Components, Air/Oil/Water Flow]
8.2 Air/Oil/ Water Flow

⑻ Air intake filter Compressed Air Flow
The air intake filter is a dry type for easy cleaning or
Intake air is compressed and heated by the 1st stage
replacement.
airend and pressure builds up to approximately 29 psi
⑼ Fan (0.20MPa). The heated air is cooled down by the
Air-Cooled intercooler and then further compressed and heated by
The low noise cooling fan cools the cooler, exhausts the 2nd stage airend as pressure builds up to the rated
the hot air within the enclosure, and exhausts the pressure level of the air compressor. The reheated air
internal compressed air that is released to atmosphere flows through the check valve to the aftercooler, where
during the unloading (purging) process. the compressed air is cooled down and then discharged
to the plant compressed air piping.
Water-Cooled
The small cooling fan cools the inside of the package,

and exhausts the internal compressed air that is Oil Flow
released to atmosphere during the unloading The oil sump is located in the bottom of the gear case.
(purging) process. Oil is sucked through an oil strainer (oil strainer has a
※ The indication in the ( ) is for Vtype. 100-mesh filter screen) by the oil pump and is
⑽ Control panel hydraulically fed to the oil cooler where it is cooled.
The control panel employs a printed circuit board on During the cooling process, oil flows through the high-
which a microprocessor is mounted to achieve easy precision oil filter and is then injected onto the bearings
operation. The air compressor can be operated of the 1st and 2nd stage airends as well as the stepup
remotely. gears. Oil returns to the oil sump, where it continues to
circulate through the system.
⑾ Enclosure
The enclosures are attached with the sound absorbing
Air-Cooled
materials. The front and left enclosure panel includes
a door that enables easy maintenance. Cooling Air Flow
The cooling fan removes the heat from the air-cooled, oil
cooler, intercooler, aftercooler and Hi-precooler (125 psi
(0.86 MPa) type), and this heat exchanged air is exhausted
through the air exhaust grill on the top of the enclosure.
Water-Cooled
Cooling Water Flow

Incoming water cools the intercooler, the water jackets of
the airends, the aftercooler and the oil cooler. Refer to
“Cooling Water Flow Diagram” for the detail of cooling
water flow ( page 73).
68
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Air/Oil/Water Flow]
Flow diagram (Fixed speed type) Air-Cooled
Compressed Air Flow and Oil Flow
Air exhaust Air exhaust Air exhaust

7 51 8 34
6
PS2 18
19 9 M 10
52 Compressed
air discharge
54 36
35
2
TH3 3
4
20 TH2 MOHR
14 17
13 15 5
Intercooler 32
condensate PS1
11 TH5 Air intake for
drain
1 39 main motor
TH4
24 23 PS4
63SV Control air for OMR
33
53
Air intake for 22
compressed air
31
21 15
Oil drain 14
Oil drain
38 13
Aftercooler condensate drain
Cooling air flow Compressed air flow Lubricating oil flow
Legend of the Diagram Legend of Sensors and Switches

Compressor Air Flow Capacity Control & Blowoff Air Flow Symbol Part name
1 1st-Stage Airend 21 Air Intake Filter PS2Pressure Sensor (discharge air pressure)
2 2nd-Stage Airend 22 Suction Throttle Valve PS4Pressure Sensor (oil pressure)
3 Gear Case 23 Blowoff Valve PS1Pressure Sensor (interstage pressure)
4 Step-up Gear 24 Blowoff Silencer TH2Temperature Sensor (2nd-stage in)
5 Main Motor TH4Temperature Sensor (1st-stage out)
6 Intercooler Oil Flow TH3Temperature Sensor (2nd-stage out)
7 Check Valve 31 Oil Strainer TH5Temperature Sensor (oil)
8 Aftercooler 32 Oil Pump Thermostat (for main motor
MOHR
9 Air Relief Valve 33 Oil Relief Valve bearing temperature)
10 Discharge Port 34 Oil Cooler Pressure Differential Sensor (For
63SV
11 Check Valve 35 Oil Filter suction filter clogging detection)
13 Orifice 36 Temperature Control Valve
14 Drain Solenoid 38 Oil Drain Valve
15 Y strainer 39 Oil Mist Remover
16 Drain trap
17 Demister Air Flow and Other
18 Motorized Isolation Valve 51 Fan Motor
19 Hi-Precooler (only for 125 psi (0.86 MPa type)) 52 Enclosure
20 Drain separator 53 Air Intake Duct
54 Cooling fan
69
Flow diagram Air-Cooled

7 51 8 34
6 18
PS2
19 10
24 23
9 M
52 Compressed
22 air discharge
54 36
22
23
35
2
3
TH3
20 TH2 4 THM
14
Intercooler
13 15 17 5
32
condensate PS1
TH5 Air intake for
drain
11 1 39 main motor
TH4
PS4
33
53
Air intake for
compressed air
31 15
21
Oil drain 14
Oil drain
38 13

1 1st-Stage Airend 21 Air Intake Filter PS2 Pressure Sensor (discharge air pressure)
2 2nd-Stage Airend 22 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (1) PS4 Pressure Sensor (oil pressure)
3 Gear Case 23 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (2) PS1 Pressure Sensor (interstage pressure)
4 Step-up Gear 24 Blowoff Silencer TH2 Temperature Sensor (2nd-stage in)
5 Main Motor TH4 Temperature Sensor (1st-stage out)
6 Intercooler Oil Flow TH3 Temperature Sensor (2nd-stage out)
7 Check Valve 31 Oil Strainer TH5 Temperature Sensor (oil)
8 Aftercooler 32 Oil Pump Temperature Sensor (for main
THM
9 Air Relief Valve 33 Oil Relief Valve motor surface temperature)
63SV
15 Y-type Strainer 39 Oil Mist Remover
16 Drain trap
18 Motorized isolation valve 51 Fan Motor
19 Hi-Precooler (only for 125 psi (0.86 MPa type)) 52 Enclosure
20 Drain separator 53 Air Intake Duct
54 Cooling fan
70
Flow diagram (Fixed-speed compressor) Water-Cooled
51
Air exhaust Air exhaust
18
25 9 M 10
Compressed
52 air discharge
PS2
6
7 8
2
3
TH3
TH2 4
20 MOHR
14
13 15 17 5
Intercooler 32
PS1
condensate Air intake for
TH5
drain 24 11
23 1 39 main motor
TH4
35
PS4
33
53
Air intake for 22
compressed air
21 31 36 15
Oil drain 14
Oil drain 34
38 13

2 2nd-Stage Airend 22 Suction Throttle Valve PS4 Pressure Sensor (oil pressure)
3 Gear Case 23 Blowoff Valve PS1 Pressure Sensor (interstage pressure)
5 Main Motor 25 Blowoff Cooler TH4 Temperature Sensor (1st-stage out)
6 Intercooler TH3 Temperature Sensor (2nd-stage out)
7 Check Valve Oil Flow TH5 Temperature Sensor (oil)
8 Aftercooler 31 Oil Strainer Themostat (for main motor
MOHR
9 Air Relief Valve 32 Oil Pump bearing temperature)
10 Discharge Port 33 Oil Relief Valve Pressure Differential Sensor (For
63SV
11 Check Valve 34 Oil Cooler suction filter clogging detection)
13 Orifice 35 Oil Filter
14 Drain Solenoid 36 Temperature Control Valve
15 Y-type Strainer 38 Oil Drain Valve
16 Drain trap 39 Oil Mist Remover
17 Demister
18 Motorized isolation valve Air Flow and Other
20 Drain separator 51 Fan
52 Enclosure
53 Air Intake Duct
71
Flow diagram Water-Cooled
51
18
23 22 24 10
9 M
52 Compressed
23 22 air discharge
PS2
6
7 2 8
3
TH3
14
20 TH2 4 THM
13 15 17 5
Intercooler 32
PS1
condensate Air intake for
drain TH5
11 1 main motor
TH4
39
35
PS4
33
53
Air intake for
compressed air
31 36
21 15
Oil drain 14
Oil drain 34
38 13
Drain discharge

2 2nd-Stage Airend 22 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (1) PS4 Pressure Sensor (oil pressure)
3 Gear Case 23 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (2) PS1 Pressure Sensor (interstage pressure)
5 Main Motor TH4 Temperature Sensor (1st-stage out)
6 Intercooler Oil Flow TH3 Temperature Sensor (2nd-stage out)
7 Check Valve 31 Oil Strainer TH5 Temperature Sensor (oil)
8 Aftercooler 32 Oil Pump Temperature Sensor (for main
THM
9 Air Relief Valve 33 Oil Relief Valve motor surface temperature)
63SV
15 Y-type Strainer 39 Oil Mist Remover
16 Drain trap
18 Motorized isolation valve 51 Fan
20 Drain separator 52 Enclosure
53 Air Intake Duct
72
Flow diagram Water-Cooled
Cooling Water Flow
Intercooler
Aftercooler
2nd-stage
airend
Oil cooler
1st-stage
airend
Motorized water
isolation valve
M
(WIVM) Water relief pet cock

Cooling water
Cooling water
outlet
inlet
Cooling water
outlet
Compressed air flow Cooling water flow
73
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Cooling Water]
8.3 Cooling Water Water-Cooled a) The cooling water pipe could freeze and burst in
cold temperatures.
1. Cooling Water Quality b) The airend case can be overcooled and develop
If a cooling tower (open-type circulatory cooling water moisture internally; thus leading to scaling in the
system) supplies the cooling water to the Air compressor, cooling water jackets.
problems such as corrosion, scale, and slime may be
② Clean the cooling water subsystem (cooling water
caused by:
jackets of the first- and second-stage airends, intercooler,
(1) higher mineral content due to concentration,
aftercooler, and oil cooler) periodically.
(2) contamination by foreign matter like insects, and/or
(3) production of algae or bacterium. Using the best 2. Control of Cooling Water
quality cooling water is highly recommended. The service life of the cooling water system depends on
(4) Refer to the table “Cooling Water Quality” below for water quality. If the cooling water quality is not within
the open type circulatory system. specification, the cooler pipes can corrode or scaling can
① Stop the cooling water flow, when the air compressor occur. To avoid the problem, periodically sample the
has stopped. Open the petcock and the water drain cooling water used and subject it to a quality inspection.
valve to drain the cooling water (see Figure 1 below). 3. Quantity and Pressure of Cooling Water
Failure to perform step 1, can lead to the following: Refer to the table “Quantity and Pressure of Cooling
Water Relief Pet Cock
Water” below.
CAUTION
Performance of the coolers varies depending
on the extent of throttling the stop valves at
the cooling water inlet and outlet.
To control the cooling water flow rate, throttle
Water Drain Valve Water Drain Valve the stop valve at the outlet and leave the stop
Cooling Water discharge valve Cooling Water discharge valve
valve at the inlet opened completely.
■ Cooling Water Quality

Problem
No Item Make-up Water System Water Used
Corrosion Scale
1 pH [at 77°F (25℃)] 6.0 to 8.0 6.5 to 8.0 ○ ○
2 Electrical Conductance at 77°F (25℃)] (ms/m) less than 30 less than 80 ○ ○
3 Chloride Ion Clー (mgClー/ liter) less than 50 less than 200 ○ −
4 Sulfuric Acid Ion SO42ー (mgSO42ー /ℓ) less than 50 less than 200 ○ −
5 Acid Consumption [at pH 4.8] (mgCaCO3 /ℓ) less than 50 less than 100 − ○
6 Total Hardness (mgCaCO3 /ℓ) less than 70 less than 200 − ○
7 Calcium Hardness (mgCaCO3 /ℓ) less than 50 less than 150 − ○
8 Ferrous Substance (mgFe/ℓ) less than 0.3 less than 1.0 ○ ○
9 Sulphur Ion S2ー (mgS2ー /ℓ) Not detected Not detected ○ −
10 Ammonium Ion NH4 (mgNH4+ /ℓ) less than 0.1 less than 1.0 ○ −
11 Ionizing Silica SiO2 (mgSiO2 / liter) less than 30 less than 50 − ○
12 Isolated Carbonic Acid CO2 (mgCO2 /ℓ) less than 4 less than 4 ○ −
13 Nitric Acid Ion NO3ー (mgNO3 ー /ℓ) less than 0.5 less than 0.5 ○ −
14 Organic Substance (KMnO4 Consumption) (mg/ℓ) less than 10 less than 10 ○ ○
15 Turbidity (mg/ℓ) less than 10 less than 10 ○ ○
Notes: 1. Cooling Water is the one that passes through a heat exchanger of circulatory or non-circulatory system.
Make-up Water is the one that is supplied to a cooling tower.
2. Above No. 1, 2, 4, 5, 7∼12 are based on the standard: JRA-GL-02-1994.JRA: (Japan Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Industry Association)
3. The above criteria does NOT give any assurance of trouble-free or problem-free conditions due to other and time-depending factors but the minimum
requirement.
■ Quantity and Pressure of Cooling Water

Model DSP-55WTN DSP-75WTN
DSP-45WTN
Item DSP-55VWTN DSP-75VWTN
Max. inlet temp. ℉ (°C) 95 (35) or less
Total flow rate gpm (liter/min) 24 (90) 24 (90) 32 (120)
Min. pressure differential (between inlet and outlet) psi (MPa) 22 (0.15) or more
Temp. differential (between inlet and outlet) ℉ (°C) 13 (7) 14 (8) 16 (9)
Required water pressure psi (MPa) 22 - 71 (0.15 - 0.49)
74
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Capacity Control System]
8.4 Capacity Control System

8.4.1 Standard Load-Unload Operation
The unloading process occurs when the compressed air the airend while the blowoff valve opens and exhausts
demand decreases and the discharge pressure rises as the internal compressed air to atmosphere.
high as cut-out pressure. The pressure sensor (PS) The loading process occurs when the compressed air
detects the high pressure and energizes the 3-way solenoid demand increases and the discharge pressure dropped as
valve (20Ux), changing its port to port connection. The low as cut-in pressure. When the pressure sensor (PS)
control air is now flowing to and pressurizing chamber detects the low pressure, 3-way solenoid valve (20Ux),
(A) of the suction throttle valve (STV), consequently suction throttle valve (STV), and blowoff valve work in
closing the suction throttle valve (STV) and unloading reverse action and the airend reloads.
STARTING UNLOADING RELOADING STOPPING

Suction throttle valve (STV) closed Air demand decreases Air demand increases STOP button ON
START button ON Discharge pipe pressure rises Discharge pipe pressure drops 3-way solenoid valve (20Ux)
switched over to pressurize
Airend starts rotation to Pressure sensor (PS) operates Pressure sensor (PS) operates Chamber (A)
compress minor amounts of air
3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) 3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) Suction throttle valve
Starts in no load switched over to pressurize switched over to pressurize (STV) closes
Chamber (A) Chamber (B)
Changes to full voltage delta connection Blowoff valve opens
Suction throttle valve Suction throttle valve
3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) (STV) closes (STV) opens
switched over to connect Internal air in discharge pipe
Chamber (A) & Chamber (C) Blowoff valve opens Blowoff valve closes is exhausted to atmosphere
Suction throttle valve (STV) opens Internal air in discharge pipe Loading Compressor stops
is exhausted to atmosphere
Loading
3-Way Solenoid
3-Way Solenoid Valve (4) Valve (1) 20U1
20U4
To Chamber (B) Control air flow
COM
Vacuum valve
NO Starting/Stopping
To Chamber (A)
3-Way Solenoid Valve (20US) NC
Loading
Blowoff
valve 20US Unloading
NO
COM
NC COM
To the NO NC
Chamber (B) Chamber (A) Atmosphere For 20 seconds
Chamber COM
(C) COM
after starting with
a star-delta starter.
NC NC
NO NO
Suction Throttle Valve
20U2
3-Way Solenoid Valve (3) 3-Way Solenoid
20U3 Valve (2)
NC-COM connected for
5 seconds after reactor
is changed over to a
fullvoltage connection.
1st-stage
airend
Control Line Filter
Intercooler
Check valve Pressure sensor
Check valve Aftercooler PS
2nd-stage
airend
75
8.4.2 AUTO Operation (Only for Fixed Speed Type)

AUTO operation is the Auto start - stop function in When the load ratio is less than 30%, CPU stop the main
addition to a standard on-off line, 0% or 100% capacity motor. And automatically restart when the line pressure
2-step control. The CPU on the PC board is continually is dropped to cut-in pressure.
calculating a load ratio.
STARTING UNLOADING RELOADING STOPPING

Suction throttle valve (STV) closed Air demand decreases Air demand increases STOP button ON
START button ON Discharge pipe pressure rises Discharge pipe pressure drops 3-way solenoid valve (20Ux)
switched over to pressurize Load-Unload Operation
Chamber (A)
Airend starts rotation to Pressure sensor (PS) operates Pressure sensor (PS) operates
compress minor amounts of air
Suction throttle valve
3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) 3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) (STV) closes
Starts in no load switched over to pressurize switched over to pressurize
Chamber (A) Chamber (B)
Changes to full voltage Blowoff valve opens
delta connection Suction throttle valve Suction throttle valve
(STV) closes (STV) opens Internal air in discharge
3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) pipe is exhausted to
switched over to connect atmosphere
Chamber (A) & Chamber (C) Blowoffvalve opens Blowoff valve closes
Suction throttle valve (STV) opens Compressor stops

Internal air in discharge Loading
pipe is exhausted to
Loading atmosphere
How long has Less than 10 minutes

motor been
running ?
10 minutes or more
30% or more
Load ratio ?
Less than 30%
Has motor stopped and YES

restarted 3 times or more for
90 minutes ? If the third stop is done after 70
minutes or more has passed
NO after the first stop, the motor
continues to operate for 20
minutes after restart of the air
compressor, and then return to
the initial cycle.
Motor stops automatically

AUTO Operation
What is the plant How long has

compressed air piping motor been
Less pressure ? 15 sec or stopped ?
than more
specified Less than
15 seconds
More than specified STV: Suction Throttle Valve

20Ux: 3-Way Solenoid Valve
76
8.4.3 Typical Change of Pressure

⑴ Standard Offline-or-Online, 0%-or-100%-Capacity, 2-Step Control
Starting and
Pressure Loading Unloading Loading
Raising
100
87
Pressure
Air Receiver Pressure
psi
Air discharge pressure
after aftercooler
15
Time
⑵ Optional AUTO Operation

⑴ Stop Delay Time-Requires 15 seconds
（1）Stop Delay （2）Stop Delay （3）Start Delay
(10 minutes) (30% load) (15 seconds) of motor operation to sufficiently cool
Starting
Repeated Automatic Automatic down the motor.
and
Loading
Pressure
Raising
Loading/Unloading Motor Stop Motor Restart If the third stop is done after 70
minutes or more has passed after
Air Receiver Pressure Indications on LCD the first stop, the motor continues
100
to operate for 20 minutes after
restart of the air compressor, and
87
then return to the initial cycle.
Pressure
⑵ Stop Delay Time – The air compressor

is continually calculating a load ratio.
Air discharge pressure If the load ratio is 30% and the motor
psi after aftercooler has stopped/restarted maximum 3
times for the past 90 minutes, then
the motor stops.
15
⑶ Stop Delay Time – Requires 10 seconds
Time
to completely exhaust internal
compressed air and prepare to restart.
⑶ ECOMODE Operation Power Save Operation

load/unload cycling interval
（standard 30 seconds）
Starting
and
Pressure Loading Unloading Loading Unloading
Raising Loading Unloading Loading Unloading
100
＊ 90（minimum）
87 (Note)
Pressure
Air Receiver ECOMODE setting

Pressure
Target pressure: 90 psi (0.62 MPa)
Toad/unload cycling interval: 30 sec
Air discharge pressure
psi after aftercooler
The pressure with asterisk may vary
depending on the air receiver’s capacity
15 and the amount of air consumption.
Time
77
8.4.4 Capacity Control System
Air intake Purging Air Flow and Action of Blowoff Solenoid Valve
Blowoff solenoid Blowoff solenoid
Operation phase
valve (1) valve (2)
Air Intake filter 1st-stage blowoff solenoid valve (2) Starting Fully opened Fully closed
Loading Fully closed Fully closed
Purging Fully opened Fully closed
1st-stage blowoff solenoid valve (1) Stop Fully opened Fully opened
Power Interruption Fully closed Fully opened
1st-stage 2nd-stage blowoff solenoid valve (1)
airend
Blowoff
2nd-stage blowoff solenoid valve (2) silencer
Intercooler
Pressure sensor
PS2
2nd-stage
airend Aftercooler
Air
discharge
Check valve
8.4.5 Relationship between Air Consumption Rate and Capacity Control System
※ The value in ( ) is indicated for water-cooled type.
Pressure setting
Rated Air
Operating psi [MPa] Capacity
Model pressure consumption Capacity control system
(%) frequency (Hz) Example control type
psi [MPa] Initial
of Lower
AUTO ON
55 kW 100 - 75 (65) 134 (136) - 108 (108)
Control VSDA
① CPCS motor
125 [0.86] 125 [0.86] 120 [0.83] or
speed control pressure
AUTO OFF
75 kW 100 - 60 (50) 133 (137) - 80 (72)
VSDB
Cut-out AUTO ON
55 kW 75 (65) - 5 82 138 [0.95] 125 [0.86]
pressure VSDA
② Two-step purge
125 [0.86] or
control Cut-in AUTO OFF
75 kW 60 (50) - 5 66 (60) 131 [0.90] 120 [0.83]
pressure VSDB
All ③ Motor stop/ Cut-in AUTO ON

125 [0.86] 5-0 Main motor stop 131 [0.90] 120 [0.83]
model restart control pressure VSDA
The air compressor supports the three (3) capacity control systems as shown above.
Depending on the varying air consumption, an appropriate system is automatically selected. For more information, see the
following page.
IMPORTANT
To change the pressure settings and the capacity control

type. ( 3.4.2, 3.4.3, 3.4.4)
78
① CPCS Motor Speed Control

Based on the pressure signals detected by the pressure
sensor, the built in circuit board’s CPU performs PID IMPORTANT
operations or calculates the motor speed that meets the
compressed air consumption rate, and then inputs the PID stands for Proportional, Integral, and Differential.
calculated results to the inverter. The inverter outputs CPCS stands for Constant Pressure Control System.
the instructions of the corresponding frequency to the
motor. The discharge pressure is controlled within a
targeted range due to the increasing and decreasing
speeds of the motor.
CPCS Motor Speed Control by Inverter and CPU
Compressed Constant Pressure

Pressure P: proportional Inverter Motor DSP air of the Discharge Air
I : integral
Pressure sensor
D: differential
② Two-Step Purge Control

Two-Step Purge Control is activated if the following
conditions occur at the same time.
・The operating frequency drops to 78 Hz (equivalent to IMPORTANT
50% of the air consumption).
The differential range between the Cut-out pressure and
・The pressure detected by the pressure sensor rises to
the Cut-in pressure must be 7 psi (0.05 MPa) or more.
a cut-out (purge-start) pressure.
The blowoff solenoid valve (1) operates to start purging
the compressed air (contained between the airend and
the check valve) to atmosphere. The system decreases
the operating frequency to its lowest operating
frequency, 66 Hz, thus saving power. When the pressure Pressure
① ② ①
detected by the pressure sensor drops to a cut-in (purge-
stop) pressure, the system increases the frequency to 78 Cut-in Pressure
Minimum
Hz and the blowoff solenoid valve (1) operates to stop Control Pressure
7psi
the purging, returning the system control back to CPCS Minimum

1psi
Cut-out Pressure
Motor Speed Control.
(Air-cooled 75 kW/100 psi (0.69MPa) Types) Time
③ Motor Stop/Restart Control Q＞50% Q≦50%

or or
Motor Stop/Restart Control is activated under one of the Hz＞78 Hz≦78
Operation Frequency Hz
following conditions. (Q≦45%)
・Air consumption decreases to 5 %

Q＞5% Q≦5%
・Purge operating continues for 3 minutes. or
T＜3 minutes Air Consumption Q
or
T≧3 minutes
The system then automatically stops the motor. For or
Purging Time T
protection, the motor can only be stopped once every 10 Number of
N＞1 Motor Stopping N
operating minutes. When the pressure detected by the (for 10 minutes)
pressure sensor drops to a cut-out (purge-stop) pressure, N≦1
① ② ③
the system automatically restarts the motor, returning
CPCS Motor Two-Step Purge Motor Stop/Restart
the system control to CPCS Motor Speed Control. Speed Control Start/Stop Control Control
IMPORTANT
(1) Once the motor has stopped, it cannot restart for 15
Air Consumption
100
seconds. ①
Q (%)
(2) The plant’s system pressure may drop drastically ② ② ②

before the motor restarts, 15 seconds later. To avoid ③ ③
0
such problems, install an air receiver tank of 400 USgal
(1.24 m3) or larger. The values are for air-cooled, 75 kW, 100 psi (0.69 MPa) type.
79
8.4.6 PQ Wide Mode – Capacity Control Flow Settings

NOTE: PQ Wide Mode is set to OFF at the time of shipment from the factory. If PQ Wide Mode is required, it
needs to be set to ON on the instrument panel.
(1) PQ Wide Mode
Power Savings are Desired Higher Capacity is Desired
Reliable energy savings are achieved PQ Wide Mode: Increasing the capacity of the air compressor is
by lowering operating pressure. OFF achieved by utilizing the maximum power of the PQ Wide Mode:
air compressor at lower operating pressure. ON
104
) 104
100
Power consumption (%)
Pa ②
M
93 ) ①
100
Power consumption (%)

0. Pa )
i( M Pa
ps 86 M
5 ( 0. Pa
) 3 )
90 13 si M ② 0 .9 Pa
p 3 ( M
25 0.
7
p si . 86 )
①
1 i( a) 90 5 (0 Pa
ps P 13 i M
6 0M ps 6
10 6 5 0.
(0. 12 i(
80 p si ps
87 87
80
90 100 110
Air consumption (%)
80 90 100 117
Air consumption (%)
① By reducing the operating pressure from 125 psi ① By reducing the operating pressure from 135 psi (0.93
(0.86 MPa) to 106 psi (0.73 MPa), the maximum MPa) to 87 psi (0.60 MPa), PQ-Wide Mode utilizes the
consumption power is automatically limited to surplus power from the reduction in pressure to
approximately 92% of the consumption power at 125 increase the capacity up to approximately 104 [117]%
psi (0.86 MPa). of the rated capacity.
② By reducing the operating pressure further down to ② The lowest set pressure is 87 psi (0.60 MPa). The
87 psi (0.60 MPa), the consumption power is reduced power consumption at 125 psi (0.86 MPa) is 100%.
to approximately 86%. The lowest set pressure is
The consumption power is 104%, utilizing the maximum
65 psi (0.45 MPa).
rated power of the air compressor at a lower operating
If reducing the power is desired; the “PQ Wide Mode: pressure for maximum capacity. If maximum capacity is
OFF” is recommended. desired; the “PQ Wide Mode: ON” is recommended.
(2) PQ wide mode settings

RUNNING CONTROL SELECT/WIDE
The settings for PQ Wide Mode are to be changed while

the air compressor is stopped. Press the SELECT/WIDE 1
ALARM
button o the instrument panel. 3.4.2 and 3.4.3 for

ON: The Light blinks.
the control pressure setting.
RESET
FUNC
OFF: The Light is off.

REMOTE SELECT/WIDE
SELECT／WIDE
STR 1
Set by button
80
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Oil Mist Remover System]
8.5 Oil Mist Remover System
OMR Relief Valve Remover Element Ejector

Opens when pressure in A high-performance Uses compressed air
the gear case excessive- element to separate to generate a vacuum
ly rises to prevent inter- fine oil mists. pressure, which main-
nal pressure increase. tains a negative pres-
sure in the housing.
Vacuum Indicator
Air End
Indicates that the ejec-
tor is operating properly
and that the gear case
internal pressure is
negative.
Oil Pump
Air Source
Gear Case
Filter Regulator Pressure Gauge Float Trap Solenoid Valve

Removes dust particles Maintains supply Indicates supply pres- Automatically collects oil Closes when the com-
and condensate from pressure to the sure to the ejector. to the suction side of oil pressor stops run-
the air source. ejector constant. pump when oil is accu- ning, stopping the
mulated in the housing. consumption of air.
When the compressor starts running, The incorporated ejector uses the compressed air to
oil mist is vented from the vent pipe. generate a vacuum pressure, which maintains a negative
pressure on the oil mist remover subsystem. This
When the line pressure rises, prevents the gear case internal pressure from rising due
the ejector actuates. to a resistance of the element.
By installing the oil mist remover:

Negative pressure is maintained in There is no need to extend a gear case vent pipe
the oil mist remover. ① outdoors, avoiding any type of trouble that may be caused
by incorrect installation of the gear case vent pipe.
Without increase of gear case internal pressure, Oil mists are prevented from venting from the gear
the high-performance remover element removes ② case to atmosphere, keeping the compressor room/
oil mist. area clean.
Oil expenses and labor costs to add extra oil are

Separated oil is ③ lowered because the oil is automatically recovered in
recovered in the gear case and reused. the gear case.
CAUTION
The oil mist remover reduces oil consumption to almost zero. However, the oil should still be replaced
bi-annually.
81
9. MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
● Before servicing the compressor, carefully read “1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” again.
● Before servicing, be sure to disconnect the power of the air compressor. Failing to do so may cause
electric shock or other accident.
● Before removing or disassembling a part or component of the compressor, make sure that the internal
pressure has dropped to an atmospheric pressure. Otherwise, compressed air may gush out of the
compressor when a bolt, pipe, or any other part is removed, leading to an accident.
9.1 Periodical Maintenance of Air Compressor
1 Daily Operation Control

On a daily basis, fill out the OPERATION RECORD
LOGBOOK ( Section 14) with the operating data
and conditions of the air compressor. If the data
deviates from the benchmark in the logbook, service
the air compressor or call the local HITACHI
distributor/master dealer or representative office for
service. Drain the condensate on a daily basis and
observe other daily operating instructions. ( 9.2)
2 Maintenance at Periodic Intervals

① The standards indicate normal maintenance schedule. ③ If any abnormality is detected during inspection,
If your compressor is in sever environmental or replace the part.
operating conditions, service it at more frequent
④ Do not neglect a yearly maintenance schedule as it is
intervals.
most important from a preventive maintenance
The maintenance schedule differs between 4,000 or
standpoint.
less operating hours per year and 8,000 hours. If your
compressor is in severe (high-humid, dusty, etc.) ⑤ Use HITACHI genuine parts for replacement.
conditions, however, always follow the maintenance
schedule for 8,000 operating hours per year.
② Any of the maintenance intervals is not a warranty

period.
3 Overhauling
Overhauling consists of changing the existing airend
with a new replacement airend.
Overhaul the air compressor at 6 years.
82
9. MAINTENANCE [Standard Maintenance Schedule]
9.2 Standard Maintenance Schedule

Maintenance Schedule A (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)
Follow this schedule (A) if the MAINT.SCHEDULE : A appears on the LCD monitor.
○●… Replace △○… Complete service in house
△▲… Clean or check ▲●… Ask your distributor to service
1 Daily and 3-month Schedule (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)

Category
Part or Item Action Every Type Remarks
Dally
3 months
LCD indications Check △ Fixed / V Record data in the OPERATION RECORD LOGBOOK.
Oil level Check △ Fixed / V Add as required
Aftercooler/ Intercooler - Condensate Drain △ Fixed / V
Control line filter - Condensate Check △ Fixed
Main motor greasing – △ Fixed / V Fixed speed type: both DE / NDE side, Vtype: DE side
2 Bi-Annual Schedule (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)

Part or Item Action Category Type Remarks
Air intake fitter Replace ○ Fixed / V
Oil filter (secondary) – Pressure Check △ Fixed / V Replace as required.
Control line filter – Condensate Clean △ Fixed
Strainer – Aftercooler/ Intercooler condensate drain Clean △ Fixed / V
Oil strainer (primary) Clean ▲ Fixed / V Clean as required.
Aftercooler/ Intercooler/ Oil cooler (air side) Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V Clean as required.
Hi-Precooler Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V Clean as required. (Air-cooled 125psi (0.86)MPa type)
Blowoff solenoid valve - Operation Check ▲ Fixed / V
Check valve - Leakage Check ▲ Fixed / V
Air relief valve - Operation Check ▲ Fixed / V
3 Annual and 3-Year Schedule (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)

Category
Part or Item Action Type Remarks
1-year 3-year
Lubricating oil Replace ○ Fixed / V
Joints, Bolts, Nuts Tighten / Check △ Fixed / V
Air intake filter Replace ○ Fixed / V
Oil filter (secondary) Replace ○ Fixed / V
Gasket - Inter/aftercooler condensate strainer Replace ○ Fixed / V
O ring - Inter/aftercooler condensate strainer Replace ○ Fixed / V
Oil strainer (primary) Clean ▲ Fixed / V
Consumable parts - Suction throttle valve Replace ● Fixed
Seal washer - Suction throttle valve Replace ● Fixed
Seal gasket - Suction throttle valve Replace ● Fixed
Thermistor, Pressure sensor, PCB other Electric parts Check ▲ Fixed / V Change any operating parts in need replacement.
Check for crack
Cooling fan ▲ Fixed / V
/ Clean
Check for crack
Contoller fan (1), DCBL controller ▲ V Clean the fin and duct
/ Clean
Check for crack
Cooling fan for fan inverter ▲ Fixed Clean the fin (Air-cooled type)
/ Clean
83
Category
Part or Item Action Type Remarks
1-year 3-year
Orifice- Aftercooler condensate Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V Clean as required.
Orifice and check valve- Intercooler condensate Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V Clean as required.
Aftercooler/ Intercooler/ Oil cooler Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V
Demister - Drain separator Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V
3-Way solenoid valve & capacity control system Check ▲ Fixed Replace as required.
Blowoff solenoid Valve Check ▲ V
Air relief valve Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V
Protection, Safety device Check ▲ Fixed / V Change any operating parts in need of replacement.
Motors Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V Clean and measure the insulation for any resistance.
Relay (Drain solenoid valve) Replace ● Fixed / V
4 2-Year Schedule (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)

Control line filter element Replace ○ Fixed
Blowoff solenoid valve (1) (2) Replace ● V
Consumable parts - Oil Pump Replace ● Fixed / V
Check valve Replace ● Fixed / V
Solenoid valve - Intercooler/ Aftercooler condensate Replace ● Fixed / V Replace the strainer together
Check valve & strainer- Intercooler condensate Replace ● Fixed / V
Check valve - Control line Replace ● Fixed
DCBL Controller Check / Clean ▲ V Clean the fin and duct.
Controller fan (1), DCBL controller Replace ● V
Cooling fan for control panel Replace ● Fixed Clean the fin (Air-cooled type)
Cooling fan for control panel Replace ● Fixed / V Except 45/55kW fixed speed type
5 6-Year Schedule: Overhauling (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)

Airend (1st-stage, 2nd-stage) Replace ● Fixed / V A whole airend is replaced with a new
Main motor bearing Replace ● Fixed / V
Fan motor bearing Replace ● Fixed / V Air-cooled type
Demister - Drain separator Replace ● Fixed / V
3-Way solenoid valve Replace ● Fixed
Oil strainer (primary) Replace ● Fixed / V
Control line filter - Condensate Replace ● Fixed
Oil level gauge Replace ● Fixed / V
Shaft seal - Main motor Check / Clean ● Fixed / V
Temperature control valve Replace ● Fixed / V
Smoothing condenser - Controller Replace ● V
Check / Clean
PC board assembly (Including LCD) ● Fixed / V
/ Replace
Check for contamination and discoloration.
Check / Clean
Power PCB - Controller ● V Replace as required.
/ Replace
Can be used further if appropriate.
Check / Clean
Communication board ● Fixed / V
/ Replace
Electromagnetic contactor Check ▲ Fixed / V Replace as required.
Lithium battery Replace ● Fixed / V
Fan inverter Replace ● Fixed / V Air-cooled type
84
Maintenance Schedule B (for 4,000 hours/year or less operation)

Follow this schedule (B) if the MAINT.SCHEDULE : B appears on the LCD monitor.
○●… Replace △○… Complete service in house
△▲… Clean or check ▲●… Ask your distributor to service
1 Daily Schedule (for 4,000 hours/year or less operation)

LCD indications Check △ Fixed / V Record data in the OPERATION RECORD LOGBOOK.
Oil level Check △ Fixed / V Add as required
Aftercooler/ Intercooler - Condensate Drain △ Fixed / V
Control line filter - Condensate Check △ Fixed
2 Bi-Annual Schedule (for 4,000 hours/year or less operation)

Air intake fitter Replace ○ Fixed / V
Main motor greasing – △ Fixed / V Fixed speed type: both DE / NDE side, Vtype: DE side
Oil filter (secondary) – Pressure Check △ Fixed / V Replace as required.
Control line filter – Condensate Clean △ Fixed
Strainer – Aftercooler/ Intercooler condensate drain Clean △ Fixed / V
Oil strainer (primary) Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V Clean as required.
Aftercooler/ Intercooler/ Oil cooler (air side) Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V Clean as required.
Blowoff solenoid valve - Operation Check ▲ Fixed / V
Check valve - Air leak Check ▲ Fixed / V
Air relief valve - Operation Check ▲ Fixed / V
3 Annual Schedule (for 4,000 hours/year or less operation)

Lubrication oil Replace ○ Fixed / V Replace every 8,000h operating hour or 2 year, whichever comes earlier
Joints, Bolts, Nuts Tighten / Check △ Fixed / V
Air intake filter Replace ○ Fixed / V
Gasket - Inter/Aftercooler condensate strainer Replace ○ Fixed / V
O ring - Inter/Aftercooler condensate strainer Replace ○ Fixed / V
Oil strainer (primary) Clean ▲ Fixed / V
Thermistor, Pressure sensor, PCB other Electric parts Check ▲ Fixed / V Change any operating parts in need replacement.
Check for crack
Cooling fan ▲ Fixed / V
/ Clean
Check for crack
Contoller fan (1), DCBL controller ▲ V Clean the fin and duct
/ Clean
Check for crack
Cooling fan for fan inverter ▲ Fixed / V Clean the fin (Air-cooled type)
/ Clean
Orifice- Aftercooler condensate Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V Clean as required.
Orifice and check valve- Intercooler condensate Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V Clean as required.
Aftercooler/ Intercooler/ Oil cooler (air side) Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V
85

Demister - Drain separator Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V
3-Way solenoid valve & capacity control system Check ▲ Fixed Replace as required.
Blowoff solenoid Valve Check ▲ V
Air relief valve Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V
Protection, Safety device Check ▲ Fixed / V Change any operating parts in need of replacement.
Motors Check / Clean ▲ Fixed / V Clean and measure the insulation for any resistance.
4 3-Year Schedule (for 4,000 hours/year or less operation)

Oil filter (secondary) Replace ○ Fixed / V
Control line filter element Replace ○ Fixed
Consumable parts - Suction throttle valve Replace ● Fixed ※
Seal washer - Suction thorottle valve Replace ● Fixed ※
Seal gasket - Suction thorottle valve Replace ● Fixed ※
Blowoff solenoid valve (1) (2) Replace ● V
Consumable parts - Oil Pump Replace ● Fixed / V
Check valve Replace ● Fixed / V
Solenoid valve - Intercooler/ Aftercooler condensate Replace ● Fixed / V
Check valve & strainer- Intercooler condensate Replace ● Fixed / V
Check valve - Control line Replace ● Fixed
DCBL Controller Check ▲ V Clean the fin and duct.
Controller fan (1), DCBL controller Replace ● V
Cooling fan for fan inverter Replace ● Fixed Clean the fin (Air-cooled type)
Cooling fan for control panel Replace ● Fixed / V Except 45/55kW fixed speed type
Relay (Drain solenoid valve) Replace ● Fixed / V
※When the power-saving operation is used, the parts need to be replaced every 2 years.
5 6-Year Schedule: Overhauling (for 4,000 hours/year or less operation)

Airend (1st-stage, 2nd-stage) Replace ● Fixed / V A whole airend is replaced with a new
Main motor bearing Replace ● Fixed / V
Fan motor bearing Replace ● Fixed / V Air-cooled type
Demister - Drain separator Replace ● Fixed / V
3-Way solenoid valve & capacity control system Replace ● Fixed
Oil strainer (primary) Replace ● Fixed / V
Control line filter - Condensate Replace ● Fixed
Oil level gauge Replace ● Fixed / V
Shaft seal - Main motor Check / Clean ● Fixed / V
Temperature control valve Replace ● Fixed / V
Smoothing condenser -Controller Replace ● V
Check / Clean
PC board assembly (Including LCD) ● Fixed / V
/ Replace
Check for contamination and discoloration.
Check / Clean
Power PCB - Controller ● V Replace as required.
/ Replace
Can be used further if appropriate.
Check / Clean
Communication board ● Fixed / V
/ Replace
Electromagnetic contactor Fixed / V Replace as required.
Lithium battery Replace ● Fixed / V
Fan inverter Replace ● Fixed / V Air-cooled type
86
9. MAINTENANCE [Maintenance Schedule for Oil Mist Remover]
9.3 Maintenance Schedule for Oil Mist Remover

① To ensure long and successful operation of the Oil ③ These maintenance intervals are not considered
Mist Remover, follow the standard maintenance warranty.
schedule attached below.
④ If an inspected part is worn, faulty or damaged,
② The standard maintenance schedule service intervals replace it as soon as possible.
stated below are based on normal environmental and
⑤ ○●: Replace △▲: Clean or check
operating conditions. If the Oil Mist Remover is in
○△: Complete service in house
severe environmental and operating conditions, use
●▲: Ask your distributor to service
more frequent service intervals.
Item Daily Bi-annually Annually 6-yearly Remarks

Regulator settings △
Vacuum indicator △
OMR relief valve △
Regulator performance △
Float trap nozzle △ Disassemble and clean.
Vacuum indicator △ Disassemble and clean.
Filter element △ Disassemble and clean.
Remover element ●
Filter element ●
OMR relief valve sheet/spring ●
Vacuum indicator ●
Disassemble and clean.
Filter regulator ●
Replace diaphragm and valve stem.
Disassemble and clean.
Ejector ▲
Replace if it is too dirty.
Disassemble and clean. Replace as
Solenoid valve ▲
required.
Solenoid valve coil assembly ●
CAUTION
The oil mist remover reduces oil consumption to almost zero. However, the oil should still be replaced
biannually.
87
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]
9.4 How to Service the Air Compressor

Before servicing the air compressor, stop it, disconnect the power (turn off the earth leakage (ground) circuit
breaker) and verify that the compressor’s internal pressure has dropped to atmospheric pressure.
The maintenance intervals shown refer to the standard Maintenance Schedule (A).
1 Replacement of Air Intake Filter (Bi-Annually)

A pressure sensor is provided on the suction throttle
valve to detect the pressure differential across the air
intake filter. When the sensor detects a pressure
Differential pressure sensor differential as large as 0.72 psi (4.98 kPa) during
operation, AIR FILTER appears on the LCD display with
E0.21 on digital monitor. If this occurs, clean or replace
the air intake filter in accordance with Maintenance
Schedule (A) or (B). The procedure for cleaning the air
Air Intake filter intake filter is as follows.
Wing nut ① Stop the air compressor, disconnect the power and
verify no internal pressure.
② Remove the front door (1).
③ Remove the cover and wipe away the dirt inside of the
duct before removing the air intake filter.
④ Loosen the wing nut and remove the air intake filter.
Make sure the contamination and/or dust doesn’t
Cover enter the airend side.
Duct ⑤ Tap the air intake filter to remove large particles.
Then blow air to clean the surface of filter.
⑥ In the case of oily or carbon dust, dip the element into
neutral detergent and water solution for about 30
minutes. Rinse the element several times with clean
water (water pressure is less than 39 psi (0.27MPa))
and air-dry it. Confirm the element is dried
completely.
⑦ Reinstall and tighten the wing nut.
CAUTION
If the air intake filter is clogged with dust/dirt particles; Differential pressure (resistance of flow) across
the air intake filter increases, which results in decreased air intake to the airend and a rise in discharge
air temperature. To avoid a problem, service the air intake filter regularly. If the compressor room
environment is dusty or dirty, service the air intake filter more frequently than instructed on the
Maintenance Schedule.
88
2 Depressurizing the System

Before cleaning the drain pipe, intercooler, aftercooler,
Aftercooler side control line filter, or replacing the check valve, reduce
the internal pressure to 0 (zero) by opening the
Ball valve (2) Three-way change valve
condensate drain. Stop the air compressor and
Ⓔ Ⓕ disconnect the main power. Close the stop valve of the
Ⓓ
compressed air discharge. Remove rear panel (1) [Ref
Ball valve
(1) Ⓒ Ⓐ Ⓑ No. 911] and rear panel (3) [Ref No. 913].
(1) Intercooler side

Turn the three-way change valve from Ⓐ to Ⓑ.
Intercooler side (2) Aftercooler side

Turn the ball valve (1) from Ⓒ to Ⓓ. And Turn the
ball valve (2) from Ⓔ to Ⓕ.
Verify that the interstage pressure (INTSTG.P) and

discharge pressure (DIS PRESS) is 0(zero) on the LCD
monitor. In addition, remove the parts slowly because the
pressure is still remained in air pipings due to the wrong
operation or piping works.
89
Condensate drain port (Intercooler/Aftercooler) (Daily check)

3
Clean the strainer elements (Bi-Annually) & Orifices (Annually)
■ Check the condensate drain
Moisture in the intake air, especially in hot and humid environments, is condensed inside the air compressor during
compression. Daily inspect intercooler/aftercooler condensate drain to verify that there is a discharge of compressed
air (with condensate) when the air compressor is loaded. Bi-annually, clean the strainer element and annually clean the
orifice for both intercooler/aftercooler.
◆ Cleaning of strainer
■ Cleaning of strainer element
The strainers for both the intercooler and aftercooler
shall be cleaned.
① Discharge the compressed air in the procedure in 9.4
Element .
Strainer
Gasket ② Remove the cover of the strainer.
③ Remove the element, wash with water and blow air.
Plug
④ Remove the element from inside the strainer and
Tighten wash with water.
Loosen ⑤ Replace the cleaned element in its original position
and set the O-ring or gasket, and plug properly.
◆ Cleaning of orifice ■ Cleaning of orifice

Inspect and clean the orifices annually. Be sure to
stop the air compressor before inspecting and/or
cleaning the orifices.
■ Replacement of the strainer and solenoid

Orifice
valve
Replace the solenoid valve and the strainer every 2
years (if operating 8000 hours/year) or 3 years (if
operating 4000 hours/ year) to new whole assembled
parts.
CAUTION
● Verify that there is discharged air with
condensate is discharged through the drain
Orifice
ports of intercooler and aftercooler every
45seconds for 45/55 kW model and every 30
seconds for 75 kW model during loading.
● If compressed air is not discharged, clean

and unclog the drain port (filter & orifice).
● Operating the air compressor without
draining the condensate from the
intercooler/afterooler, may rust the airend
internally and cause a major failure.
90
◆ Disassembly of strainer element during operation ■ Cleaning the strainer element during
operation
If the strainer needs to be cleaned while the air
Aftercooler side compressor is running, contact the local HITACHI
Ball valve (2) distributor/master dealer or representative office.
Three-way change valve
While the air compressor is running, strainer is
Ⓔ Ⓕ
Ⓓ always pressurized. Be careful extremely to the high
pressure when the strainer is removed.
Ⓒ
Ball valve
Ⓐ Ⓑ (1) Intercooler side
(1)
① Turn three-way change valve on the intercooler
side from Ⓐ to Ⓑ.
② Element is still pressurized depending on the
Intercooler side solenoid valve action, so be careful extremely
when opening the strainer plug. Remove the
strainer element.
③ Wash the element with water and blow air, and
reassemble it.
④ Turn three-way change valve from Ⓑ to Ⓐ.
(2) Aftercooler side

① Turn ball valve (1) on the aftercooler side from Ⓒ
◆ Valve conditions during normal operation to Ⓓ.
② Check that ball valve (2) is completely closed (Ⓔ
side). In this state, strainer pressure in the
Aftercooler side
Ball valve (2) solenoid valve is released by solenoid valve action.
Three-way change valve ③ After verifying the compressed air is discharged,
remove the strainer element. If solenoid valve (1)
or (2) is opened even slightly, strainer is still
pressurized.
Ball valve
(1) ④ If solenoid valve (2) is opened to the Ⓕ side in this
state, condensate can be drained while cleaning
the strainer element.
Intercooler side ⑤ Wash the element with water and blow air, and
reassemble it.
⑥ Turn the ball valve (1) on the aftercooler side from
Ⓓ to Ⓒ. Also check that ball valve (2) is
completely closed (Ⓔ side).
91
4 Lubricating oil Replacement (Annually)

■ Oil drain
① Stop the air compressor and disconnect the power.
Remove the front door (1) and left door.
② Place oil pans under the oil drain ports ①②③. The
dimension of oil pan is approximately 3 × 10 × 14
inches (75 × 250 × 300 mm). Prepare the oil jug of
6.6 gal (25 liters) or more for air-cooled type, and 3.9
gal (15 liters) or more for water-cooled type.
③ Remove the plugs of oil drain ports ① and ②. Then
connect copper pipes to the ports. The dimensions of
the copper pipes is 1/2B × 2 to 4 inches (1/2B × 50
to 100 mm). After that, open the oil drain valves ①
Left door Front door (1)
and ② to drain lubricating oil.
Plug
Water-Cooled (for oil/air vent) Oil case ④ After opening oil drain valves ① and ②, remove the
Air-Cooled
plug (for oil/air vent). (Note that the oil/air vent
Plug
(for oil/air vent) location of air-cooled type and water-cooled type are
different.)
Oil filling port plug
⑤ Remove the plug from oil drain port ③ to drain
Oil cover lubricating oil.
Oil drain valve ①
(for oil case draining) ⑥ Replace all lubricating oil bi-annually. Also once a year,
remove the oil port cover and wipe the sludge off of
Oil drain valve ② the bottom of the gear case with a sponge and clean.
(for oil case draining)
⑦ Close oil drain valves ① and ②. Tighten removed
plugs with seal tape to oil drain ports ①, ②, ③ and
Oil filter
oil/air vent.
Yellow line
■ Oil filling
Oil drain port ① Oil drain port ②
Pan (with plug) (with plug) ⑧ Remove the oil filling port plug, and fill the oil until
the oil reaches the upper red line of the oil level
Water-Cooled only
gauge.
■ Check/refilling
⑨ Turn on the power, press the START button and press
the STOP button after 5 – 6 seconds running.
⑩ Check the oil level on the oil level gauge. The oil
Oil drain port ③ level drops because lubricating oil flows to the piping,
(with plug)
oil cooler and so on.
WARNING ⑪ Disconnect the power and add the oil until upper red
line.
● Change the oil regularly, as instructed in the
⑫ After refilling is complete, plug tightly.
standard maintenance schedule. ( 9.2)
Neglecting to change the oil causes oil ⑬ Turn the power on, press the START button and
deterioration that could result in clogging of make sure the oil level is between the upper and
the oil strainer and a fire. lower red lines of the oil level gauge.
● Be sure to use the recommended lubricating ⑭ Make sure no oil leaks from the oil drain valve and
oil on 2.3 . Absolutely DO NOT mix
plugs.
different types of lubricating oil.
● Overfilling with lubricating oil may increase
shaft power and result in rise in oil temperature.
92
5 Cleaning of Oil Strainer (Primary Side) (Bi-Annually)

① Drain the lubricating oil in the procedure described in
9.4 .
② Remove the front door (1) [Ref. No. 904] and left door
[Ref. No. 991].
③ Remove the strainer cover. Then remove the oil
strainer and clean it.
④ Replace the oil strainer when overhauling the air
compressor.
IMPORTANT
Clogging of the oil strainer drops the oil pressure of the air
Oil Strainer compressor.
● Vtype
If the oil pressure sensor detects an oil pressure as low
as 12 psi (0.08 MPa) or lower for operation frequency
Strainer cover 110 Hz or higher, or 6 psi (0.04 MPa) for operation
frequency less than 110Hz, the air compressor
automatically shutdowns.
● Fixed-speed type
If oil pressure sensor detects an oil pressure as low as
12 psi (0.08 MPa) or lower, the air compressor
6 Replacement of Oil Filter (Secondary Side) (Annually)

① Drain the lubricating oil in the procedure described in
9.4 .
② Remove the left door [Ref. No. 991] and left panel
[Ref. No. 910].
③ Place an oil pan under the oil filter.
④ Use a filter wrench to loosen and remove the oil filter
from the oil support on the gear case. Remove and
replace the oil filter element.
⑤ Apply clean oil onto the filter O-ring. Tighten the oil
filter until the O-ring surface comes in contact with
the oil filter seating surface.
⑥ Seat the oil filter O-ring by tightening the filter with
Pan
(Prepare a pan with a size of both hands. Immediately after the air compressor
approx. (0.8 × 4 × 10 inches restart verify that there is no leaks on the oil filter.
(20 × 100 × 250 mm))
IMPORTANT
Clogging of the oil filter drops the oil pressure of the air
compressor.
● Vtype
If oil pressure sensor detects an oil pressure as low as
12 psi (0.08 MPa) or lower for operation frequency 110
Hz or higher, or 6 psi (0.04 MPa) for operation
frequency less than 110Hz, the air compressor
● Fixed-speed type
If oil pressure sensor detects oil pressure as low as 12
psi (0.08 MPa) or lower, the air compressor automatically
shutdowns.
93
7 Operation Check of Air Relief Valve (Bi-Annually)

① Maintain the rated maximum discharge pressure (ex.
[Rear view] Air relief valve ring 100 psi (0.69 MPa).
② Pull the ring connected to air relief valve.
Air relief valve ③ Verify that the air relief valve operates properly and
get a hand off of the ring.
WARNING
During inspection of the operation of the air
relief valve, use the appropriate facial
protection. High pressure air containing dust
particles can cause severe injury.
Rear cover (3)

Rear cover (2) Rear cover (1)
8 Cleaning of Control Line Filter (Bi-Annually) [Fixed-Speed type]
① Depressurize the system described in 9.4 .
② Remove the front door (1).
③ Remove the control line filter element, and then use

an air nozzle to blow out the inside surface (reverse
flow action) of the control line filter element in order
to remove any dust particles.
④ Replace the element annually.
94
Air-Cooled
9 Cleaning of Cooler (Annually)
1 For light and non-greasy dust particle

① Remove the front door and panel and rear panel [Ref.
No. 904, 905, 906, 944, 953, 911, 912, 913].
② Remove the maintenance cover (1)(2)(3)(4).

Maintenance
cover (2) ③ Use an air nozzle to blow the cooler surfaces.
Instrument
panel
For heavy and greasy dust particles
2
(detaching the cooler)
① Remove the enclosure panels.
② Drain the oil from the system.
③ Disconnect all the sensor wires from the cooler.
④ Disconnect all air / oil pipes at the joints.

Front panel
Front door (2)

⑤ Disconnect the discharge pipe.
Front frame
Front door (1)
⑥ Loosen and remove the cooler bolts.
For heavy and greasy dust particles

3
Maintenance cover (4)
(cleaning the detached cooler):
Magnet rubber ① Use an air nozzle to blow the cooler surfaces.
② Soak the cooler in a detergent bath or spray detergent

onto the cooler. Use an air nozzle to blow the cooler
surfaces.
③ Generally, there are 3 kinds of dust and dirt particles.

・Light dust particles
・Heavy dust particles
・Greasy dust particles
Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer
or representative office for the detail.
Rear panel (3) Rear panel (2) Rear panel (1)
95
Water-Cooled
9 Cleaning of Cooler (Annually)

● Oil cooler
Scale removal
Remove the oil cooler water chamber cover. Flush
with scale remover and use a brass wire brush to
remove the scale from the inner surfaces of the oil Wire brush
cooler tube nest.

Oil cooler
● Intercooler/Aftercooler
If scale build up occurs often, contact the local
HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative
office for scale removal.
96
10 Replacement of Check Valve (2-Yearly)
Air-Cooled 1 Depressurizing the System
Gasket (1) Depressurize the compressed air in the air compressor

as described in 9.4 .
Gasket (2)
Check valve cover
2 Removing the Enclosure Panels
(upper)
Remove the enclosure panels, such as front door (1) [Ref.
Gasket
No. 904], front panel [Ref. No. 906].
Check valve
Gasket
3 Disassembly
Check valve cover ① Loosen and remove the bolts tightened to the check
(lower)
valve cover (upper) for air-cooled.
(Check valve cover for water-cooled)
Flow direction (arrow direction) ② Remove the check valve cover, check valve, and
gasket.
③ Be careful for installing direction of the check valve.

Check
valve cover
Water-Cooled
Gasket
4 Cleaning and Inspection
Check valve
Sufficiently clean the check valve and check valve cover
Gasket and so on. Make sure that no rust particles and/or
fragmented gaskets are left on the valve and/or gasket
contacting surfaces.
Aftercooler
header
Flow direction (arrow direction)
97
11 Battery Replacement (6-Yearly )

(2) Battery replacement method
When “BATTERY OUT” is displayed for “PROBLEM”
on the LCD monitor, replace the battery. When
replacing, disconnect the power and complete the
replacement work within 15 minutes.
③
① Remove the screw on the right of the LCD display.
② Insert the special tool attached with the battery to

③ Tab the slots shown as figure provided and lift up the
LCD unit from the instrument panel.
④
③ To remove the LCD unit, pull it to right side so that
① Screw ② Special tool slot the tabs are not damaged.
Battery
④ The battery is mounted on the back of the LCD
⑤ unit. Unplug the battery connector. The battery is
held by double-sided adhesive tape.
⑤ Replace with new battery.

④ LCD unit
CN11 BT (3) Cautions for disposal of old batteries

The used battery shall be returned to your
distributor or disposed of properly in accordance
(1) Battery life and specifications
with your local government disposal regulations.
Item Specs Used battery is furthermore shorted if the positive
Battery Coin-type manganese dioxide lithium battery and negative terminals come in contact with each
Voltage 3V other or come in contact other metal objects, and
Capacity 220 mAh
could cause the battery to produce heart, rupture or
Battery model CR2032
catch fire. Do not expose the battery to fire. Used
Special specs Lead wire connector connection
batteries cannot be recharged.
Replacement
Battery replacement display on LCD monitor
criteria
Approx. 1 year with power off
Life
Approx. 6 years under ordinary service conditions
● The batteries is an exclusive part. Contact the local

HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative
office.
98
12 Maintenance of Main Motor

① Checking the operating temperature ③ Disassembling
If the LCD monitor indicates main motor overload In a severe environment (dirty, corrosive, high dust or
[OVERLOAD: MAIN] (fixed-speed type) or high powder), disassemble and service the motor
temperature increase of main motor fin [FIN-T] every two years. In a normal environment, disassemble
(Vtype), investigate the cause of the excessive heat and service the motor every six years. For the most
and utilizing the Motor Diagnostics and common motor problems, see the Motor Diagnostic
Troubleshooting chart below. and Troubleshooting chart below. If the problem
② Cleaning cannot be solved with the chart, contact the local
Clean the motor periodically to prevent dust particles HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative
from accumulating inside and outside of the motor. office.
When servicing the air compressor, measure
the insulation resistance of the motor coil with
a 500V megohmmeter and verify that the
insulation resistance is 1MΩ or more.
Motor Diagnosis and Troubleshooting

Phenomenon
Low Insulation Resistance
Overload Indication
Excessive Vibration
Excessive Rotation
Heated
Excessive Sound
Breaker Tripped
Electric Leak
Corrective Action
Bearing
Frame
Cause
Installation
Loose bolts ○ ◎ ○ Retighten the bolts.
Poor gounding ◎ Ground properly.

Note 3
Inadequate breaker capacity
Wiring
○ ◎ Replace with properly specified capacity breaker.

Broken wires ○ Install new wires.
Note 3
Failed breaker, controller or contactor ○ ○ Check the contacts and replace if necessary.
Dust accumulation reduced cooling
○ Properly clean motor.
Environment
performance
Excessive ambient operating Improve the room ventilation or contact the local
◎ ○ ◎
temperature Hitachi distributor.
High humidity ◎ Contact the local Hitachi distributor.
Large external vibration/shock ◎ Take vibration and shock measurements.
Load Power Supply
Phase-lacking operation ◎ ◎ ○ ◎ ◎ ○ Check the brealer, contactor and motor wirings.

Check the wire thickness and length and contact the
Widely dropped voltage ○ ○ ◎ ◎
local power utilities company.
Fluctuating voltage ○ ○ ○ ○ Contact the local power utilities company.
Overload ○ ◎ ◎ ○ Check the capacity control system.
Thrust force by the machine ○ ○ ◎ Check the contact condition of bull gear and pinion gear.
Excessive bearing noise NOTE 2 ◎ ◎ ◎ ○ Contact the local Hitachi distributor.
Burnt motor coil NOTE 2 ○ ○ ○ ◎ ◎ ◎ ○ Contact the local Hitachi distributor.
NOTES)
1. ◎ : Close relationship between the cause and type of problem. 〇 : Relationship between the cause and type of problem.
2. Detect the fundamental cause of the problem and take corrective action.
3. Breaker, controller or contactors are hot.
99
Notes for main motor

Vtype utilize the main motor which has permanent magnetic rotor.
DANGER
Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative office for the repair or disassembly.
Repair and disassembly work must be performed by licensed technician to avoid the electric shock, injury
and/or fire.
Keep the magnetic rotor from a person with electronic medical equipment, such as a pacemaker.
The medical equipment may malfunction, which may lead to a fatal danger to the person.
Do not connect the motor with anything other than a dedicated controller to avoid the electric shock, injury
and/or fire.
CAUTION
A very strong magnetic force of attraction or repelling is generated between the magnetic rotor and the other
magnet rotors, magnets, iron pieces or iron tools.
Be careful extremely when handling the magnetic rotor. You may get your hand caught in during rotor
assembly work or lose a balance because of attraction or repelling force, which may cause an
accident and/or injury.
Magnets attract iron chips or other metal particles easily. Be very careful for handling.
Using the magnetic rotor with particles may cause a failure.
Do not bring the magnetic rotor close to an electronic device, such as PC board, LCD monitor.
It may cause a failure of electric device.
Do not bring the magnetic rotor to a magnetic tape, computer diskette, prepaid card, ticket, electronic clock,
cathode-ray tube, etc. Electronic record may be damaged or become unusable due to magnetization.
■ Disposal
Dispose of main motor for Vtype as general industrial waste. Before disposing of
the magnetic rotor, heat the rotor to 932℉ (500℃) or higher with a gas burner or
heating furnace for thermal demagnetization.
100
13 Main Motor Greasing

The main motor bearings must be greased as following ① Open the front door. Grease the specified amount
table. through the grease port using a grease gun.
Grease following amount of RMS grease (Ref. No. 455) ② Check the grease pan, and clean the pan as necessary.
(Raremax Super by Kyodo Yushi) .
③ Close the front door.
IMPORTANT
● Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or

representative office for the grease detail.
● Greasing must be done while the main motor The bearing on the opposite side is shield type; filling of
operating. grease is not necessary on the opposite side.
● Cleaning of grease pan must be done while the air
compressor stops.
● Example of grease gun

Lever-type grease gun CH-400 Micro-Hose (pin type
SPK-1C) by Yamada Corporation
Grease filling amount

Filling Filling amount
Operation condition
frequency Fixed-speed Variable-speed
For 8,000 hours or less Every 3 Fill 2.3 oz
Fill 2.6 oz
operating hours per year months (65 g) each
(75 g) on
on the load
For 4,000 hours or less Every 6 the load
and opposite
operating hours per year months side.
sides.
[Fixed-Speed type]
Load-side bearing Anti-Load-Side bearing Load-side bearing
Grease port Grease port Grease port
Grease pan Grease pan Grease pan
CAUTION
Be cautious of replenishing grease more than the spcified amont. It may cause leaking of grease and/or
malfunction of the protective device due to overheat of the bearing. Grease at once during start-up
commissioning. Periodically replace the main motor bearing in accordance with “9.1 Periodical
Maintenance of Compressor” and “9.2 Standard Maintenance Schedule” Maintenance Schedule A
Maintenance Schedule B .
101
14 Cleaning of Main Motor Cooling Fin

If the dust adheres to main motor fin, cooling ① Turn off the power and remove the right cover [Ref.
performance for main motor is decreased. It may cause No. 908]. Then remove the motor duct [Air-Cooled
shorten the main motor life and/or relative parts failures. Ref. No. 975, Water-Cooled Ref. No. 975 - 978]. The
main motor and cooling fin are very hot soon after the
The illustration below shows the main motor of a Vtype air compressor is stopped. Wait until they are cooled
as a sample. down properly before starting the cleaning.
② Check the main motor cooling fin for dust and dirt.
DCBL motor thermistor
Blow the cooling fin by dry air using an air blow
nozzle with a bent end. Since the main motor has
Air blow nozzle temperature sensor, be careful NOT to cut its wiring
and ensure that the dust and dirt is NOT adhered to
the surface of each sensor.
③ Install the covers to their original locations.
16 to 20 inches
(400 to 500) mm
Air blow nozzle
Bend the nozzle at 0.8 to 1.8 inches

(20 to 40 mm) from the end to
facilitate cleaning.
[Fixed-Speed type] Air-Cooled
15 Inspection of Fan Inverter

① Turn off the power and wait approximately 10
minutes. Next, remove the front door and then
remove the cover of control panel
② Check that the charge light of the fan inverter is off.

Check for abnormal overheat, discoloration, abnormal
odor, and contamination.
③ Blow off the dust by dry air
④ During periodical maintenance, re-tighten the

terminals, check the conductor and insulator for
corrosion, and inspect/replace the cooling fan and
Charge lamp
(Fan inverter) smoothing capacitor.
(Check that it is off.)
Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or
representative office for the detail.
102
16 Inspection of Controller and Fan Inverter

(The fan inverters are provided only with Air-Cooled .)
Charge lamp (controller) minutes. Next, remove the front door and then
remove the cover of control panel
② Check that the charge lights of the controller and fan

inverter are off. Check for abnormal overheat,
discoloration, abnormal odor, and contamination.
③ Blow off the dust by dry air
④ During periodical maintenance, re-tighten the

terminals, check the conductor and insulator for
corrosion, and inspect/replace the cooling fan and
smoothing capacitor.

representative office for the detail.
Air-Cooled
Charge lamp (fan inverter)
103
[Fixed-Speed type] Air-Cooled
17 Cleaning of Fan Inverter Cooling Fin

If dust adheres to the fan inverter cooling fin, cooling
performance of the fan inverter is decreased. Also, it
Fan inverter
Cooling fan connector may cause shorten the life of smoothing capacitor and
power devices, and may cause components failures.

minutes. Next, remove the front door, cover of control
panel and right panel.
② Check that the charge light of fan inverter is off.

Then disconnect the connector of fan inverter cooling
fan from the fan inverter board.
③ Since fin cover and cooling fin are very hot soon after
the air compressor is stopped, wait until the fin cover
and cooling fin are cooled down properly before
Fan inverter cooling fan
starting the work. With holding the tab fixing the fan
inverter cooling fan by the fingers, pull the cooling fan
upward to remove.
④ Check the fan inverter cooling fin for dust and dirt.
Blow off the cooling fin by dry air using an air blow
nozzle with a bent end.
⑤ Assemble the fan inverter cooling fan in the reverse

procedure of disassembly. Then connect the fan
inverter cooling fan connector to the board connector.
⑥ Install the covers to their original locations.
Fan inverter cooling fin
16 to 20 inches
(400 to 500) mm
Air blow nozzle

facilitate cleaning.
104
18 Cleaning of Controller and Fan Inverter Cooling Fin

(The fan inverters are provided only with Air-Cooled .)
If dust adheres to the cooling fin of the controller and fan
inverter, cooling performance is decreased. Also, it may
cause shorten the life of smoothing capacitor and power
devices, and may cause components failures.
● For normal dirt of cooling fin

minutes. Then remove the front door.
② Since fin cover and cooling fin are very hot soon after
the air compressor is stopped, wait until they are
Fin cover (2)
cooled down properly before starting the work.
Remove the fin cover (2) as shown in the figure.
③ Check the controller cooling fin for dust and dirt.

Blow off the cooling fin by dry air using an air blow
nozzle with a bent end.
Water-Cooled Duct
④ Install the covers to their original locations.
16 to 20 inches
(400 to 500) mm
● For heavy dirt of cooling fin
Air blow nozzle
① Turn off the power and remove the front door [Ref.
No. 904] and the right cover [Ref. No. 908]. Then
facilitate cleaning. remove the duct which is equipped only for water-
cooled for control panel. Then remove the motor duct
[Air-Cooled Ref. No. 975, Water-Cooled Ref. No.
975 - 978].
② Since fin cover and duct behind the control panel are
very hot soon after the air compressor is stopped,
wait until they are cooled down properly before
starting the work. Remove fin cover (1) and the duct
Fin cover (1) behind the control panel as shown in the figure.
③ Check the cooling fins of controller and cooling fan

inverter for dust and dirt. Blow off the cooling fin by
dry air using an air blow nozzle with a bent end.
Air-Cooled Fan
Controller ④ Install the covers to their original locations.
inverter cooling fin
cooling fin
(Note) Air-Cooled does not come with the board duct.
Water-Cooled Duct
105
19 Operating Life of Controller and Fan Inverter

(The controller is equipped only with . The fan inverter is equipped only with Air-Cooled .)
The smoothing capacitor and the cooling fan of

the controller and the fan inverter need periodical
Ambient temp. ℉ (℃)
inspection and replacement. ( 9.2)
122 (50)
113 (45) The smoothing capacitor needs replacement every 6
104 (40) years as standard. However the life of smoothing
86 (30) capacitor varies depending on energized time and
ambient temperature of controller and fan inverter (see
the left figure). If the ambient temperature of the air
compressor is high through the year or if the current is
exceeded during operation, it needs to be replaced more
Condenser frequently.
life (years)
5 6 8 20 And immediately replace it if leakage or expansion is
detected.
[Condenser life curve: reference value]
representative office for the replacement.
106
20 Oil Mist Remover
1. Replacement of remover element 3. Maintenance of OMR Relief Valve (See Fig. A.)
① Remove the pipe provided at the top of the remover if ① Turn the nut at the top of the OMR relief valve and
required. Then remove 4 set screws (A) from the oil remove the plate. Replace the sheet and the spring
mist remover housing. with new components.
Pull up the upper part of the housing.
② Ensure that the spring is positioned at the center
② Loosen nut (B) and remove the cover. Now you can before assembly.
remove the remover element.
③ Install a new element. Carefully seat the upper and

4. Maintenance of Vacuum Indicator (See Fig. B.)
lower rubber gaskets on the element without allowing ① Contamination of the vacuum indicator may cause
any gaps. malfunction of indicator.
Remove and clean the indicator at least every six
④ After replacement
months. In addition, replace the indicator once a year.
of element, grease (B)
the O-ring, replace Cover ② Pull down the indicator while pushing up the locked
the housing, and Rubber packing pipe joint at the top.
Remover
tighten set screws element Nut Spring
Plate
(A) diagonally and Valve seat
O-ring
evenly.
Rubber packing
Locked joint
3/8 φ12
Pull
(A)
Fig. A Fig. B
2. Maintenance of Filter Regulator

5. Maintenance of Ejector
① Turn the cover to remove. Remove the baffle and
① If the ejector is dirty, performance may decrease.
replace the filter element with a new one.
Disassemble and clean at least once a year.
② Remove the upper 4 set screws and remove the upper
② The maintenance procedure is as follows:
part of the regulator. Replace the diaphragm and the
(1) Disconnect the control air tube at its detachable
valve stem with new components. Be careful not to
connection.
install the new diaphragm upside down.
(2) Loosen nut A (the nut can be turned independently
from the ejector body) and disconnect the ejector
Diaphragm Screw (4 pcs) from the manifold.
(3) Remove the plastic case.
Stem (4) Clean the ejector body with a neutral detergent
OUT IN and dry it with an air nozzle. Assemble all of the
parts.
Regulator
O-ring
Valve
Filter element
Cover
Baffle
Nut A
107
10. CAUTIONS FOR A LONG TERM OPERATION SUSPENSION
① If the compressor is not to be used for a week or
more, be sure to press the UNLOAD STOP button on
the instrument panel. RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE
The compressor then unloads for 5 minutes and AUTO
REMOTE
MONITOR POWER
automatically stops when the airend and the piping

ALARM
LOAD
MENU ［× 10h］
AUTO START
FUNC RESET
are dry.
+/- SHUTDOWN
UP/
DOWN
STR 1 2
SET
MONITOR
IMPORTANT
UNLOAD STOP
If unloading is executed before the compressor is stopped,

UNLOAD STOP button
moisture will be removed from the second-stage air end.
To prevent the second-stage air end from rusting during a
long-time suspension, it is effective to dry the inside of the
air end before stopping the compressor..
② To prevent the inside of airend from rusting, press the

UNLOAD STOP button and dry the compressor for 5
- 10 minutes a week.
③ Be sure to turn off the power if the compressor is not

to be used for an extended period of time.
CAUTION
● If the air compressor stops for a week or more without taking action described in this page, serious
damage for the airend may occur due to the lack of lubrication or airend internal rusting.
● Use unload stop button not only for long operation suspension but also for daily operation to prevent
the airend from the rusting.
● If the air compressor can’t be operated weekly, rust prevented action and periodical inspection is
required. Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative office for the detail.
■ How to perform the unload stop action with

lead-lag or multi unit control operation (option)
Unload stop button is ineffective when the operation
mode setting is NOT “Single”. ( 3.3.5 )
Deactivate the lead-lag or multi unit control at once
and perform unload stop. When the air compressor is
restarted, set the operation setting to required mode.
108
11. PARTS LIST
1 Air End Assembly

243
Ref.
235
234
No. Description
100 1st-Stage Air End (new)
233 235
132 1st-Stage Air End Discharge Cover
133 1st-Stage Air End Jacket Cover
238
134 Gasket, 1st-stage air end discharge cover
200 135 Gasket, 1st-stage air end jacket cover
143 138 Knock pin, 1st-stage air end
134 143 Pinion Gear, 1st-stage air end
232 233 200 2nd-stage Air End (new)
135
232 2nd-Stage Air End Discharge Cover
133 233 2nd-Stage Air End Jacket cover
234 Gasket, 2nd-stage air end discharge cover
138 235 Gasket, 2nd-stage air end jacket cover
238 Knock pin 2nd-stage air end
243 Pinion Gear, 1st-stage air end
100
299 1st stage and 2nd stage Air End Assembly (new)
299
133
132 135
2 Gear Case Assembly

824
823
301 824
Ref.
D53
823 No. Description
334
320 301 Gear Case
371 D53 307 Gear, oil pump
321 316 Gasket, oil filling port
317 Plug, oil filling port
318 Cover, oil filling port
319 O-Ring
320 Oil Nozzle (1)
321 Oil Nozzle (2)
334
322 Gasket, 1st-stage air end
334
323 O-Ring, cleaning cover
322 324 Closure Plate
326 O-Ring, oil pump
334 Parallel Pin (1)
336 Oil Level Gauge
338 Cover, inspection cover
334
339 O-Ring, cover
388 364 Bolt, oil level gauge
389
326 371 Gasket, 2nd-stage air end
383 Oil Relief Valve
388 M6 Flat Head Bolt
E83 389 Gear Stopper
307
398 O-Ring
399 Gasket, oil relief valve
324 823 Seat, oil pipe
824 Cap Nut
883 Oil Temperature Control Valve
338
339 884 O-Ring
883
B32 Float
884 H78 D53 O-Ring
319
E83 O-Ring
399 F39 Oil Casing
383 F39 323 G64 O-Ring 25
317 G65 O-Ring 30
H78 Closure Plate
B32 339
338
316
G64
318
G65
398
364
336
109
11. PARTS LIST
3 Motor Assembly
[Fixed-speed compressor] Ref.
Description
410 (※2) No.
436 (※2) 302 Bull Gear
306 Pinion Gear, oil pump
309 Bushing
387 438 (※2) 313 Cover, shaft seal
365
309 337 O-Ring (motor flange)
397 340 Key
394 401 437 365 O-Ring
392 453 (※2)
393 367 Cover,Gear
391 454
455 (※1) 387 Collar
395
313 391 Shaft Seal
J16
337 392 Cover, visco seal
340 438 393 O-Ring, shaft seal
302 (※2) 394 O-Ring, shaft seal
367 395 Wave Spring, visco seal
460 462 397 Snap Ring, 102
461 401 Motor
306 410 Rubber Bush
430
425 Vibration Isolation Rubber
430 Base, motor(1)
431 Base, motor(2)
432 Base, motor(3)
436 Motor Cover(1)
437 Motor Cover(2)
425 438 Fixing Bracket,Motor Cover
453 Bearing (Load-side)
454 Bearing (Anti-Load-side)
455 Grease
460 Pinion Gear and Gear Shaft Assembly
461 Gear Shaft, oil pump
F72 462 Bolt
F72 Grease Pan
J04 Bolt
J16 Thermostat
387
365 J17 DCBL Motor Thermistor
309
397 ※1 Does not come with the
394 J17 product.
392 340 ※2 Only for Water-cooled type.
393 401
391 453
395 454
313 ※455
337
302
J04
367 431
460 462 432
461
306
430
425
F72
110
11. PARTS LIST
4 Suction
[Fixed-speed compressor] Ref.
Description
No.
532 508 500 Suction Throttle Valve Assembly
506 501 Air Cylinder Assembly
550 540
（※1） 502 Body, STV
510
（※1）539 503 Tube, air cylinder
505 504 Cover (1)
521 505 Cover (2)
534 522 506 Piston, blowoff valve
507 519 520
503 507 Valve Sheet, blowoff valve piston
535 508 Plate
518
536 518 509 Spindle, air cylinder
517 510 Rod Metal
525 520 511 Gasket, air cylinder
537 512 Gasket (1), air end air intake
541 513 Gasket, STV cover
540 F27
509 514 Valve Plate, STV
F44 515 Seal Gasket (1)
522 542 516 Seal Gasket (2)
516 512 517 Piston, air cylinder
515 518 Seal Gasket (3)
504 558
F28 519 Seal Gasket (4)
515 559
520 O-Ring, air cylinder
526
521 Seal Gasket (5)
514
574 522 Bush, air cylinder
529 513 525 Tying Rod, air cylinder
512
530 526 Cover, air cylinder
569
（※2） 529 Spring Washer (SUS)
511 554
501 530 Rod Nut
513 532 Body, blowoff valve
502
534 Seal Washer, air cylinder
535 Nut
536 Wave Spring
551
（※2） 537 O-Ring (piston)
538 O-Ring (spacer)
539 O-Ring (needle)
540 O-Ring (2), air cylinder
541 Holder, piston
542 Spacer
500
550 O-Ring (1), air cylinder
551 Set of Air Cylinder Consumable Parts
554 Unloader Cover (1)
558 Adjusting Bolt, suction bypass valve
559 Seal Washer, suction bypass valve
F44
569 Grease, air cylinder
574 Valve Plate, STV
512 F27 C-type Snap Ring
F28 Backup Ring
F44 Air Intake Duct
※1 Only for 55 kW-7K and 75 kW.
※2 Does not come with the
product.
502
Ref.
No. Description
500 Suction Throttle Valve Assembly
512 502 Body, STV
512 Gasket, air end air intake
513 Gasket, STV cover
554 Unloader Cover
F44 Air Intake Duct
513
554
513
111
11. PARTS LIST
5 Coolers & Ventilating Fan (1)

Ref.
Air-Cooled 696 697 No. Description
581 Partition (1)
582 Partition (2)
583 Partition (3)
698 696 584 Plate Washer
608 585 Maintenance Cover (3)
586 Maintenance Cover (4)
608 Aftercooler
H72 586 E51 695 623 Intercooler
628 Duct Panel (1)
639 Oil cooler
642 Duct Panel (2)
643 Duct Panel (3)
585 644
644 Duct Panel (4)
H71 639
646 H71 645 Duct Panel (5)
646 Duct Panel (6)
645
647 Duct Panel (7)
648 Duct Panel (8)
643 649 Duct Panel (9)
650 Duct Panel (10)
651 Duct Panel (11)
648
685 647 652 Duct Panel (12)
623 653 Cover (1), Intercooler
F61 692 Duct Panel (1), Intercooler
693 Duct Panel (2), Intercooler
694 Duct Panel (3), Intercooler
693 651 E52 695 Duct,Oil cooler
582 650 642 696 Duct Panel (1), Aftercooler
628
581 697 Duct Panel (2), Aftercooler
582 698 Duct Panel (3), Aftercooler
581 583 653 E51 Maintenance Cover (1)

584
584 E52 Maintenance Cover (2)
584
584 F61 Magnet Rubber (1)
649 H71 Magnet Rubber (2)
652
691 H72 Magnet Rubber (3)

Ref.
Air-Cooled 681 No. Description
C84 681 Fan Motor
C86
686 Support, cooling fan
J18 678 Bell Mouth
678
686 679 lmpeller
629 Fixing Bracket (1)
630 Fixing Bracket (2)
631 Support (1), base frame
F47 632 Support (2), base frame
※
679
C84 Motor Bearing (DE)
636 C86 Motor Bearing (ODE)
F47 Rubber Bush
636
J18 Fan Shaft Key
635
633 ※ Only for 75 kW.
632
630 636
634 629
630 631
629
630
112
11. PARTS LIST

Ref.
No. Description
Water-Cooled 608 601 Shell, aftercooler
601
602 Tube Nest, aftercooler
605 Gasket, aftercooler tube nest
608 Aftercooler Assembly
610 Oil cooler Assembly
605
611 Tube Nest, oil cooler
602 612 Cover, oil cooler water chamber
613 Gasket, oil cooler water chamber cover
614 Cover, oil cooler
615 Gasket, oil cooler cover
623 Intercooler Assembly
624 624 Shell, intercooler
625 Tube Nest, intercooler
623 626 626 Gasket, intercooler tube nest
614 627 Support (1), oil cooler
632 625
610 615 632 Plug
E39 Vibration Isolation Rubber
611 E76 Support (2), oil cooler
613
612 E76
627 E39
E39

678
Ref.
No. Description
Water-Cooled 628 Base, coolers
629 Duct, air exhaust
679 630 Support (1), base frame
681
671 Duct (1), fan motor
686 678 Support (2), fan motor
679 Fan
681 Fan Motor
940
686 Support (1), fan motor
940 Rubber Bush
F47 Vibration Isolation Rubber
671
629
628
F47
634
631
630
633 113
11. PARTS LIST
6 Oil Pump
Ref.
No. Description
300 Consumable Parts Kit, oil pump
327 Oil Pump Assembly
328 Bearing
329 Oil Seal
345 342 Oil Pump body
356 343 Housing, oil pump bearing
345 Key
327 356 Key
362 Snap Ring
362 363 O-Ring
329 342 378 Bush Bearing
328
363
378
343
7 Instrument Panel
G57 Ref.
No. Description
719 Digital Panel
H79 744 Lithium Battery
719 746 Control PCB
744
748 Seat, instrument panel
755 PCB Cover
Display unit assembly
G57 E-Stop
(included in #745 Starter board
PCB assembly) H39 UNLOAD STOP Button
H43 Switch Guard
H79 Rubber Bush
H80 OPE Code Pipe
H81 OPE Code (1)
H82 OPE Code (2)
H99 Unload Stop Nameplate
755
746
H81
748
H82
H99
H39
H80
H43
114
11. PARTS LIST
8 Control Panel
705
[Fixed-speed compressor] 706
707 G14
45/55/75 kW E09
G18
745 G15 G13 (Water cooled only)
G16 G19
D73
※D12
D06
702
G17 D10
D75 D10
G04 G20
G06 G05 G04 G21
G07
G05 729
704 701
G20 709 708
B44 G04 J15
G05
Water
730 cooled Air
J14
G04 cooled
G05 G04
G05 (Water cooled only)
G06
G07
Ref.
No. Description
E47 700 Control Panel
701 Electromagnetic Contactor (42)
E45 702 Electromagnetic Contactor (6)
704 Electromagnetic Contactor, Fan Motor
E48 (Air cooled only) 705 Fuse (1A)
706 Fuse (1.25A)
707 Fuse (1.6A)
708 Current Transformer
709 Terminal Block (1)
729 Electromagnetic Contactor (52)
730 Condenser
745 PC Board
B44 Door, Control Box
D06 Terminal Block (2)
D10 Surge Absober
D12 Cooling Fan
D73 Reversed Phase Relay
D75 Transformer
E09 Line Noise Filter
E45 Rubber Bush
E47 Rubber Bush
E48 Rubber Bush
G04 Conduit nut
G05 Conduit
G06 Conduit nut
G07 Conduit
G13 Relay MY2N
G14 Relay MY4N
G15 AVR 60W
G16 AVR 10W
G17 AVR 90W
G18 Circuit Breaker
G19 Circuit Breaker
G20 Fuse (4A)
G21 Fuse (10A)
J14 Inverter, Cooling Fan
J15 Communication Board
※ 75 kW Water cooled only
115
11. PARTS LIST
8 Control Panel
E18
55 kW
G04 E48 G04 G04
G06 G05 G05 G05 D12
G07 D75
E10
G04 G14
F73 G05
G13 E09 G16 (Air cooled only)
G06
745 G07 D10 705
706
Air-coold 707 G15
E06
G06 D06 Water-coold
G07 E46
E47 G19 G20
D73G15
G17
704 G18 G17
G20 706
730 G19 707
E45 (Water-coold only) E04 D73
E07
G04 E48 (Air cooled only) D06
G05 G04 J15 G21
J14
G05
(Water cooled only)
B44 708
753 E17
709
Ref.
No. Description
E04 Controller Fan (1), DCBL Controller
E06 Power Printed Circuit Board
E07 Smoothing Condenser
E10 DCBL Controller
E17 DC Reactor(2)
E18 Cover, Fin(1)
E45 Rubber Bush
E46 Rubber Bush
Ref. E47 Rubber Bush
No. Description E48 Rubber Bush
700 Control Panel F73 Cover, Fin(2)
704 Electromagnetic Contactor, Fan Motor G04 Conduit Nut
705 Fuse (1A) G05 Conduit
706 Fuse (1.25A) G06 Conduit Nut
707 Fuse (1.6A) G07 Conduit
708 Current Transformer G13 Relay MY2N
709 Terminal Block (1) G14 Relay MY4N
730 Condenser G15 AVR 60W
745 PC Board G16 AVR 10W
753 DC Reactor (1) G17 AVR 90W
B44 Door, Control Box G18 Circuit Breaker
D06 Terminal Block (2) G19 Circuit Breaker
D10 Surge Absober G20 FUSE (4A)
D12 Cooling Fan G21 FUSE (10A)
D73 Reversed Phase Relay J14 Inverter, Cooling Fan
D75 Transformer J15 Communication Board
116
11. PARTS LIST
8 Control Panel
Air-Cooled E18
75 kW
G04 G04
G05 G05
G06 753
G07 G04 E10
G05 G09 745
G08 G17
G13
F73 G15 G14 D06
D12
B44
G06
G07
D10
G04 705 E09
G05 G16 E04
706 G19
707 G20 D73
E06
E47
E45
D75
E07 J15 G21 708
J14
Ref.
No. Description
700 Control Panel
705 Fuse (1A)
706 Fuse (1.25A)
707 Fuse (1.6A)
745 PC Board
753 DC Reactor (1)
D10 Surge Absober
D12 Cooling Fan
D75 Transformer
E10 DCBL Controller
E18 Cover, Fin (1)
E45 Rubber Bush
E47 Rubber Bush
F73 Cover, Fin (2)
G04 Conduit Nut
G05 Conduit
G06 Conduit Nut
G07 Conduit
G08 Conduit Nut
G09 Conduit
G13 Relay MY2N
G14 Relay MY4N
G15 AVR 60W
G16 AVR 10W
G17 AVR 90W
G19 Circuit Breaker
G20 Fuse (4A)
G21 Fuse (10A)
J14 Inverter, Cooling Fan
J15 Communication Board
117
11. PARTS LIST
8 Control Panel
Water-Cooled
E18
75 kW
G04 G04 G18

G06 G05 G05 G19
G20 D73 753
G07 704
D06
G04 E10
G05 730
745
G17
G14 D10
707 G15 G13
D12
706
B44
F73 E04
G06
G07
E09
708
D75
G08
G09 E06
E47
E07
E45
Ref.
No. Description
700 Control Panel
704 Electromagnetic Contactor, Fan Motor
706 Fuse (1.25A)
707 Fuse (1.6A)
730 Condenser
745 PC Board
753 DC Reactor (1)
D10 Surge Absober
D12 Cooling Fan
D75 Transformer
E10 DCBL Controller
E18 Cover, Fin (1)
E45 Rubber Bush
E47 Rubber Bush
F73 Cover, Fin (2)
G04 Conduit Nut
G05 Conduit
G06 Conduit Nut
G07 Conduit
G08 Conduit Nut
G09 Conduit
G13 Relay MY2N
G14 Relay MY4N
G15 AVR 60W
G17 AVR 90W
G18 Circuit Breaker
G19 Circuit Breaker
G20 Fuse (4A)
118
11. PARTS LIST
9 Air Pipe
C07 Ref.
Air-Cooled No. Description
004 O-Ring, condensate water separator seat
006 Cover, Condensate Separator
021 Demister
874 022 Air Piping (1)
865
023 Air Piping (2)
024 Air Piping (3)
125 psi (0.86 MPa) type 025 Air Piping (4)
061
026 Air Piping (5)
027 Air Piping (6)
F03 028 Air Piping (7)
058
029 Air Piping (8)
033 Gasket(1)
034 Gasket, 1st-stage air end discharge flange
035 Gasket, cooler
F01
037 Gasket, 2nd-stage suction
875 033
670 039 Gasket, 2nd-stage air end discharge flange
060 040 Piping, Aftercooler Condensate Water
041 Air Relief Valve seat
057
059 040 056 Air Piping (9)
057 Air Piping (10)
058 Support, discharge piping
E30 059 Piping Support (1)
041 060 Piping Support (2)
100 psi (0.69 MPa) type 865
061 Piping Support (3)
029 056 670 Hi-Precooler
869 865 Gasket (2)
868 Lower Cover, check valve
869 Upper Cover, check valve
870 870 Gasket
871 Check Valve
871
874 Discharge Piping
870 875 Air Relief Valve
865
B35 Fix Board, separator
025 059 868 B78 Vibration Isolation Rubber
060 C07 Motorized Isolation Valve
865
028 D70 Thermistor (TH4)
D71 Thermistor (TH2)
033 D72 Thermistor (TH3)
E29 Cover,piping (1)
E30 Cover,piping (2)
F01 Air Piping (11)
039 F02 Condensate Separator
035
026 D72 F03 Air Piping (12)
※Does not come with the product.
037
033 034 024
F02 D71 022 033

027 023
004 033
E29
021
006
※B99 033
B35 D70
B78
119
11. PARTS LIST
9 Air Pipe
Ref.
No. Description
Water-Cooled C07 001 Aftercooler Header (2)
002 O-Ring, aftercooler
003 Gasket (3)
004 O-Ring, Condensate Separator
006 Cover, Condensate Separator
028 010 Gasket, cooler Header
021 Demister
022 Air Piping (1)
023 Air Piping (2)
024 Intercooler Header (2)
025 Air Piping (3)
865
027 Air Piping (5)
028 Air Piping (6)
033 Gasket (1)
027 875 034 Gasket, 1st-stage air end discharge flange
002 868
865 036 O-Ring (intercooler)
037 Gasket, 2nd-stage suction
D72 038 Gasket, cooler header
001 039 Gasket, 2nd-stage air end discharge flange
024 044 Intercooler Header (1)
038 870
865 Gasket (2)
871
868 Cover, check valve
039 870
033 869 Aftercooler Header (1)
870 Gasket
869 871 Check Valve
025 875 Air Relief Valve
B35 Fix Board, separator
036 B78 Vibration Isolation Rubber
010 C07 Motorized Isolation Valve
033 037
044 F02 Condensate Separator
F05 Flange
D71 ※Does not come with the product.
F02 026
033 034 033
004
021
022
006
※B99 023
B35
033
B78
D70
120
11. PARTS LIST
10 Drain Pipe
Ref.
No. Description
006 Strainer Assy
007 Gasket, strainer
043 Check Valve
047 Strainer Element
052 Orifice, condensate piping (AC)
876 2 way Valve (1)
B35 Support (3), condensate piping
A B36 Support (4), condensate piping
F48 Vibration Isolation Rubber
F67 3 way Switching Valve
Air-Cooled H75 Water-Cooled F68 Support (1), condensate piping
F69 Support (2), condensate piping
H74 Condensate Solenoid Valve
876 H75 2 way Valve (2)
B35
B36
007
006
047
F74
052
B
H74
006
F69
F48 047 007
F48
F68 F67
043
11 Oil Piping (1)

Air-Cooled Ref.
Description
No.
768 Seat, oil piping
769 Support, greasing port
771 770 Oil Piping (1)
H53
789 771 Oil Piping (2)
773 Piping (1), oil drain
770 774 Piping (2), oil drain
785 Support, oil piping
B06 786 Fixing Plate (1), oil piping
769
789 Fixing Plate (2), oil piping
H91
887 Oil Drain Valve
890 Gear Case Breathing Piping
786 H73
B06 Rubber Seat
890 768
D34 O-Ring (gear case bearing)
H53 Float Cover
H73 O-Ring (cooler piping)
D34 H91 Grease Nipple
H73
H91
887 773 774
785
121
11. PARTS LIST
11 Oil Piping (2)

Ref.
775
772 369 O-Ring, strainer cover
E40 396 Strainer Cover
770 Oil Piping (OP suction)
771 Oil Piping (OP discharge)
772 Oil Piping (1)
773 Oil Drain Piping (1)
775 774 Oil Drain Piping (2)
775 Oil Piping (2)
776 Oil Piping (3)
828 828 Orifice
880 Oil Strainer
882 Oil Filter Element
888 Oil Temperature Sensor
996 Filter Wrench A
D35 O-Ring
D80 Seat, oil piping
D35 E40 Seat, oil air ventilation
D35
H73 O-Ring
※ Does not come with the prod-
776 uct.
774
771
H73
888
D80
369
880
H73 396
882
※996
D35
770 D35
773
11 Oil Piping (1)
H53
Water-Cooled 768
771
H91
769
H73 H91
890
770
D34
Ref.
No. Description
H73
768 Seat, oil piping
769 Support, greasing port
770 Oil Piping (1)
771 Oil Piping (2)
887 773 774 773 Piping (1), oil drain
774 Piping (2), oil drain
785 Support, oil piping
887 Oil Drain Valve
890 Gear Case Breathing Piping
D34 O-Ring (gear case bearing)
785 H53 Float Cover
H73 O-Ring (cooler piping)
H91 Grease Nipple
122
11. PARTS LIST
11 Oil Piping (2)

Ref.
No. Description
Water-Cooled 828 369 O-Ring, strainer cover
396 Strainer Cover
770 Oil Piping (OP suction)
771 Oil Piping (OP discharge)
828 Orifice
880 Oil Strainer
D35 882 Oil Filter Element
888 Oil Temperature Sensor
D35
996 Filter Wrench A
D35 O-Ring
D80 Seat, oil piping
H73 O-Ring
※ Does not come with the product.
771 774
H73
888
770
369
880
H73 396 882
※996
D80
D35
D35
773
12 Water Piping
C06 Ref.
Description
Water-Cooled No.
008 Piping (1)
009 Piping (2)
011 Pet Cock
012 Piping (3)
016 Piping (4)
017 Stop Valve, for a water flow control
018 Seat, cooling water piping
096 096 Stop Valve, drainage
009
C06 Motorized Water Isolation Valve
D33 Support, water piping
H58 Vibration Isolation Rubber
011
012
016
018
H58
017
008
009
D33
123
11. PARTS LIST
13 Blowoff Piping
Ref.
900 Blowoff Silencer
[Fixed speed type] 901 Seat, blowoff silencer
902 Cover, blowoff silencer
B38 Plate, blowoff piping
E33 E33 Support, blowoff piping (1)
E34 Support, blowoff piping (2)
E94
E94 Blowoff Air Piping
E34
B38
902
900
901
Ref.
No. Description
901 Seat, blowoff silencer
B38 Plate, blowoff piping
E21 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (1)
E23 Adapter
E96 E94 E80 Support, silencer cover
E94 Blowoff Air Piping (1)
E33
901 E34
E95
B38
E22
E23
E23 900
E21 902
E80
E22
124
11. PARTS LIST
13 Blowoff Piping
E93 Ref.
No. Description
Water-Cooled 900 Blowoff Silencer
[Fixed speed type] 902 Cover, blowoff silencer
A90 Tee Fitting
E93 Blowoff Cooler
E94
902
A90
900
E95
901
E22 Ref.
No. Description
A90 Tee Fitting
E23
E23 Adapter
E80 Support, silencer cover
E95 E94 Blowoff Air Piping (1)
E21
E22 E23 E94
901
900
902
E80 E96
A90
125
11. PARTS LIST
14 Control Air Pipe

Ref.
Air-Cooled [Fixed speed type] No. Description
019 Check Valve
085 O-ring, control line filter
799 Element, control line filter
849 Support, pressure sensor
892 Support plate, solenoid valve
896 3-Way Solenoid Valve
897 Control Line Filter
898 Pressure Differential Indicator
899 Solenoid Valve Manifold
A92 Seat, sensor
A95 Adapter, control air piping
A98 Nipple
D26 Pressure Sensor (discharge air)
D79 Filter Nipple
D99 Pressure Sensor (interstage)
H83 Pressure Sensor (oil)
898
D79
892
A92
019
899
896
849
D26
A95
A98 H83
A92
D99
897
085
799
126
11. PARTS LIST
14 Control Air Pipe

Ref.
A92 Seat, sensor
D79 Filter Nipple
E40 E40 Seat (1), pressure detecting pipe
H63 Seat (2), pressure detecting pipe
H63
898
D79
849
D99
H83
D26
A92
127
11. PARTS LIST
14 Control Air Pipe

Ref.
No. Description
Water-Cooled [Fixed speed type] 019 Check Valve
085 O-ring, control line filter
799 Element, control line filter
892 Support plate, solenoid valve
896 3-Way Solenoid Valve
897 Control Line Filter
899 Solenoid Valve Manifold
A92 Seat, sensor
A95 Adapter, control air piping
A98 Nipple
D79 Filter Nipple
898
D79
892
A92
019
899
896 849
D26
A95
A98 H83
A92
D99
897
085
799
128
11. PARTS LIST
14 Control Air Pipe

Ref.
Description
Water-Cooled No.
A92 Seat, sensor
D79 Filter Nipple
E40 E40 Seat (1), pressure detecting pipe
H63 Seat (2), pressure detecting pipe
H63 H83 Pressure Sensor (oil)
898
D79
849
D99
H83
D26
A92
129
11. PARTS LIST
15 Enclosure (1)
Air-Cooled
915
911
H59 914 912 925 H71
910 913 926
H60
938 940
D14 966
943
944
991
945
D25
906
H70 929
908 990
D25 946
D14 953
976
H97 A71
939 977
Ref.
No. Description
904 Front Door (1)
905 Front Door (2)
906 Front Panel
H98 A71 942 908 Right Panel
910 Left Panel
911 Rear Panel (1)
912 Rear Panel (2)
904 913 Rear Panel (3)
905 914 Top Panel (1)
915 Top Panel (2)
925 cover(1), piping
929 Rubber Bush, control cable
938 Handle
939 Rubber Bush
940 Rubber Bush
942 Common Base
943 Left Frame
944 Front Frame
945 Right Frame
946 Rear Panel (4)
953 Instrument Panel
966 Top Panel (3)
976 Rear Duct (1)
977 Rear Duct (2)
990 Cover
991 Left Door
A71 Fork Slot Cover
D14 Magnet
D25 Chain
H59 Left-Corner Cap
H60 Right-Corner Cap
H70 M6 Exterior Screw
H71 Magnet Rubber
H97 Name plate for model
H98 Name plate for NEXT
130
11. PARTS LIST
15 Enclosure (2)
Ref.
917 917 Duct, air intake
921 Cover, air intake filter duct
922 Air Intake Filter
932 Wing Nut
933 Stud Bolt
937 Bolt with assistant
975 Duct, motor
933 982 Support, Frame (3)
922 H88 Protective Cover
H95 Support, Frame (1)
921
975
H96
937 932
982
H95
H88
131
11. PARTS LIST
15 Enclosure (1)
925 926 H71

Water-Cooled
915
911 912 940
H59 914
910
913
H60
938 D14 966

951
944 D96
991
D25 969
906 D91
929
990
H70
908
D25 946
D14
953
939
H97 A71 Ref.
No. Description
904 Front Door (1)
905 Front Door (2)
906 Front Panel
908 Right Panel
910 Left Panel
A71 911 Rear Panel (1)
H98 942
912 Rear Panel (2)
913 Rear Panel (3)
914 Top Panel (1)
904 915 Top Panel (2)
905 925 cover(1), piping
929 Rubber Bush, control cable
938 Handle
939 Rubber Bush
940 Rubber Bush
942 Common Base
944 Front Frame
946 Rear Panel (4)
951 Left Frame
953 Instrument Panel
966 Top Panel (3)
969 Right Frame
990 Cover
991 Left Door
A71 Fork Slot Cover
D14 Magnet
D25 Chain
D91 Seal Cover (1)
D96 Seal Cover (2)
H59 Left-Corner Cap
H60 Right-Corner Cap
H70 M6 Exterior Screw
H71 Magnet Rubber
H97 Name plate for model
H98 Name plate for NEXT
132
11. PARTS LIST
15 Enclosure (2)
Ref.
No. Description
Water-Cooled 917 Duct, air intake
921 Cover, air intake filter duct
922 Air Intake Filter
932 Wing Nut
933 Stud Bolt
937 Bolt with assistant
975 Cover (1), motor duct
E59
976 Duct, motor (1)
977 Duct, motor (2)
E60 978 Cover (2), motor duct
E59 Duct (1), Starter Box
E60 Duct (2), Starter Box
H87 Protective Cover (1)
H88 Protective Cover (2)
917
Control panel
933 978
922 977 976
921
H96
937 932
975
H95
H88
H87
133
11. PARTS LIST
16 Oil Mist Remover

Ref.
No. Description
D37 Element
D38 O-Ring
D39 Solenoid Valve
D40 Pressure Gauge
D41 Ejector
D44 D43 E96 D42 Vacuum Indicator
D43 Valve Sheet
D44 Valve Spring
D41 D45 Air Filter/Air Pressure Regulator
D46 Diaphragm, air pressure regulator
D48 Element, air filter
D49 Float Trap
D78 Packing
E62 O-Ring, air pressure regulator
E63 OMR Consumable Parts Kit
D42 E96 OMR Relief Valve
H76 H17 Valve
D37 ※E63 H18 Stem
H76 Tube Fitting Assy (1)
H77 Tube Fitting Assy (2)
※ Does not come with the prod-
uct.
D38
Details of A
D45
D46
D40
H18
OUT IN
H77
E62
D49
H17
D39
D48
D78
A
134
12. WARRANTY AND AFTER-SALES SERVICE
12.1 Limited Warranty
For information regarding warranty, refer to the HITACHI DSP-Series Warranty Policy.
12.2 After-Sales and Service

If you have a problem when using the product, read the section 4. “TROUBLESHOOTING,” carefully and examine the
problem by yourself. If you still cannot find the answer, contact your distributor and declare the following information:
● Model (TYPE)
● Serial Number (MFG. NO.) ｝
Check the nameplate on the product
● Total Operating Hours and Delivery Date

● Your Problem
● Customer’s Operation Interruption Condition
135
13. RELOCATION AND DISPOSAL
13.1 Relocation
To relocate the product, please contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative office. Note in
particular that you need to replace the parts to relocate the compressor from a 50 Hz area to a 60 Hz area, or vice
versa. Otherwise, the compressor cannot be operated at the relocation site. Operating the compressor without parts
replacement may cause failure of the compressor.
13.2 Disposal
To dispose of the compressor after long use, be sure to drain lubricating oil. It is dangerous if lubricating oil leaks to the
outside for some reasons from a disposed compressor. Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or
representative office.
Note the Compressor’s Specifications below for future reference.
Model DSP- HP Hz
Compressor Serial No.
Installed on day month year
Start-Up on day month year
Purchased from Phone : Sales Person :
136
2nd-stage 2nd-stage
1st-stage
Motor discharge discharge Daily inspection item Remarks
discharge 2nd-stage Intake Total
Date [100 psi] [125 psi] Oil Oil Load Cooling
Time suction air Power Operating
Year temp pressure ratio water qty Control
Voltage Current temp temp hour Inter- After- Oil Parts replacement,
Temp Pressure Temp Pressure Temp Pressure air pipe
V A cooler cooler level other notes.
filter
[100 psi] [125 psi]
Air-cooled 426℉ (219℃) When loading: Within
435℉ (224℃) when loading: 489℉ (254℃) when loading: 153℉ 32-104℉ 153℉ 19 - 26 psi Drain Drain Drain
25 - 38 psi (0.17 - 0.26 MPa)
Control criteria 100 psi (0.69 MPa) or less 125 psi (0.86 MPa) or less the
When unloading: 67℃ 0 - 40℃ 67℃ (0.13 -0.18 MPa) Discharge Discharge Discharge
When unloading: When unloading:
(Fixed speed type) -11 - 0 psi (0.08 - 0 MPa) gauge
85 -100 psi (0.59 -0.69 MPa) 110 -125 psi(0.76 - 0.86 MPa)
Air-cooled 426℉ (219℃) When loading: [100 psi] [125 psi] 13 - 26 psi (0.09 - 0.18 MPa) Within
25 - 42 psi (0.17 - 0.29 MPa) 435℉ (224℃) when 489℉ (254℃) when 153℉ 32-104℉ 153℉ (op.freq.:110 Hz or more) Drain Drain
Control criteria When Purging: loading/purging: loading/purging: 7 - 23 psi (0.05 - 0.16 MPa)
- the
67℃ 0 - 40℃ 67℃ Discharge Discharge
(Vtype) 3 - 15 psi (0.02 - 0.1 MPa) 103 psi (0.71 MPa) or less 128 psi (0.88 MPa) or less (op.freq.:110 Hz or less) gauge
[100 psi] [125 psi]
Water-cooled 408℉ (209℃) When loading: Within
25 - 38 psi (0.17 - 0.26 MPa)
When unloaing: 64℃ 0 - 40℃ 64℃ (0.13 -0.18 MPa) Discharge Discharge Discharge
(Fixed speed type) -11 - 0 psi (-0.08 - 0 MPa) gauge
85 -100 psi (0.59 -0.69 MPa) 110 -125 psi (0.76 - 0.86 MPa)
Water-cooled 408℉ (209℃) When loading: [100 psi] [125 psi] 13 - 26 psi (0.09 - 0.18 MPa) Within
- the
14. OPERATION RECORD LOGBOOK
Note) Total operating hour, loading count, current value, discharge pressure, oil pressure, discharge temp., 2nd-stage suction temp., oil temp., load rate, and power are displayed on the
LCD monitor.
137
2nd-stage 2nd-stage
1st-stage
138
Motor discharge discharge Daily inspection item Remarks
discharge 2nd-stage Intake Total
Date [100 psi] [125 psi] Oil Oil Load Cooling
Time suction air Power Operating
Year temp pressure ratio water qty Control
Voltage Current temp temp hour Inter- After- Oil Parts replacement,
Temp Pressure Temp Pressure Temp Pressure air pipe
V A cooler cooler level other notes.
filter
[100 psi] [125 psi]
Air-cooled 426℉ (219℃) When loading: Within
25 - 38 psi (0.17 - 0.26 MPa)
When unloading: 67℃ 0 - 40℃ 67℃ (0.13 -0.18 MPa) Discharge Discharge Discharge
(Fixed speed type) -11 - 0 psi (0.08 - 0 MPa) gauge
85 -100 psi (0.59 -0.69 MPa) 110 -125 psi(0.76 - 0.86 MPa)
Air-cooled 426℉ (219℃) When loading: [100 psi] [125 psi] 13 - 26 psi (0.09 - 0.18 MPa) Within
- the
[100 psi] [125 psi]
Water-cooled 408℉ (209℃) When loading: Within
25 - 38 psi (0.17 - 0.26 MPa)
When unloaing: 64℃ 0 - 40℃ 64℃ (0.13 -0.18 MPa) Discharge Discharge Discharge
(Fixed speed type) -11 - 0 psi (-0.08 - 0 MPa) gauge
85 -100 psi (0.59 -0.69 MPa) 110 -125 psi (0.76 - 0.86 MPa)
Water-cooled 408℉ (209℃) When loading: [100 psi] [125 psi] 13 - 26 psi (0.09 - 0.18 MPa) Within
- the
14. OPERATION RECORD LOGBOOK
Note) Total operating hour, loading count, current value, discharge pressure, oil pressure, discharge temp., 2nd-stage suction temp., oil temp., load rate, and power are displayed on the
LCD monitor.
15. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Air-Cooled
■ Standard Specifications
Model DSP-45AT6N DSP-55AT6N DSP-75AT6N DSP-55VATN DSP-75VATN
psi 100 125 100 125 100 125 100 125 100 125
Discharge Pressure
(MPa) (0.69) (0.86) (0.69) (0.86) (0.69) (0.86) (0.69) (0.86) (0.69) (0.86)
Intake air Press./Temp. ℉ (℃) Atmospheric pressure, 32 to 104 (0 to 40) Atmospheric pressure, 32 to 104 (0 to 40)
Type of compressed gas - Air Air
cfm 275 230 325 272 459 392 319 272 431 385
Capacity @ rated pressure 60Hz
(㎥/min) (7.80) (6.50) (9.20) (7.70) (13.0) (11.1) (9.02) (7.70) (12.2) (10.9)
psi 87 125 87 125
-
(MPa) (0.6) (0.86) (0.6) (0.86)
Capacity @PQ Wide Mode
cfm 329 280 445 396
Air Compressor
-
(㎥/min) (9.31) (7.93) (12.6) (11.2)
HP 73.3 71.5 83.9 82.9 118.9 112.6 82.2 82.2 113.9 111.0
Maximum shaft power
(kW) (54.7) (53.4) (62.6) (61.8) (88.7) (84.0) (61.3) (61.3) (85.0) (82.8)
No. of Compression Stage - 2 2
Driving Method - Gear Driven Gear Driven
Motor Starting Method - Star-delta Soft-start
Discharge Air Pipe Connection inch 2 (flange) 2 (flange)
Discharge Air Temperature ℉ (℃) Ambient temperature +27 (15) or lower Ambient temperature +27 (15) or lower
Oil Quantity gal (L) 6.6 (25) (Not filled) 6.6 (25) (Not filled)
On-off line,0% or 100% capacity, 2 step, Variable speed + Purge +
Capacity Control System -
Auto stop/restart Auto stop/restart
Oil Cooler/Aftercooler/ Corrugated Fin Structure with Aluminum Corrugated Fin Structure
-
Intercooler Slittted-Fin with Aluminum Slitted-Fin
Nominal Output HP (kW) 75 (55) 100 (75) 75 (55) 100 (75)
Type - Totally Enclosed, Fan-Cooled DCBL, Totally-Enclosed, Fan-Cooled
Main Motor
Frequency Hz 60 60
Voltage V 460 460
Maximum Current A 92 127 98 131
Number of Pole - 2 6
Insulation Class - F F
Rated Output
Cooling Fan Motor
HP (kW) 2 (1.5) 2 (1.5) 3 (2.2) 2 (1.5) 3 (2.2)

Voltage V 460 460
Maximum Current A 3.5 3.5 4.8 3.5 4.8
Type - Totally Enclosed, Flange Totally Enclosed, Flange
Insulation Class - E E
Approximate Weight lbs (kg) 3,350 (1,520) 3,990 (1,810) 2,980(1,350) 3,480(1,580)
External Dimensions inches 78.8×51.2×70.9 88.6×51.2×70.9 78.8×51.2×70.9 88.6×51.2×70.9
(W×D×H) (mm) (2,000×1,300×1,800) (2,250×1,300×1,800) (2,000×1,300×1,800) (2,250×1,300×1,800)
Notes (1) Capacity is measured according to ISO 1217, Third Edition, Annex C.
(2) Earth leakage circuit breaker is out of scope of supply from Hitachi.
(3) DSP series air compressors are not designed, intended or approved for breathing air applications.
(4) Pressures are indicated as the gauge pressure.
(5) Install the air compressor indoors and avoid flammable and corrosive environment, moisture and dust.
(6) Hitachi may make improvements and/or changes in the appearance and/or specifications described in this publication at anytime
without notice.
139
Water-Cooled
■ Standard Specifications
Model DSP-45WT6N DSP-55WT6N DSP-75WT6N DSP-55VWTN DSP-75VWTN
psi 100 125 100 125 100 125 100 125 100 125
Discharge Pressure
(MPa) (0.69) (0.86) (0.69) (0.86) (0.69) (0.86) (0.69) (0.86) (0.69) (0.86)
Intake air Press./Temp. ℉ (℃) Atmospheric pressure, 32 to 104 (0 to 40) Atmospheric pressure, 32 to 104 (0 to 40)
Type of compressed gas - Air Air
cfm 279 236 332 279 466 399 326 283 441 403
Capacity @ rated pressure 60Hz
(㎥/min) (7.90) (6.70) (9.40) (7.90) (13.2) (11.3) (9.22) (8.00) (12.5) (11.4)
psi 87 125 87 125
-
(MPa) (0.6) (0.86) (0.6) (0.86)
Capacity @PQ Wide Mode
cfm 336 291 459 415
-
(㎥/min) (9.51) (8.24) (13.0) (11.7)
HP 69.2 71.3 82.3 79.1 117.8 108.7 79.8 79.4 110.9 107.9
Air Compressor
Maximum shaft power

(kW) (51.6) (53.2) (61.4) (59.0) (87.9) (81.1) (59.5) (59.2) (82.7) (80.5)
No. of Compression Stage - 2 2
Driving Method - Gear Driven Gear Driven
Motor Starting Method - Star-delta Soft-start
Discharge Air Pipe Connection inch 2 (flange) 2 (flange)
Discharge Air Temperature ℉ (℃) Cooling water temperature +23 (13) or lower Cooling water temperature +23 (13) or lower
Cooling water pipe connection inch 1-1/4 1-1/4
Cooling water inlet temperature ℉ (℃) 95 (35) or lower 95 (35) or lower
Cooling water Quantity gpm (L/min) 24 (90) 32 (120) 24 (90) 32 (120)
Oil Quantity gal (L) 3.9 (15) (Not filled) 3.9 (15) (Not filled)
Capacity control system - On-off line,0% or 100% capacity, 2-step,Auto stop/restart Variable speed + Purge + Auto stop/restart
Oil Cooler - Water passes inside of Tubes Water passes inside of Tubes
Water cooled Horizontal Shell and Tube Type Water cooled Horizontal Shell and Tube Type
Aftercooler/Intercooler -
: Water passes outside of Tubes :Water passes outside of Tubes
Nominal Output HP (kW) 75 (55) 100 (75) 75 (55) 100 (75)
Type - Totally Enclosed, Fan-Cooled DCBL, Totally-Enclosed, Fan-Cooled
Main Motor
Frequency Hz 60 60
Voltage V 460 460
Maximum Current A 92 127 98 131
Insulation Class - F F
Rated Output HP (kW) 0.07×2 (0.05×2) 0.07×2 (0.05×2)
Cooling Fan Motor
Voltage V 230 230

Maximum Current A 0.4×2 0.4×2
Type - - -
Insulation Class - E E
Approximate Weight lbs (kg) 3,280 (1,490) 3,660 (1,660) 2,930 (1,330) 3,130 (1,420)
External Dimensions inches 78.8×51.2×70.9 78.8×51.2×70.9
(W×D×H) (mm) (2,000×1,300×1,800) (2,000×1,300×1,800)
Notes (1) Capacity is measured according to ISO 1217, Third Edition, Annex C.
(2) Earth leakage circuit breaker is out of scope of supply from Hitachi.
(3) DSP series air compressors are not designed, intended or approved for breathing air applications.
(4) Pressures are indicated as the gauge pressure.
(5) Install the air compressor indoors and avoid flammable and corrosive environment, moisture and dust.
(6) Hitachi may make improvements and/or changes in the appearance and/or specifications described in this publication at anytime
without notice.
140
Air-Cooled Water-Cooled
■ Controller Specifications
DSP-55VATN DSP-75VATN
Model
DSP-55VWTN DSP-75VWTN
Specs Main Motor Main Motor
Power HP (kW) 75 (55) 100 (75)
Controller Capacity kVA 78 107
400 V
Rated Output Current A 120 165
Class
Rated Input Current A 110 155
Air-Cooled
■ Fan Inverter Specification

DSP-45ATN
DSP-75ATN
Model DSP-55ATN
DSP-75VATN
DSP-55VATN
Specs Fan Motor Fan Motor
Power HP (kW) 2 (1.5) 3 (2.2)
Rated Capacity kVA 2.6 3.6
400 V
Rated Output Current A 3.8 5.5
Class
Rated Input Current A - -
141
Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems Co.,Ltd.
DSA-590 2014.1
Printed in Japan

Next Series

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Next Series

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

HITACHI Oil-Free Rotary Screw Air Compressor

● This INSTRUCTION MANUAL explains in detail

Air-Cooled : Indicates air-cooled type.

Water-Cooled : Indicates water-cooled type.

: Indicates variable speed type.

WARNING * Inside the enclosure

Discharge Air Pipe

● Fixed speed type

Discharge Air Pipe WARNING

Do Not Breathe Air! High Pressure Air!

Electric Shock Hazard!

CAUTION because these parts are heated then.

Precaution against Fire!

● Fixed speed type

Do Not Breathe Air! High Pressure Air!

Electric Shock Hazard!

CAUTION because these parts are heated then.

Precaution against Fire!

Left Door Plate of Operating/

Oil Level Gauge Oil Filling Port

Compressed Air Discharge

Compressed Air Discharge

Power Supply Port

Oil filter Air intake filter

Air relief valve

Oil mist remover

Air intake filter

Air relief valve

Oil mist remover

2.3 Daily Operating Components

1 Controls on the Instrument Panel 2 Oil Level Gauge

RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE

REMOTE SELECT/WIDE START STOP

Oil level gauge

3 Lubricating Oil 4 Aftercooler and Intercooler - Condensate Drain Valve

Control line filter

5 Cooling Water Control Line Filter

Water drain pet cock

Control line filter

Water drain port

Cooling water discharge valve Water drain port

RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE

REMOTE SELECT/WIDE START STOP

Keeping the second-stage air end as dry as possible is

LCD monitor MONITOR button AUTO light (yellow) RESET button

MENU button MONITOR

Displays the menu

+/- UP/DOWN button SET button Contrast adjustment REMOTE button

RUNNING MODE Light

RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE

REMOTE SELECT/WIDE START STOP STOP button

Press this button to stop the air compressor.

SELECT/WIDE button/light (yellow) START button UNLOAD STOP button

3.2 Start/Stop Operation

3.3 How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)

■ Monitor Screen ( 3.3.2) ■ Menu Screen ( 3.3.4)

3.3.2 Monitoring Displays

■ Monitor Displays during Normal Operation

“CURRENT” reading is an approximate S-phase Amp

(1) Indicates current time. An asterisk blinks. (CURRENT).

3.3.3 Message Displays

■ Messages of Automatic Stop Display

● SCHEDULED STOP: Schedule operation setting

㻞㻜㻝㻠䠋㻜㻝䠋㻜㻝㻝㻥䠖㻜㻞㻖 0.5 year, 1.5 years,

㻹㻭㻵㻺㼀䠊䠖㻝㼅㻱㻭㻾㻌㻌 3 years 3-yearly + yearly + half-yearly